Developer's Guide

Motorola c18
AT Commands

98-08901C65-C
 c18 AT Commands

© Motorola Communications Ltd., 2005

A subsidiary of Motorola Inc.
All rights reserved.

AT Commands
98-08901C65-C
REVISION HISTORY

Revision Date Description

O June 2003 Initial Release

A November 2003 Updates to existing AT commands

Addition of new AT commands

B February 2005 Updates to existing AT commands

Addition of new AT commands
Deletion of old AT commands

C December 2005 New sections: “PRL Commands” on page 209, “Mobile IP” on page 294 and
“Sleep Mode” on page 314

Updates to existing AT Commands: “+CSS?, Serving System” on page 56,

“+CSQ, Query Received Signal Quality” on page 141, “V, DCE Response
Format” on page 171, “+MNAM” on page 198, “+MNAM2” on page 202, and
“+MNAM3” on page 203

Changes to notes that indicate relevance to product releases throughout chapter

4 on page 39

ii 98-08901C65-C
 c18 AT Commands

CONTENTS
REVISION HISTORY ................................................................................................................................................................ii

PREFACE
1.1 SCOPE OF THIS MANUAL .................................................................................................................................................1
1.2 WHO SHOULD USE THIS MANUAL.................................................................................................................................1
1.3 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ..............................................................................................................................................1
1.4 TRADEMARKS .....................................................................................................................................................................1
1.5 HOW THIS MANUAL IS ORGANIZED..............................................................................................................................1

PRODUCT FEATURES
2.1 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................................................................................3
2.2 C18 AT COMMANDS SUMMARY .....................................................................................................................................5

INTRODUCING AT COMMANDS
3.1 AT COMMAND SET PROTOCOL.....................................................................................................................................33
3.1.1 General Protocol........................................................................................................................................................33
3.1.2 Formatting Rules .......................................................................................................................................................34
3.1.3 Response Rules .........................................................................................................................................................35
3.2 DEFINITIONS......................................................................................................................................................................38
3.2.1 Communication Data Interface - Common Defined Values of Parameters ..............................................................38
3.3 ACTIVATION MODE .........................................................................................................................................................38

AT COMMANDS REFERENCE
4.1 MODEM ID ..........................................................................................................................................................................39
4.1.1 Subscriber Unit Identity ............................................................................................................................................39
4.1.2 Capability Reporting .................................................................................................................................................47
4.2 CALL CONTROL ................................................................................................................................................................50
4.2.1 Call Control Messages ..............................................................................................................................................50
4.2.2 Call Status Messages.................................................................................................................................................80
4.2.3 Additional Call Processing Commands.....................................................................................................................88
4.3 PHONE AND DATE BOOKS .............................................................................................................................................90
4.3.1 Directory Access Commands (Phone Book).............................................................................................................90
4.3.2 Date Book Access Commands ................................................................................................................................106
4.3.3 System Date and Time Access Command ..............................................................................................................113

December 2005
© Motorola Inc., 2005 98-08901C65-C
4.4 SMS .................................................................................................................................................................................... 114
4.4.1 SMS Commands ..................................................................................................................................................... 114
4.5 NETWORK SERVICE ...................................................................................................................................................... 138
4.5.1 Network Service Commands .................................................................................................................................. 138
4.6 HW INFO ........................................................................................................................................................................... 144
4.6.1 Hardware Information Commands ......................................................................................................................... 144
4.7 AUDIO CONTROL COMMANDS................................................................................................................................... 150
4.7.1 Audio Tone Commands.......................................................................................................................................... 150
4.7.2 +MA Audio Control Commands ............................................................................................................................ 157
4.8 ACCESS............................................................................................................................................................................. 167
4.8.1 Access Control Commands .................................................................................................................................... 167
4.9 MODEM CONFIGURATION AND PROFILES (S-REGISTERS) ................................................................................. 169
4.9.1 Modem Register Commands .................................................................................................................................. 169
4.9.2 Error Handling Commands..................................................................................................................................... 193
4.9.3 MNAM Programming ............................................................................................................................................ 198
4.9.4 +CPARM ................................................................................................................................................................ 206
4.9.5 +MPOD, Power Off Delay ..................................................................................................................................... 208
4.9.6 PRL Commands...................................................................................................................................................... 209
4.10 UI...................................................................................................................................................................................... 217
4.10.1 +MH Handset Status/Control ............................................................................................................................... 217
4.10.2 Unsolicited UI Status Messages ........................................................................................................................... 226
4.11 NOP - COMPATIBLE ..................................................................................................................................................... 231
4.11.1 "Ignored" (Compatible Only) Commands ............................................................................................................ 231
4.12 FAX.................................................................................................................................................................................. 233
4.12.1 Fax Commands ..................................................................................................................................................... 233
4.13 INTERFACE.................................................................................................................................................................... 237
4.13.1 Interface Commands............................................................................................................................................. 237
4.14 INFORMATION AND IDENTIFICATION ................................................................................................................... 241
4.14.1 Information and Identification Commands........................................................................................................... 241
4.15 DATA CAPABILITY ...................................................................................................................................................... 247
4.15.1 Data Capability Commands.................................................................................................................................. 247
4.16 TCP/IP .............................................................................................................................................................................. 285
4.16.1 TCP/IP Commands ............................................................................................................................................... 285
4.17 MOBILE IP ...................................................................................................................................................................... 294
4.17.1 +MIPERR, Mobile IP Error Report...................................................................................................................... 294
4.17.2 $QCMIPREG........................................................................................................................................................ 299
4.17.3 $QCMIP, Enable /Disable Mobile IP ................................................................................................................... 300
4.17.4 $QCMIPP, Select MIP User Profile ..................................................................................................................... 301
4.17.5 $QCMIPT, Enable the Use of [Link] Authentication................................................................................... 302
4.17.6 $QCMIPEP, Enable or Disable Currently Active Profile .................................................................................... 303
4.17.7 $QCMIPGETP, Return All Info for the Specified Profile Number ..................................................................... 304
4.17.8 $QCMIPNAI, Set the NAI for the Currently Active Profile ................................................................................ 305
4.17.9 $QCMIPRT, Set the Reverse Tunneling for the Currently Active Profile........................................................... 306
4.17.10 $QCMIPMASS, Set MN-AAA Shared Secrets for the Currently Active Profile .............................................. 307
4.17.11 $QCMIPMHSS, Set MN-HA Shared Secrets for the Currently Active Profile ................................................. 308
4.17.12 $QCMIPMASPI, Set MN-AAA SPIs ................................................................................................................ 309
4.17.13 $QCMIPMHSPI, Set MN-HA SPIs ................................................................................................................... 310
4.17.14 $QCMIPPHA, Set the IP Addresses of the Primary HA.................................................................................... 311
4.17.15 $QCMIPSHA, Set the IP Addresses of the Secondary HA................................................................................ 312

iv 98-08901C65-C
 4.17.16 $QCMIPHA, Set the IP Addresses of the Mobile Home Address ..................................................................... 313
4.18 SLEEP MODE ................................................................................................................................................................. 314
4.18.1 Sleep Mode - Process Diagram ............................................................................................................................ 315
4.18.2 Software Interface Data Requirements................................................................................................................. 316
4.18.3 Communication Interface Data Requirements ..................................................................................................... 316
4.18.4 Waking Up the DTE ............................................................................................................................................. 318
4.18.5 ATS24................................................................................................................................................................... 319
4.18.6 ATS99................................................................................................................................................................... 320
4.18.7 ATS100................................................................................................................................................................. 321
4.18.8 +MSCTS, Enables/Disable WAKE_IN Line Control on C18 Sleep Mode ......................................................... 321

USING THE COMMANDS

5.1 POWER UP/POWER DOWN SUMMARY...................................................................................................................... 325
5.2 COMMANDS USAGE ...................................................................................................................................................... 328
5.2.1 Feedback from the System ..................................................................................................................................... 328
5.3 ESTABLISHING A VOICE CALL................................................................................................................................... 330
5.4 ANSWERING A VOICE CALL ....................................................................................................................................... 330
5.5 FINDING A PHONE BOOK ENTRY............................................................................................................................... 331
5.6 WRITING A PHONE BOOK ENTRY.............................................................................................................................. 331
5.7 READING A PHONE BOOK ENTRY ............................................................................................................................. 332
5.8 PHONE BOOK FUNCTION ............................................................................................................................................. 332
5.9 SENDING AN SMS........................................................................................................................................................... 333

APPENDIX A
A.1 MNAM ERROR RESULTS ............................................................................................................................................. 335

INDEX

98-08901C65-C v
 LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1. Example of Application Data Format......................................................................................................................... 33
Figure 2. Optional Data Examples ............................................................................................................................................. 34
Figure 3. Mobile IP System Scheme........................................................................................................................................ 294
Figure 4. Sleep Mode - Process Diagram................................................................................................................................. 315
Figure 5. Sleep Mode Timing Diagram ................................................................................................................................... 317
Figure 6. Waking Up the c18 when DTE Wants to Send Data ................................................................................................ 318
Figure 7. Waking Up the DTE when Data is Present Using the WAKE_UP Line.................................................................. 318
Figure 8. Power Up/Power Down ............................................................................................................................................ 325
Figure 9. TTL Levels While the c18 is Powered from Off to On ............................................................................................ 326
Figure 10. TTL Levels while the c18 is Powered from On to Off ........................................................................................... 326
Figure 11. c18 Power Up from Off to On ................................................................................................................................ 327
Figure 12. c18 Power Down from On to Off ........................................................................................................................... 327

98-08901C65-C vii
 LIST OF TABLES
Table 1. Product Specifications.................................................................................................................................................... 3
Table 2. c18 AT Commands - Alphabetical................................................................................................................................. 5
Table 3. c18 AT Commands - Functionality.............................................................................................................................. 16
Table 4. +GMM, +FMM and +CGMM Technology Support Strings ....................................................................................... 41
Table 5. +GMR, +CGMR, +FMR Parameters........................................................................................................................... 42
Table 6. +CGSN Parameters ...................................................................................................................................................... 43
Table 7. Supported Character Sets ............................................................................................................................................. 44
Table 8. +MAID Features Description....................................................................................................................................... 47
Table 9. +MSSI? Parameters...................................................................................................................................................... 52
Table 10. +MARS Parameters ................................................................................................................................................... 53
Table 11. +MARD Parameters................................................................................................................................................... 54
Table 12. +CHV Parameters ...................................................................................................................................................... 55
Table 13. +CDV Parameters ...................................................................................................................................................... 55
Table 14. +CSS? Parameters...................................................................................................................................................... 57
Table 15. +CIND Parameters ..................................................................................................................................................... 58
Table 16. +CIND Available Indicators ...................................................................................................................................... 58
Table 17. H Parameters .............................................................................................................................................................. 68
Table 18. +CRING Parameters .................................................................................................................................................. 71
Table 19. +CLIP Parameters ...................................................................................................................................................... 73
Table 20. +CCFC Set Command Variations.............................................................................................................................. 75
Table 21. Allowed Settings In Different Call State Scenarios ................................................................................................... 77
Table 22. +CCWA parameters .................................................................................................................................................. 79
Table 23. +MCST Parameters.................................................................................................................................................... 81
Table 24. +MCST? Parameters .................................................................................................................................................. 82
Table 25. +CPAS Parameters..................................................................................................................................................... 83
Table 26. +MPBSC Parameters ................................................................................................................................................. 90
Table 27. +MPBSCS Parameters ............................................................................................................................................... 92
Table 28. +MPBVR Parameters................................................................................................................................................. 95
Table 29. +MPBVW Parameters................................................................................................................................................ 97
Table 30. +CPBS Parameters ..................................................................................................................................................... 98
Table 31. +CPBR Parameters..................................................................................................................................................... 99
Table 32. +MPBR Parameters.................................................................................................................................................. 101
Table 33. +CPBF Parameters ................................................................................................................................................... 103
Table 34. +MPBF Parameters .................................................................................................................................................. 104
Table 35. +MDBWE Parameters ............................................................................................................................................. 107
Table 36. +MDBW Parameters................................................................................................................................................ 107
Table 37. +MDBL Parameters ................................................................................................................................................. 109
Table 38. +MDBR Parameters ................................................................................................................................................. 110
Table 39. +MBAD Parameters................................................................................................................................................. 112
Table 40. +CCLK Parameters .................................................................................................................................................. 113
Table 41. +CNMI Parameters .................................................................................................................................................. 114
Table 42. +CMGD Parameters................................................................................................................................................. 116
Table 43. +CMSS Parameters .................................................................................................................................................. 117
Table 44. +CSMS Parameters .................................................................................................................................................. 118
Table 45. +CPMS Parameters .................................................................................................................................................. 119
Table 46. List of <mem>.......................................................................................................................................................... 119

98-08901C65-C ix
Table 47. +CMGF Parameters ................................................................................................................................................. 120
Table 48. +Mega Parameters.................................................................................................................................................... 121
Table 49. +CSDH Parameters .................................................................................................................................................. 122
Table 50. +CMTI Parameters................................................................................................................................................... 123
Table 51. +CMGL Parameters ................................................................................................................................................. 124
Table 52. +MMGL Parameters ................................................................................................................................................ 126
Table 53. +CMGR Parameters for TEXT Mode...................................................................................................................... 127
Table 54. +CMGR Parameters for PDU Mode ........................................................................................................................ 128
Table 55. +MMGR Parameters for TEXT mode ..................................................................................................................... 130
Table 56. +MMGR Parameters for PDU mode........................................................................................................................ 131
Table 57. +MMAR Parameters ............................................................................................................................................... 133
Table 58. +CMGW Parameters for TEXT mode ..................................................................................................................... 134
Table 59. +CMGW Parameters for PDU mode ....................................................................................................................... 134
Table 60. +CMGW Parameters for TEXT mode ..................................................................................................................... 137
Table 61. +COPS Parameters................................................................................................................................................... 140
Table 62. +CSQ Parameters ..................................................................................................................................................... 141
Table 63. +CSQ Parameters ..................................................................................................................................................... 142
Table 64. &C Parameters ......................................................................................................................................................... 145
Table 65. &D Parameters ......................................................................................................................................................... 146
Table 66. Battery status values................................................................................................................................................. 147
Table 67. +MSCTS Parameters................................................................................................................................................ 149
Table 68. +CRTT Parameters................................................................................................................................................... 151
Table 69. +MASS Parameters.................................................................................................................................................. 157
Table 70. +MAPS Parameters.................................................................................................................................................. 158
Table 71. +MMTC Parameters................................................................................................................................................. 159
Table 72. +MMDL Parameters ................................................................................................................................................ 160
Table 73. +MAVL Parameters ................................................................................................................................................. 161
Table 74. +MAPC Parameters ................................................................................................................................................. 162
Table 75. +MAMS Parameters................................................................................................................................................. 163
Table 76. +MAPTH Parameters............................................................................................................................................... 164
Table 77. +MAFVL Parameters............................................................................................................................................... 165
Table 78. +CMUT Parameters ................................................................................................................................................. 166
Table 79. +MLCK Parameters ................................................................................................................................................. 167
Table 80. +MPIN Parameters................................................................................................................................................... 168
Table 81. V Parameters ............................................................................................................................................................ 171
Table 82. Q Parameters ............................................................................................................................................................ 173
Table 83. X Parameters ............................................................................................................................................................ 176
Table 84. S24 Parameters......................................................................................................................................................... 189
Table 85. S99 Parameters......................................................................................................................................................... 190
Table 86. Battery status values................................................................................................................................................. 191
Table 87. +CMS Error Codes................................................................................................................................................... 193
Table 88. +CME Error Codes .................................................................................................................................................. 195
Table 89. NAM Parameters Relevant to +MNAM .................................................................................................................. 198
Table 90. CDMA P2K 1x NAM Option Byte Definitions....................................................................................................... 198
Table 91. Option byte 5 - bits 5 and 6 ...................................................................................................................................... 201
Table 92. NAM2 Parameters Relevant to +MNAM2 .............................................................................................................. 202
Table 93. NAM3 Parameters Relevant to +MNAM3 .............................................................................................................. 203

x 98-08901C65-C
Table 94. Cellular System Parameters Relevant for +CPARM ............................................................................................... 206
Table 95. +cprl1 Parameters..................................................................................................................................................... 210
Table 96. +cprl2 Parameters..................................................................................................................................................... 212
Table 97. +cprl3 Parameters..................................................................................................................................................... 215
Table 98. CPRL Error Result Codes ........................................................................................................................................ 216
Table 99. +MHMN Parameters................................................................................................................................................ 218
Table 100. +MHIG Parameters ................................................................................................................................................ 218
Table 101. Virtual Keycodes.................................................................................................................................................... 219
Table 102. +CKPD Parameters ................................................................................................................................................ 220
Table 103. +MKPD Parameters ............................................................................................................................................... 222
Table 104. +CMER Parameters ............................................................................................................................................... 223
Table 105. <mode> Values for +MCHS .................................................................................................................................. 224
Table 106. <status> Values for +MCHS.................................................................................................................................. 224
Table 107. <band> Values for +MGCB................................................................................................................................... 226
Table 108. +MLKC Parameters ............................................................................................................................................... 227
Table 109. +MMRR Parameters .............................................................................................................................................. 228
Table 110. +CIEV Parameters ................................................................................................................................................. 228
Table 111. +CKEV Parameters................................................................................................................................................ 229
Table 112. +MUPB Parameters ............................................................................................................................................... 230
Table 113. +MMCR <mode> values ....................................................................................................................................... 230
Table 114. L Parameters........................................................................................................................................................... 231
Table 115. M Parameters ......................................................................................................................................................... 232
Table 116. Fax Commands....................................................................................................................................................... 233
Table 117. +MODE Parameters ............................................................................................................................................... 238
Table 118. +CIMSI Parameters................................................................................................................................................ 242
Table 119. +MOON Parameters............................................................................................................................................... 243
Table 120. $QCMDR Parameters ............................................................................................................................................ 245
Table 121. Error List ................................................................................................................................................................ 255
Table 122. $QCPKND Parameters........................................................................................................................................... 259
Table 123. $QCVAD= Parameters........................................................................................................................................... 260
Table 124. $QCMTOM Parameters ......................................................................................................................................... 260
Table 125. +CTA Parameters................................................................................................................................................... 261
Table 126. +CAD? Parameters................................................................................................................................................. 262
Table 127. +CDS Parameters ................................................................................................................................................... 265
Table 128. +CRM Parameters.................................................................................................................................................. 266
Table 129. +CQD Parameters .................................................................................................................................................. 267
Table 130. +CMUX Parameters............................................................................................................................................... 269
Table 131. +CXT Parameters................................................................................................................................................... 271
Table 132. +MV18S Parameters .............................................................................................................................................. 272
Table 133. +ETBM Parameters................................................................................................................................................ 276
Table 134. +ESR Parameters ................................................................................................................................................... 277
Table 135. +ES Parameters ...................................................................................................................................................... 279
Table 136. +ER Parameters...................................................................................................................................................... 281
Table 137. +DS Parameters...................................................................................................................................................... 282
Table 138. Error List ................................................................................................................................................................ 295
Table 139. +MSCTS Parameters.............................................................................................................................................. 322
Table 140. Test Results ............................................................................................................................................................ 328
Table 141. MNAM Error Results............................................................................................................................................. 335

98-08901C65-C xi
 1. PREFACE

1.1 SCOPE OF THIS MANUAL

This manual introduces the c18 AT commands, and describes how software developers can use these commands to
communicate with the c18 device, and to create software applications that communicate with the c18 using these commands.
We at Motorola want to make this guide as helpful as possible. Keep us informed of your comments and suggestions for
improvements.
You can reach us by email: CDMA support BAC018@[Link] or BAA068@[Link].

1.2 WHO SHOULD USE THIS MANUAL

This manual is intended for software developers who communicate with the c18 device using the AT commands, and create
applications to communicate with the c18 device using the AT commands.

1.3 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS

c18 Cellular Engine Module Description – 98-08901C63-A
c18 Developer’s Kit – 98-08901C64-A

1.4 TRADEMARKS
MOTOROLA and the Stylized M Logo are registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. All other product or service
names are the property of their respective owners.
©Motorola, Inc. 2003

1.5 HOW THIS MANUAL IS ORGANIZED

This manual contains the following chapters:
• Chapter 1 contains this Preface.
• Chapter 2 introduces the product features and provides a list of the AT commands.
• Chapter 3 provides an introduction to the AT commands, and includes a general explanation of the command’s format and
usage.
• Chapter 4 provides a reference to all the AT commands, including examples, where relevant.
• Chapter 5 provides scenarios for applying various c18 functionality that include multi-command procedures.

98-08901C65-C 1
 2. PRODUCT FEATURES

The c18 is a CDMA 1x OEM that supports both AMPS and CDMA 1x technology. It is designed for integration in other devices,
and provides advanced data features as well as outstanding voice capabilities.
The new c18 is extremely small in dimensions, yet packed with a host of highly-advanced features designed to facilitate fast
and easy integration with OEM user products. It significantly shortens the development process for OEM developers, thanks to
its wide range of built-in applications, and minimizes the product’s time to market.

2.1 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Table 1. Product Specifications
Data Features
CDMA 1X: Packet data max BR 153.6 Kbps
CSD: Max BR 14.4 Kbps
CDMA data: • IS707: Max BR 14.4 Kbps
• IS95B: Max BR 64 Kbps
SMS: • MO/MT Text mode
FAX: Class 2 Group 3
Voice Features
Telephony
Differential analog audio lines
Vocoder 13K EVRC
DTMF support
Audio control: echo cancellation, noise suppression, side tone and gain control
Supplementary Service
USSD Phase II
Call forwarding
Call hold and multiparty
Missed-call indicator
AOC
Call barring
Emergency and Location
FCC E911 Phase II Location Mandate using aGPS/AFLT
Control/Status Indications
Wakeup in
Wakeup out
AT Command Set
 Table 1. Product Specifications (Continued)
IS 707A AT commands
Motorola proprietary AT commands
Accessories
Firmware data loader
Data logger
Developer Kit

Specifications are subject to change without prior notice.

Note
2.2 c18 AT COMMANDS SUMMARY
Table 2, below, contains an alphabetical summary of all the c18 AT commands. It is followed by Table 3, page 16, which
summarizes all the AT commands and is grouped by functionality.

Table 2. c18 AT Commands - Alphabetical

AT Command Description Page

$QCCAV This command provides a means to answer an incoming voice call using an AT 54
command.

$QCCLR This command clears the mobile error log. 239

$QCDMG This command enables the transition to Diagnostics Monitor (DM) operation. 248

$QCDMR This command sets the Diagnostic Monitor (DM) baud rate. 246

$QCMDR This command sets the Medium Data Rate (MDR) (also known as HSPD) setting. 244

$QCMIP This command enables/disables Mobile IP functionality in the mobile. 252, 300

$QCMIPEP This command enables/disables the currently active profile details. 303

$QCMIPGETP This command returns all the information corresponding to the particular profile number 304
entered.

$QCMIPHA This command sets the IP addresses of the mobile’s home address for the currently 313
active profile.

$QCMIPNAI This command sets the NAI for the currently active profile. 305

$QCMIPMASPI This command sets the MN-AAA SPIs for the currently active profile. 309

$QCMIPMASS This command sets the MN-AAA shared secrets for the currently active profile. 307

$QCMIPMHSPI This command sets the MN-HA SPIs for the currently active profile. 310

$QCMIPMHSS This command sets the MN-HA shared secrets for the currently active profile. 308

$QCMIPP This command selects the MIP user profile to be active. 252, 301

$QCMIPPHA This command sets the IP addresses of the mobile’s primary HA for the currently active 311
profile.

$QCMIPREG This command configures the Mobile IP related parameters that are common to all the 299
MIP user profiles currently saved inside the C-18's NVM.

$QCMIPRT This command sets the reverse tunneling for the currently active profile. 306

$QCMIPSHA This command sets the IP addresses of the mobile’s secondary HA for the currently 312
active profile.

$QCMIPT This command enables/disables the use of rfc2002bis authentication. 251, 302
 Table 2. c18 AT Commands - Alphabetical (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

$QCPKND This command enables/disables automatic packet detection after a dial command. 258

$QCQNC This command enables/disables Quick Net Connect (QNC). 247

$QCSCRM This command enables/disables the mobile from SCRM’ing. 244

$QCSO This command sets the service option settings similar to CBST in GSM. 250

$QCTRTL This command enables/disables IS2000 mobiles from throttling the R-SCHF. 249

$QCVAD This command responds to a page message that has a voice service option with a 259
page response that has a data service option.

&C This command provides information about the state of the DCE communications 145
channel.

&D This command drops the DCE communications channel. 146

&F This command causes the configuration stored in the phone to revert to the 169
configuration specified by the manufacturer’s factory default setting.

&V This command dumps the status of all AT parameters. 169

+ MMRR This unsolicited message is sent to the TE by the SU if a master reset occurs, and 227
master reset events reporting is enabled.

+CBC This command allows an accessory to query the charge level of the battery. 147

+CCFC This command controls the call forwarding supplementary service. Activation, 74
deactivation, and status query are supported.

+CCLK This command reads/sets the SU’s current date and time settings. 113

+CCWA This command shall enable/disable the Call Waiting notification unsolicited result code. 79

+CDV This command dials voice calls. 55

+CFC This command returns the interface fax compression. 233

+CGMI This command requests the manufacturer’s identification. 40

+CGMM This command requests the model’s identification. 40

+CGMR This command requests the revision’s identification. 42

+CGSN This command returns the serial number of the product, in decimal format only. 43

+CHLD This command controls call-related services, such as HOLD and MPTY. 75
 Table 2. c18 AT Commands - Alphabetical (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

+CHUP This command rejects an incoming call or hangs up a selected voice or data call, 51
regardless of whether the accessory initiated the call.

+CHV This command hangs up voice calls. 55

+CIEV This command sends unsolicited messages when display indicator reporting is enabled 228
by +CMER, and an indicator (for example, the Voice Mail icon) changes on the SU’s
display.

+CIMI This command returns a text string that identifies the SU. 45

+CIMSI This command enables a terminal to set the MT2 active IMSI. 241

+CIND This command enables an accessory to request the status of certain display indicators 58
currently available in the SU.

+CKEV This command sends unsolicited messages when local key press echo is enabled and 229
a key is pressed on the SU keypad.

+CKPD This command enables the emulated pressing of keys as if entered from the SU 218
keypad or from a remote handset.

+CLCC This command returns the list of current calls on the ME. 85

+CLIP This command enables or disables the presentation of the CLI (Calling Line Identity) at 72
the TE.

+CLIR This command enables the calling subscriber to ask the network to query, enable or 88
disable the presentation of the CLI of a MO call to the called party.

+CME This command contains the codes that are returned for extended error status in 195
response to a command that failed.

+CMEE This command enables/disables the use of result code +CME ERROR: <err> as an 197
indication of an error relating to the functionality of the SU.

+CMER This command enables an external accessory to receive key press information from 223
the SU internal keypad.

+CMGD This command enables the accessory to delete messages from the preferred SU 115
message storage <mem1> location <index>.

+CMGF This command sets the type of input and output format of message to use. 120

+CMGL This command enables the accessory to read a list of all SMS messages with status 123
value <stat> from SU message storage <mem1>.

+CMGR This command enables the accessory to read SMS messages from the SU. 127

+CMGW This command stores a message to memory storage <mem2>. 133

 Table 2. c18 AT Commands - Alphabetical (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

+CMS This command contains the codes that are returned for extended error status in 193
response to an SMS command that failed.

+CMSS This command selects a pre-stored message from message storage <mem2> and 117
sends it.

+CMTI This command sends a message to the accessory upon receipt of an SMS message. 122

+CMUT This command enable/disables muting during a voice call. 166

+CNMI This command enables unsolicited notification of the accessory when an SMS 114
message is received by the SU.

+CNUM This command returns the numbers entered by the subscriber into “My Phone 46
Numbers” using the Handset menu.

+COLP This command gets and changes the current setting of the Calling Line Presentation. 78

+COPS This command enables an application to query the current Carrier Name (which would 140
be displayed if the standard display were attached).

+CPARM This command gets/sets the cellular system parameters. 206

+CPAS This command returns the activity status of the MT. 83

+CPBF This command enables the accessory to search for a specified entry, by name, in the 103
phone book.

+CPBR This command recalls information from the phone book by location number. 99

+CPBS This command selects the memory to be used for reading and writing entries. 98

+CPBW This command enables a new entry from an accessory to be stored in the phone book, 104
or an existing entry to be deleted from the phone book.

+CPMS This command selects the memory storages <mem1>, <mem2>, and <mem3> to be 118
used for various functions, such as reading or writing.

+CPRL1 This command sets or gets the PRL header parameters. 209

+CPRL2 This command enables the user to control the PRL acquisition table. 211

+CPRL3 This command enables the user to control the PRL System table. 214

+CRC This command controls whether to present the extended format of an incoming call 69
indication.

+CREG This command enables/disables an unsolicited result code from network status 138
registration.
 Table 2. c18 AT Commands - Alphabetical (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

+CRING This command generates a message whenever an incoming call (voice, data or fax) is 71
indicated by the cellular network.

+CRTT This command can play a cycle of a ring tone, stop this cycle in the middle and set a 150
ring tone to be used from now forward to a specific alert field.

+CSCA This GSM 07.05 command is used to update the Service Center Address. This field is 136
required on GSM platform only.

+CSCS This command selects the character set used on the SU. 44

+CSDH This command controls whether detailed header information is shown in the text mode 121
result code.

+CSMS This command selects the message service and returns the types of messages that 117
are supported by the ME.

+CSO This command specifies the service to be requested for the next originated or 62
terminated call.

+CSQ This command returns the Signal Quality Measure <SQM> and the Frame Error Rate 141
<FER>.

+CSS? This command returns the kind of system with which the c18 is registered. 56

+CTTY This command controls the TTY supplementary service. 241

+CVHU This command hangs up the call that is currently in progress, regardless of whether the 50
accessory initiated the call.

+EB This parameter controls the behavior of the V.42 operation on the PSTN link (if present 194
in the IWF).

+FAA This command returns the adaptive answer parameter. 233

+FAP This command returns the addressing and polling capabilities parameter. 233

+FBO This command returns the Phase-C data-bit-order parameter. 233

+FBS This command returns the buffer size parameter. 233

+FBU This command returns the HDLC-frame-reporting parameter. 233

+FCC This command returns the DCE-capabilities parameters. 233

+FCLASS This command returns the service class selection parameter. 233

+FCQ This command returns the copy-quality-checking parameter. 233

 Table 2. c18 AT Commands - Alphabetical (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

+FCR This command returns the cabability-to-receive parameter. 233

+FCS This command returns the current-session results parameter. 233

+FCT This command returns the DTE Phase-C timeout parameter. 233

+FEA This command returns the Phase-C timeout parameter. 233

+FFC This command returns the format-conversion parameter. 233

+FHS This command returns the call-termination-status parameter. 233

+FIE This command returns the procedure-interupt-enable parameter. 233

+FIS This command returns the current-session negotiation parameter. 233

+FKS This command terminates the session. 233

+FLI This command returns the local-ID-string parameter. 233

+FLO This command returns the flow-control-select parameter. 233

+FLP This command returns the indicate-document-to-poll parameter. 233

+FMI This command requests the manufacturer’s identification. 39

+FMM This command requests the model’s identification. 40

+FMR This command requests the revision’s identification. 42

+FMR This command returns the revision identification. 42

+FMS This command returns the minimum-Phase-C speed parameter. 233

+FNR This command returns the negotiation-message-reporting control parameter. 233

+FNS This command returns the nonstandard-frame FIF parameter. 233

+FPA This command returns the selective polling address parameter. 233

+FPI This command returns the local-polling-ID-string parameter. 233

+FPR This command returns the serial-port-rate-control parameter. 233

+FPS This command returns the page-status parameter. 233

+FPW This command returns the password parameter for sending or polling. 233
 Table 2. c18 AT Commands - Alphabetical (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

+FRY This command returns the ECM-retry-value parameter. 233

+FSA This command returns the subaddress parameter. 233

+FSP This command returns the request-to-poll parameter. 233

+GCAP This command enables the MT2 to transmit one or more lines of information text in a 144
specific format, that permits the user to identify the minimum capabilities of the MT2.

+GMI This command requests the manufacturer’s identification. 39

+GMM This command requests the model’s identification. 40

+GMR This command requests the revision’s identification. 42

+GOI This command causes the MT2 to transmit one or more lines of information text, 247
determined by the manufacturer, which permits the MT2 user to identify the device,
based on the ISO system for registering unique object identifiers.

+GSN This command requests the MT2’s serial number in HEX format. 43

+ICF This parameter determines the local serial port start-stop (asynchronous) character 240
framing that the MT2 uses while accepting TE2 commands, and while transmitting
information text and result codes to the TE2.

+IFC This parameter controls the local flow control between the TE2 and MT2 [1]. 236

+ILRR This parameter controls whether the extended-format information text is transmitted 239
from the MT2 to the TE2.

+IPR This parameter specifies the baud rate at which the MT2 accepts commands. 236

+MAFVL This command allows the accessory to set the ringer and SU speaker volume levels to 165
a fixed value and lock out the keypad volume control.

+MAID This command returns the list of features available in the SU. 47

+MAMS This command enables the host application to set the audio mode selection during a 163
call.

+MAPC This command sends an unsolicited message when asynchronous audio path change 162
reporting is enabled and the audio path is changed.

+MAPS This command sets and reports the radio’s audio processing states. 158

+MAPTH This command allows an accessory to determine the current audio path, and optionally 164
to force the audio path to a particular setting (such as forcing hands-free mode).

+MAPV This command returns the version of the accessory protocol that is supported in the 49
SU.
 Table 2. c18 AT Commands - Alphabetical (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

+MARD This command enables and disables the auto-redial capability of the SU. 54

+MARS This command reports when auto redial starts or ends, when auto redial reporting is 53
enabled.

+MASS This command enables/disables the reporting of hands-free audio start/stop 157
messages.

+MAVL This command enables an accessory to determine the current settings of all audio 161
paths, as well as to change the setting of a particular path.

+MCHS This private AT command reports radio’s channel status. 224

+MCRS This command changes and displays the current ring style. 154

+MCST? This command queries the call processing state. 80

+MDBAD This command sets/reads the auto-delete user preference setting in the date book 112
database.

+MDBL This command locks/unlocks the date book database. It is used primarily for 109
synchronization of the date book with PIM (Personal Information Management)
software

+MDBR This command reads an entry or range of entries stored in the date book. 110

+MDBW This command writes an entry to the date book. 107

+MDBWE This command modifies event exception data for an entry in the date book. 106

+MEGA This command updates the Email Gateway Address. 121

+MGCB This command returns the current cellular band for which the radio is registered to. 226

+MHIG This command allows an intelligent car kit to indicate the ignition state of the vehicle to 218
the SU.

+MHMN This command returns radio’s home network name. 217

+MIPERR This command returns an extended error report when Mobile IP session is failed. 294

+MKPD This command enables the accessories to control the press and release of key 222
presses.

+MLCK This command locks the phone after the appropriate unlock code has been provided. 167

+MLKC This unsolicited message is sent when the asynchronous phone lock status change 226
event reporting is enabled and the phone lock status is changed.
 Table 2. c18 AT Commands - Alphabetical (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

+MMAR This command enables the accessory to change the <stat> of an SMS message in SU 133
memory location <index>, preferred message storage <mem1>, from “REC UNREAD”
to “REC READ”.

+MMDL This command enables the accessory to request a mute/un-mute of the downlink audio 160
paths.

+MMGL This command enables the accessory to read a list of all SMS messages with status 125
value <stat> from SU message storage <mem1>. This command differs from +CMGL
in that no change is made to the read status of the message(s).

+MMGR This command enables the accessory to read SMS messages from the SU. This 130
command differs from +CMGR in that no change is made to the read status of the
message.

+MMTC This command sends an unsolicited message when asynchronous microphone mute 159
status change reporting is enabled, and the microphone mute status is changed.

+MNAM This command gets/sets the NAM parameters. 198

+MNAM2 This command gets/sets the NAM2 parameters. 202

+MNAM3 This command gets/sets the NAM3 parameters. 203

+MODE This command selects an operating mode on the selected serial connection. 237

+MOON This command enables the accessory to obtain information about the current operating 243
mode of the SU.

+MPBF This command enables the accessory to search for a specific entry, by name, in the 104
phone book. It differs from +CPBF in that it also returns extra fields that are unique to
Motorola phones.

+MPBFN This command allows the accessory to search in the phone book for a particular entry, 93
by phone number.

+MPBR This command recalls phone entries from the phone book by location number. 100

+MPBSC This command reads an entry from the phone book via scrolling. 90

+MPBSCS This command selects the sort order (alphabetical, by index, and so on) for phone book 92
scroll operations.

+MPBVR This command reads global data, model data or voice data for a phone book entry(ies). 94

+MPBVW This command writes global data, model data or voice data for phone book entry(ies). 96

+MPBW This command enables a new entry from an accessory to be stored in the phone book, 105
or an existing entry to be deleted from the phone book. It differs from +CPBW in that it
also accepts the input of extra fields.
 Table 2. c18 AT Commands - Alphabetical (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

+MPDPM This command reads the percentage of shared dynamic memory used in the phone 49
book and date book.

+MPIN This command enables the accessory application to unlock the phone when the 167
appropriate unlock code has been provided.

+MSCTS This command controls the CTS behavior and deactivates it when the unit is in sleep 321
mode.

+MSSI? This command requests signal strength information. 52

+MUPB This command sends the output when a phone book entry is accessed or modified by 229
the user or an accessory.

+MVMN This command enables the user to change the voice mail number of the phone. 52

+SNAM Selects/reads the current active NAM to which the NAM data will be written/retrieved 205
using AT+MNAM [x].

+VTD This command sets the value of an integer <duration>, which defines the length of 156
tones emitted as a result of the +VTS command.

+VTS This command allows the transmission of a list of specified DTMF tones. 154

A This command answers an incoming call after a RING/+CRING notification, placing the 68
ME into the appropriate mode as indicated by the +CRING message.

AT&W This command stores 3 parameter values into the NV and stores the current 182
configuration as user's profile (0 or 1). It updates the setting and stores it in the NMV.

AT&Y This function selects power up configuration as user's profile (0 or 1). 192
It stores the settings in the NVM.

ATS24 This command activates/disables the sleep mode. 319

ATS99 This command sets the value of the delay before sending data to DTE. 320

ATS100 The S-Reg S100 is used to avoid frequent wakeup interrupts and low throughput. 321

CLCK This command locks, unlocks or queries an ME or network facility <fac>. 59

D/DV This command places a fax/data/voice call on the current network. 63

D> This command places a fax/data/voice call on the current network by dialing directly 65
from the ME phone book.

DL This command places a data/voice call to the last number dialed. 67

DS This command retrieves a dial number from the user profile stored in the memory. 64
 Table 2. c18 AT Commands - Alphabetical (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

E This command determines whether the TA echoes characters received from the TE 174
during command state and on-line state.

H This command hangs up a single mode call. 67

L This command monitors the speaker volume. 231

M This command monitors the speaker mode. 232

P This command selects pulse dialing. 233

Q This command enables/disables the DCE to transmit result codes to the DTE 173

S0 This S-parameter controls the automatic answering feature for the voice/data calls to 177
the SU.

S10 This register is used by the IWF to determine the maximum time to remain connected 181
to the PSTN line after detecting the absence of a received line signal.

S11 This register provides the DTMF tone duration and spacing. 182

S3 This register returns the carriage return character. 178

S4 This register provides the response formatting/line feed code character. 178

S5 This register provides the backspace character. 179

S6 This register pauses before blind dialing. 179

S7 This register is used by the IWF to time-out a PSTN data call connection and send a 180
NO CARRIER result code on the Um interface.

S8 This register is used by the IWF in multi-stage dialing to time the period of the “,” dial 180
modifier.

S9 This register is used by the IWF as the period in which to detect a PSTN segment 181
carrier and return carrier detection signaling to the phone.

V This command returns the DCE response format. 171

X This command selects the result codes and monitors the call progress. 176

Z This register resets the phone to the default configuration. 182

The following list contains a summary of all the c18 AT commands, sorted according to functionality.

Table 3. c18 AT Commands - Functionality

AT Command Description Page

Modem ID

Subscriber Unit Identity

+GMI This command requests the manufacturer’s identification. 39

+FMI This command requests the manufacturer’s identification. 39

+CGMI This command requests the manufacturer’s identification. 40

+GMM This command requests the model’s identification. 40

+FMM This command requests the model’s identification. 40

+CGMM This command requests the model’s identification. 40

+GMR This command requests the revision’s identification. 42

+CGMR This command requests the revision’s identification. 42

+FMR This command requests the revision’s identification. 42

+CGSN This command returns the serial number of the product, in decimal format only. 43

+GSN This command requests the MT2’s serial number in HEX format. 43

+CSCS This command selects the character set used on the SU. 44

+CIMI This command returns a text string that identifies the SU. 45

+CNUM This command returns the numbers entered by the subscriber into “My Phone 46
Numbers” using the Handset menu.

Capability Reporting

+MAID This command returns the list of features available in the SU. 47

+MAPV This command returns the version of the accessory protocol that is supported in the 49
SU.

+MPDPM This command reads the percentage of shared dynamic memory used in the phone 49
book and date book.
 Table 3. c18 AT Commands - Functionality (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

Call Control

Call Control Messages

+CCWA This command shall enable/disable the Call Waiting notification unsolicited result 79
code.

+CSO This command specifies the service to be requested for the next originated or 62
terminated call.

+CVHU This command hangs up the call that is currently in progress, regardless of whether 50
the accessory initiated the call.

+CHUP This command rejects an incoming call or hangs up a selected voice or data call, 51
regardless of whether the accessory initiated the call.

+MVMN This command enables the user to change the voice mail number of the phone. 52

+MSSI? This command requests signal strength information. 52

+MARS This command reports when auto redial starts or ends, when auto redial reporting is 53
enabled.

+MARD This command enables and disables the auto-redial capability of the SU. 54

$QCCAV This command provides a means to answer an incoming voice call using an AT 54
command.

+CHV This command hangs up voice calls. 55

+CDV This command dials voice calls. 55

+CSS? This command returns the kind of system with which the c18 is registered. 56

+CIND This command enables an accessory to request the status of certain display 58
indicators currently available in the SU.

CLCK This command locks, unlocks or queries an ME or network facility <fac>. 59

+CSO This command specifies the service to be requested for the next originated or 62
terminated call.

D/DV This command places a fax/data/voice call on the current network. 63

DS This command retrieves a dial number from the user profile stored in the memory. 64

D> This command places a fax/data/voice call on the current network by dialing directly 65
from the ME phone book.
 Table 3. c18 AT Commands - Functionality (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

DL This command places a data/voice call to the last number dialed. 67

H This command hangs up a single mode call. 67

A This command answers an incoming call after a RING/+CRING notification, placing 68

the ME into the appropriate mode as indicated by the +CRING message.

+CRC This command controls whether to present the extended format of an incoming call 69
indication.

+CRING This command generates a message whenever an incoming call (voice, data or fax) 71
is indicated by the cellular network.

+CLIP This command enables or disables the presentation of the CLI (Calling Line Identity) 72
at the TE.

+CCFC This command controls the call forwarding supplementary service. Activation, 74
deactivation, and status query are supported.

+CHLD This command controls call-related services, such as HOLD and MPTY. 75

+COLP This command gets and changes the current setting of the Calling Line Presentation. 78

Call Status Messages

+MCST? This command queries the call processing state. 80

+CPAS This command returns the activity status of the MT. 83

+CLCC This command returns the list of current calls on the ME. 85

Additional Call Processing Controls

+CLIR This command enables the calling subscriber to ask the network to query, enable or 88
disable the presentation of the CLI of a MO call to the called party.

Phone and Date Books

Directory Access Commands (Phone Book)

+MPBSC This command reads an entry from the phone book via scrolling. 90

+MPBSCS This command selects the sort order (alphabetical, by index, and so on) for phone 92
book scroll operations.

+MPBFN This command allows the accessory to search in the phone book for a particular 93
entry, by phone number.
 Table 3. c18 AT Commands - Functionality (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

+MPBVR This command reads global data, model data or voice data for a phone book 94
entry(ies).

+MPBVW This command writes global data, model data or voice data for phone book 96
entry(ies).

+CPBS This command selects the memory to be used for reading and writing entries. 98

+CPBR This command recalls information from the phone book by location number. 99

+MPBR This command recalls phone entries from the phone book by location number. 100

+CPBF This command enables the accessory to search for a specified entry, by name, in the 103
phone book.

+MPBF This command enables the accessory to search for a specific entry, by name, in the 104
phone book. It differs from +CPBF in that it also returns extra fields that are unique to
Motorola phones.

+CPBW This command enables a new entry from an accessory to be stored in the phone 104
book, or an existing entry to be deleted from the phone book.

+MPBW This command enables a new entry from an accessory to be stored in the phone 105
book, or an existing entry to be deleted from the phone book. It differs from +CPBW
in that it also accepts the input of extra fields.

Date Book Access Commands

+MDBWE This command modifies event exception data for an entry in the date book. 106

+MDBW This command writes an entry to the date book. 107

+MDBL This command locks/unlocks the date book database. It is used primarily for 109
synchronization of the date book with PIM (Personal Information Management)
software

+MDBR This command reads an entry or range of entries stored in the date book. 110

+MDBAD This command sets/reads the auto-delete user preference setting in the date book 112
database.

System Date and Time Access Commands

+CCLK This command reads/sets the SU’s current date and time settings. 113
 Table 3. c18 AT Commands - Functionality (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

SMS

SMS Commands

+CNMI This command enables unsolicited notification of the accessory when an SMS 114
message is received by the SU.

+CMGD This command enables the accessory to delete messages from the preferred SU 115
message storage <mem1> location <index>.

+CMSS This command selects a pre-stored message from message storage <mem2> and 117
sends it.

+CSMS This command selects the message service and returns the types of messages that 117
are supported by the ME.

+CPMS This command selects the memory storages <mem1>, <mem2>, and <mem3> to be 118
used for various functions, such as reading or writing.

+CMGF This command sets the type of input and output format of message to use. 120

+MEGA This command updates the Email Gateway Address. 121

+CSDH This command controls whether detailed header information is shown in the text 121
mode result code.

+CMTI This command sends a message to the accessory upon receipt of an SMS 122
message.

+CMGL This command enables the accessory to read a list of all SMS messages with status 123
value <stat> from SU message storage <mem1>.

+MMGL This command enables the accessory to read a list of all SMS messages with status 125
value <stat> from SU message storage <mem1>. This command differs from
+CMGL in that no change is made to the read status of the message(s).

+CMGR This command enables the accessory to read SMS messages from the SU. 127

+MMGR This command enables the accessory to read SMS messages from the SU. This 130
command differs from +CMGR in that no change is made to the read status of the
message.

+MMAR This command enables the accessory to change the <stat> of an SMS message in 133
SU memory location <index>, preferred message storage <mem1>, from “REC
UNREAD” to “REC READ”.

+CSCA This GSM 07.05 command is used to update the Service Center Address. This field 136
is required on GSM platform only.

+CMGW This command stores a message to memory storage <mem2>. 133

 Table 3. c18 AT Commands - Functionality (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

Network Service

Network Service Commands

+CREG This command enables/disables an unsolicited result code from network status 138
registration.

+COPS This command enables an application to query the current Carrier Name (which 140
would be displayed if the standard display were attached).

+CSQ This command returns the Signal Quality Measure <SQM> and the Frame Error 141
Rate <FER>.

Hardware Information

Hardware Information Commands

+GCAP This command enables the MT2 to transmit one or more lines of information text in a 144
specific format, that permits the user to identify the minimum capabilities of the MT2.

&C This command provides information about the state of the DCE communications 145
channel.

&D This command drops the DCE communications channel. 146

+CBC This command allows an accessory to query the charge level of the battery. 147

Audio Control Commands

Audio Tone Commands

+CRTT This command can play a cycle of a ring tone, stop this cycle in the middle and set a 150
ring tone to be used from now forward to a specific alert field.

+MCRS This command changes and displays the current ring style. 154

+VTS This command allows the transmission of a list of specified DTMF tones. 154

+VTD This command sets the value of an integer <duration>, which defines the length of 156
tones emitted as a result of the +VTS command.

+MA Audio Control Commands

+MASS This command enables/disables the reporting of hands-free audio start/stop 157
messages.

+MAPS This command sets and reports the radio’s audio processing states. 158
 Table 3. c18 AT Commands - Functionality (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

+MMTC This command sends an unsolicited message when asynchronous microphone mute 159
status change reporting is enabled, and the microphone mute status is changed.

+MMDL This command enables the accessory to request a mute/un-mute of the downlink 160
audio paths.

+MAVL This command enables an accessory to determine the current settings of all audio 161
paths, as well as to change the setting of a particular path.

+MAPC This command sends an unsolicited message when asynchronous audio path 162
change reporting is enabled and the audio path is changed.

+MAMS This command enables the host application to set the audio mode selection during a 163
call.

+MAPTH This command allows an accessory to determine the current audio path, and 164
optionally to force the audio path to a particular setting (such as forcing hands-free
mode).

+MAFVL This command allows the accessory to set the ringer and SU speaker volume levels 165
to a fixed value and lock out the keypad volume control.

+CMUT This command enable/disables muting during a voice call. 166

Access

Access Control Commands

+MLCK This command locks the phone after the appropriate unlock code has been 167
provided.

+MPIN This command enables the accessory application to unlock the phone when the 167
appropriate unlock code has been provided.

Modem Configuration and Profiles (S-registers)

Modem Register Commands

&F This command causes the configuration stored in the phone to revert to the 169
configuration specified by the manufacturer’s factory default setting.

&V This command dumps the status of all AT parameters. 169

AT&W This command stores 3 parameter values into the NV. 182

V This command returns the DCE response format. 171

Q This command enables/disables the DCE to transmit result codes to the DTE 173
 Table 3. c18 AT Commands - Functionality (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

E This command determines whether the TA echoes characters received from the TE 174
during command state and on-line state.

X This command selects the result codes and monitors the call progress. 176

S0 This register disables automatic answering, and enables automatic answering after 177
(Value - 1) × 6 sec.

S3 This register returns the carriage return character. 178

S4 This register provides the response formatting/line feed code character. 178

S5 This register provides the backspace character. 179

S6 This register pauses before blind dialing. 179

S7 This register is used by the IWF to time-out a PSTN data call connection and send a 180
NO CARRIER result code on the Um interface.

S8 This register is used by the IWF in multi-stage dialing to time the period of the “,” dial 180
modifier.

S9 This register is used by the IWF as the period in which to detect a PSTN segment 181
carrier and return carrier detection signaling to the phone.

S10 This register is used by the IWF to determine the maximum time to remain 181
connected to the PSTN line after detecting the absence of a received line signal.

S11 This register provides the DTMF tone duration and spacing. 182

Z This register resets the phone to the default configuration. 182

Error Handling Commands

+CMS This command contains the codes that are returned for extended error status in 193
response to an SMS command that failed.

+EB This parameter controls the behavior of the V.42 operation on the PSTN link (if 194
present in the IWF).

+CME This command contains the codes that are returned for extended error status in 195
response to a command that failed.

+CMEE This command enables/disables the use of result code +CME ERROR: <err> as an 197
indication of an error relating to the functionality of the SU.

MNAM Programming

+MNAM This command gets/sets the NAM parameters. 198

 Table 3. c18 AT Commands - Functionality (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

+MNAM2 This command gets/sets the NAM2 parameters. 202

+MNAM3 This command gets/sets the NAM3 parameters. 203

+SNAM Selects/reads the current active NAM to which the NAM data will be written/retrieved 205
using AT+MNAM [x].

+CPARM

+CPRAM This command gets/sets the cellular system parameters. 206

PRL Commands

+CPRL1 This command sets or gets the PRL header parameters. 209

+CPRL2 This command enables the user to control the PRL acquisition table. 211

+CPRL3 This command enables the user to control the PRL System table. 214

User Interface

+MH Handset Status/Control

+MCHS This private AT command reports radio’s channel status. 224

MGCB This command returns the current cellular band for which the radio is registered to. 226

+MHMN This command returns radio’s home network name. 217

+MHIG This command allows an intelligent car kit to indicate the ignition state of the vehicle 218
to the SU.

+CKPD This command enables the emulated pressing of keys as if entered from the SU 218
keypad or from a remote handset.

+MKPD This command enables the accessories to control the press and release of key 222
presses.

+CMER This command enables an external accessory to receive key press information from 223
the SU internal keypad.

Unsolicited UI Status Messages

+MLKC This unsolicited message is sent when the asynchronous phone lock status change 226
event reporting is enabled and the phone lock status is changed.

+ MMRR This unsolicited message is sent to the TE by the SU if a master reset occurs, and 227
master reset events reporting is enabled.
 Table 3. c18 AT Commands - Functionality (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

+CIEV This command sends unsolicited messages when display indicator reporting is 228
enabled by +CMER, and an indicator (for example, the Voice Mail icon) changes on
the SU’s display.

+CKEV This command sends unsolicited messages when local key press echo is enabled 229
and a key is pressed on the SU keypad.

+MUPB This command sends the output when a phone book entry is accessed or modified 229
by the user or an accessory.

NOP Compatible

"Ignored" (Compatible Only) Commands

L This command monitors the speaker volume. 231

M This command monitors the speaker mode. 232

P This command selects pulse dialing. 233

Fax

Fax Commands

+CFC This command returns the interface fax compression. 233

+FKS This command terminates the session. 233

+FIE This command returns the procedure-interupt-enable parameter. 233

+FIS This command returns the current-session negotiation parameter. 233

+FLI This command returns the local-ID-string parameter. 233

+FLO This command returns the flow-control-select parameter. 233

+FLP This command returns the indicate-document-to-poll parameter. 233

+FMS This command returns the minimum-Phase-C speed parameter. 233

+FNR This command returns the negotiation-message-reporting control parameter. 233

+FNS This command returns the nonstandard-frame FIF parameter. 233

+FPA This command returns the selective polling address parameter. 233

+FPI This command returns the local-polling-ID-string parameter. 233

+FPR This command returns the serial-port-rate-control parameter. 233

 Table 3. c18 AT Commands - Functionality (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

+FPS This command returns the page-status parameter. 233

+FPW This command returns the password parameter for sending or polling. 233

+FRY This command returns the ECM-retry-value parameter. 233

+FSA This command returns the subaddress parameter. 233

+FSP This command returns the request-to-poll parameter. 233

+FHS This command returns the call-termination-status parameter. 233

+FFC This command returns the format-conversion parameter. 233

+FEA This command returns the Phase-C timeout parameter. 233

+FCT This command returns the DTE Phase-C timeout parameter. 233

+FCS This command returns the current-session results parameter. 233

+FCR This command returns the cabability-to-receive parameter. 233

+FCQ This command returns the copy-quality-checking parameter. 233

+FCC This command returns the DCE-capabilities parameters. 233

+FBU This command returns the HDLC-frame-reporting parameter. 233

+FBS This command returns the buffer size parameter. 233

+FBO This command returns the Phase-C data-bit-order parameter. 233

+FAP This command returns the addressing and polling capabilities parameter. 233

+FAA This command returns the adaptive answer parameter. 233

+FCLASS This command returns the service class selection parameter. 233

+FMR This command returns the revision identification. 42

+IPR This parameter specifies the baud rate at which the MT2 accepts commands. 236

+IFC This parameter controls the local flow control between the TE2 and MT2 [1]. 236
 Table 3. c18 AT Commands - Functionality (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

Interface

Interface Commands

+MODE This command selects an operating mode on the selected serial connection. 237

$QCCLR This command clears the mobile error log. 239

+ILRR This parameter controls whether the extended-format information text is transmitted 239
from the MT2 to the TE2.

+ICF This parameter determines the local serial port start-stop (asynchronous) character 240
framing that the MT2 uses while accepting TE2 commands, and while transmitting
information text and result codes to the TE2.

+CTTY Activation, deactivation, and status query are supported. The Set command tells the 241
c18 which TTY settings to request. The Set command, in query mode, interrogates
the SU current TYY status. The Test command returns values supported by the TA
as a compound value.

Information and Identification

Information and Identification Commands

+CIMSI This command enables a terminal to set the MT2 active IMSI. 241

+MOON This command enables the accessory to obtain information about the current 243
operating mode of the SU.

$QCSCRM This command enables/disables the mobile from SCRM’ing. 244

$QCMDR This command sets the Medium Data Rate (MDR) (also known as HSPD) setting. 244

$QCDMR This command sets the DM baud rate. 246

+GOI This command causes the MT2 to transmit one or more lines of information text, 247
determined by the manufacturer, which permits the MT2 user to identify the device,
based on the ISO system for registering unique object identifiers.

Data Capability

Data Capability Commands

$QCQNC This command enables/disables Quick Net Connect (QNC). 247

$QCDMG This command enables the transition to Diagnostics Monitor (DM) operation. 248

$QCSCRM This command enables/disables IS2000 mobiles from SCRM’ing. 244

 Table 3. c18 AT Commands - Functionality (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

$QCSO This command sets the service option settings. 250

$QCMIPT This command enables/disables the use of rfc2002bis authentication. 251

$QCMIPP This command selects the MIP user profile to be active. 252

$QCMIP This command enables/disables Mobile IP functionality in the mobile. 252

$QCTRTL This command enables/disables IS2000 mobiles from throttling the R-SCHF. 249

$QCPKND This command enables/disables automatic packet detection after a dial command. 258

$QCVAD This command responds to a page message that has a voice service option with a 259
page response that has a data service option.

$QCMTOM This command originates a Mobile-to-Mobile Packet Data call using a QUALCOMM 260
proprietary Service Option number.

+CTA This command sets/reads/tests the Um packet data inactivity timer. 261

+CAD? This command queries the analog or digital service. 262

+CDR This command controls whether the extended-format +CDR: intermediate result 263
code is transmitted by the MT2.

+CDS This parameter controls the V.42bis data compression function on the Um interface. 264

+CRM This command enable the user to set the protocol on the Rm interface. 266

+CQD This command sets the timer value that specifies the period of inactivity before a 267
data call is released.

+CMIP? This command returns the mobile station’s temporary IP address. 268

+CBIP? This command returns the base station’s temporary IP address. 268

+CMUX This command sets the multiplex option to be proposed during the service 269
negotiation procedures for connecting a STU-III secure service option.

+CFG This command enables the storage of a string (up to and including the termination 270
character) by the MT2 and its transmission to the base station prior to dialing.

+CXT This command controls the handling of unrecognized commands by the MT2. 270

MV18S This command controls the manner of operation of the V.18 capabilities (if present in 272
the IWF).

+MV18R This command controls whether the extended-format +MV18R: result code is 273
transmitted from the IWF to the mobile station.
 Table 3. c18 AT Commands - Functionality (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

+MS This command controls the manner of operation of the modulation capabilities in the 274
IWF.

+MR This command controls whether the extended-format +MCR:<carrier> and 274
+MRR:<rate> intermediate result codes are transmitted from the IWF to the mobile
station.

+MA This command lists the modulations that the base station may use to connect with 275
the remote DCE in Automode operation, for answering or originating data calls, as
additional alternatives to the modulation specified in the +MS command.

+ETBM This command designates the action for data that remains in the DCE internal 275
buffers when a call is terminated.

+ESR This command controls the use of the selective repeat (SREJ) option in V.42 on the 277
PSTN link (if present in the IWF).

+ES This command controls the manner of operation of the V.42 protocol on the PSTN 278
link (if present in the IWF).

+ER This command controls whether the extended-format +ER: intermediate result code 280
is transmitted from the IWF over the Um interface.

+DS This command controls the V.42bis data compression function on the PSTN link if 281
provided in the IWF.

+DR This command controls whether the extended-format +DR: intermediate result code 283
is transmitted from the IWF over the Um interface.

+EFCS This command controls the use of the 32-bit frame check sequence option in V.42 on 284
the PSTN link (if present in the IWF).

TCP/IP

TCP/IP Commands

$QCPREV This command returns the protocol revision in use. 285

$QCRLPD This command dumps the RLP statistics in ASCII format to the TE2. 285

$QCRLPR This command zeroes all the RLP statistics counters. 286

$QCPPPD This command dumps the PPP statistics in ASCII format to the TE2. 287

$QCPPPR This command zeroes all the PPP statistics counters. 287

$QCIPD This command dumps the IP statistics in ASCII format to the TE2. 288

$QCIPR This command zeroes all the IP statistics counters. 289

 Table 3. c18 AT Commands - Functionality (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

$QCUDPD This command dumps the UDP statistics in ASCII format to the TE2. 289

$QCUDPR This command zeroes all the UDP statistics counters. 290

$QCTCPD This command dumps the TCP statistics in ASCII format to the TE2. 290

$QCTCPR This command zeroes all the TCP statistics counters. 291

$QCRL3D This command dumps the RLP 3 statistics in ASCII format to the TE2. 292

$QCRL3R This command zeroes all of the RLP 3 statistics counters. 292

Mobile IP

Mobile IP Commands

+MIPERR This command returns an extended error report when Mobile IP session is failed. 294

$QCMIPREG This command configures the Mobile IP related parameters that are common to all 299
the MIP user profiles currently saved inside the C-18's NVM.

$QCMIP This command enables or disables the support for Mobile IP. 300

$QCMIPP This command selects one of the MIP user profiles as the current active profile. 301

$QCMIPT This command enables/disables the use of rfc2002bis authentication. 302

$QCMIPEP This command enables/disables the currently active profile details. 303

$QCMIPGETP This command returns all the information corresponding to the particular profile 304
number entered.

$QCMIPNAI This command sets the NAI for the currently active profile. 305

$QCMIPRT This command sets the reverse tunneling for the currently active profile. 306

$QCMIPMASS This command sets the MN-AAA shared secrets for the currently active profile. 307

$QCMIPMHSS This command sets the MN-HA shared secrets for the currently active profile. 308

$QCMIPMASPI This command sets the MN-AAA SPIs for the currently active profile. 309

$QCMIPMHSPI This command sets the MN-HA SPIs for the currently active profile. 310

$QCMIPPHA This command sets the IP addresses of the mobile’s primary HA for the currently 311
active profile.

$QCMIPSHA This command sets the IP addresses of the mobile’s secondary HA for the currently 312
active profile.
 Table 3. c18 AT Commands - Functionality (Continued)

AT Command Description Page

$QCMIPHA This command sets the IP addresses of the mobile’s home address for the currently 313
active profile.

Sleep Mode

Sleep Mode Commands

ATS24 This command activates/disables the sleep mode. 319

ATS99 This command sets the value of the delay before sending data to DTE. 320

ATS100 The S-Reg S100 is used to avoid frequent wakeup interrupts and low throughput. 321

+MSCTS This command controls the CTS behavior and deactivates it when the unit is in sleep 321
mode.
 3. INTRODUCING AT COMMANDS

3.1 AT COMMAND SET PROTOCOL

3.1.1 General Protocol

The format of the messages transmitted to the SU for the application protocol is the same for both the common and the protected
command sets. Commands are exchanged in ASCII characters, with the "AT" characters at the beginning of the command.
These characters provide a safe means of detecting the beginning of the command in the event that the SU and accessory become
unsynchronized due to data loss. The rest of the input is the command data itself, followed by a line terminator. String data can
be transferred using several character representations, the current character format is determined by the +CSCS command. The
full specification of the input data is in “Data Formats” on page 35. The size of the line is available as part of the low-level
protocol packet that is used to transport the command. Error detection is also provided by the low-level protocol packet. In most
cases, the application level command is embedded within the low-level packet, but only the application level command is
presented to the application within the SU, the low-level packet is discarded.
Return data from the SU is in a similar format, without the "AT" characters in the header. The data from the application is
embedded within the low-level packet and that entire packet is transmitted to the accessory device. Each line of return data is
terminated with a <CR> character which value is specified by command S3.
More than one command can be sent in a packet. In this case, the commands are separated by semicolons (";"). Only the first
command requires the "AT" header, this is the packet header and is not part of any command. The line terminator <CR> is
specified by command S3.
Command: AT+CPBS?

Low level Low level

A T + C P B S ? <CR>
packet header packet trailer

(Data_Len=8) Application Protocol data

Low level header and footer are stripped off by low-level software, and are included for reference only.
Figure 1. Example of Application Data Format

98-08901C65-C 33
Introducing AT Commands

3.1.2 Formatting Rules

[Link] Command Formats

Commands come in two basic flavors — commands that accept input and commands that do not. Commands that do not accept
input are commands that cause things to change, with no options regarding how the change occurs (an example is the +CGMM
command which gets the device information).
Commands that accept data (even if all of the data is optional) provide three variations of the command; one to send in the data,
one to get the current setting of the feature and one to obtain the possible settings for the feature. If the command accepts more
than one piece of data, the data elements are separated by commas.
When dealing with optional data, only those values that are required need to be provided and the command can end after the last
used value. Not all optional values must be provided, if no value is entered between commas then that optional element is not
included.
Figure 2 provides an example of using a command with optional input data. In this example, the command has one required
input and two optional inputs. This example shows the usage of a command with various sets of options to demonstrate the rules
for including optional information elements.
Command Description
+CMD=<name>[,<format>[,<option>]]
Command used with no options
+CMD=154
Command used with <format>option
+CMD=154,5
Command used with <option2>option only
+CMD=154,,87
Figure 2. Optional Data Examples

[Link].1 Command with No Data

For commands that do not define any input data, the command is simply issued by itself. The SU processes the command and
returns whatever data is appropriate.

[Link].2 Command Setting a Value

The normal use of the command is to issue the command followed by an equal sign and a list of values. In this mode, the values
issued in the command are used to configure the feature driven by that command. As described above, values are separated by
commas, and optional values are allowed.
AT+CMD=<value>

[Link].3 Querying a Command’s Current Setting

Issuing the command followed by a question mark will cause the SU to return the current settings of the feature that is controlled
by that command. This generally will reflect the settings that were passed in when the command was last issued.
AT+CMD?

34 98-08901C65-C
 Introducing AT Commands

[Link].4 Querying the Possible Command Settings

Issuing the command with an equals and question mark causes the SU to return the list of valid settings for all of the values that
are input for that command. In some cases these settings are tailored to the particular SU configuration.
AT+CMD=?

[Link].5 Multiple Commands on One Line

Most commands can be separated by a semicolon (;), allowing multiple commands to be sent in a single packet. The first
command requires the "AT" header at the beginning of the line, subsequent commands do not. The last command must be
followed by the line terminator (<cr>).
For example, the three commands: +CMD1,+CMD2, and +CMD3? can be concatenated in the following manner:
AT+CMD1=23,56;+CMD2;+CMD3?<cr>
Basic commands (commands that have the form <command><number>) can be concatenated without using semicolons.
For example, the commands V, E, and I can be concatenated in the following manner:
ATV0E0I4<cr>
An extended command (D, S, and commands that contain a "+") that follow basic commands do not require a semicolon.
However, basic commands following extended commands need a semicolon.
For example, the following concatenation of +CIMI and V is illegal and will return an error:
AT+CIMIV0<cr>
The correct way to concatenate +CIMI and V is as follows:
AT+CIMI;V0<cr>or ATV0+CIMI<cr>
The following concatenations of V, E, I, and +CIMI are legal:
ATV0I4E0+CIMI<cr>
ATV0+CIMI;I4E0<cr>

[Link] Data Formats

When multiple parameters are present for a single command, they are separated with commas (,), but no spaces should be
included in the command line. The SU will not include spaces.

[Link].1 Phone Number Data

The standard defines two standard formats for presenting the phone number (either calling or called). One format uses the
complete explicit dialing string, including the international access code. The other format replaces the access code with the
"+"character (as European numbers are often written).
The default format is to use the "+" international dialing convention, this is format number 145. Conventional complete dialing
is format number 129.

3.1.3 Response Rules

This is the area that probably deviates the most from "normal" AT command operations. All responses are required to identify
the command to which they belong. This allows multiple commands to be executed if possible, and allows for commands that
enable the generation of asynchronous data. Not all responses match up to a command, some responses are generated as unso-
licited responses, providing data and information about ongoing system events.

98-08901C65-C 35
Introducing AT Commands

The response header consists of the command code (+CGSN, for example) which is a response to followed by a colon (:), a
space character, then the data that is being returned followed by the line terminator (<CR>).
For unsolicited responses that do not have a corresponding command (such as +MPB) the header is as defined for the response
data (these are generally found in the Protected Commands, + CLIP, page 72, +COLP, page 78 and +CLIR, page 88) in the
section describing the command. Any unsolicited responses that do not have an executable command have been given a
"dummy" command to be used in the response header.
All commands are required to return a response to indicate that the command has been completed. If the command is one that
does not return data (such as "H" to hang up) the response will consist of the response header and "OK" in the data field.
Commands that return data may not be required to also include the "OK" response.
ATH<CR>
H: OK<CR>
Some commands return an unknown amount of data. Examples would be a command that returns a list of values, or a command
that returns a group of phone book entries. If all the response data were returned in a single packet this may exceed the maximum
packet length. These situations are called "open-ended responses". In cases where the order of the response data is not important,
the SU may return the data in multiple response packets (multiple lines). Each packet shall contain the normal header (the
command, and so on) and a subset of the data. After all of the data for the command has been returned, the SU will return a final
response packet with the command header and "OK" in the data field. This signals to the device that the data for that command
is completed.
AT+CGMR<CR>
+CGMR: "MCU:46 57 68",DSP:9934"<CR>
+CGMR: "APP:003452"<CR>
+CGMR: OK<CR>
The above example shows the response to the +CGMR command, requesting version number information.
The SU returns two lines of information, followed by the "OK" response to indicate the completion of the responses.

[Link] Ranges

Some commands return a range of data as part of their response. The range consists of a comma separated list of items enclosed
by parenthesis. A range consists of one or more items. Spaces only exist in the range when part of a multi-character string is
enclosed by double quotation marks. Items can either be a single entity, or two entities separated by a hyphen to indicate an
abbreviated consecutive collection of items. In the case of an abbreviated consecutive collection, the first and last items are
included in the collection.
If the items in the range are represented by numeric data, the range is listed in ascending order. If the items are represented by
a single alpha-numeric character, the range is listed in numeric ascending order and alphabetic order starting with "A". Numbers
appear before alphas, and the ordering is not case-sensitive. If the items are represented by alpha-numeric strings, the items
represented by a single character conform to the above rules, and the items represented by multi-character alpha-numeric strings
appear after the single character items with no ordering rules imposed. An abbreviated consecutive collection is not valid for
items represented by multi-character alpha-numeric strings.
A range cannot be embedded within another range.

Examples

The following range represents a list of one item named "3":

(3)

36 98-08901C65-C
 Introducing AT Commands

The following range represents a list of four items named "1", "3", "5" and "7":
(1,3,5,7)

The following range represents a list of four items named "1", "2", "3", and "4". Note that items "2" and "3" are implied because
"1-4" represents an abbreviated consecutive collection.
(1-4)

The following range represents a list of five items named "1", "3" ,"4", "5" and "A".
(1,3-5,A)

The following range represents a list of eight items "1", "23", "A", "B", "C", "E", "Dog" and "Cat".
(1,23,A-C,E,Dog,Cat)

The following range represents a list of eight items "1", "2", "3", "B", "C", "D", "Big Dog", and "Small Cat".
(1-3,B-D,"Big Dog","Small Cat")

[Link] Dates

Some commands may accept or return a date as a portion of their input or response. The date shall consist of a quoted string
containing the date in the following hyphen-separated format: "MM-DD-YYYY". For months, days and years that are repre-
sented by numbers that occupy less characters than the width of their associated fields, the numbers shall be padded with zeroes
in order to occupy the entire field.
It is a non-requirement for the SU to correct dates that are invalid. For example, the date "01-32-2002" being corrected to
"02-01-2002" is implementation specific.

Examples

The following date represents November 9, 1975:

"11-09-1975"

The following date represents January 1, 100:

"01-01-0100"

The following date represents December 25, 2002:

"12-25-2002"

98-08901C65-C 37
Introducing AT Commands

3.2 DEFINITIONS

3.2.1 Communication Data Interface - Common Defined Values of Parameters

<classx>: (default 7).

Sum of integers each representing a class of information.
1 Voice (telephony)
2 Data (refers to all bearer services)
4 Fax (facsimile services)
Deviation from standard – these <classx> values are not supported: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128.

Note

<number>:
String type phone number of forwarding address in format specified by <type>.
For set command, parameter is valid only for <mode> 3.
<type>:
Type of address octet in integer format; default 145 when dialing string includes international access code character "+", other-
wise 129 - type of number "unknown".
<satype>:
type of sub address octet in integer format; default 128.
<subaddr>:
String type subaddress of format specified by <satype>.
<alpha>:
Optional string type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in phone book; used character
set should be the one selected with command Select TE Character Set +CSCS.
<CLI validity>:
The Validity of Calling Line Identity presentation.
0 CLI valid.
1 CLI has been withheld by the originator.
2 CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of originating network.

3.3 ACTIVATION MODE

Multiple protocols and services are available to the accessory device, which request the protocol via a mode change request
command. The AT+Mode command is used to select the operating mode on the particular serial connection.
• Mode = 0: The default connection, either a Qualcomm command or IS-707 (CDMA). This is the mode available for a
computer connection.
• Mode = 2: This mode provides access to the Motorola-specific commands set, and outputs the following banner when ready
to accept commands:
+MBAN: Copyright 2000-2003 Motorola, Inc.

38 98-08901C65-C
 4. AT COMMANDS REFERENCE

4.1 MODEM ID

4.1.1 Subscriber Unit Identity

[Link] +GMI, Request Manufacturer ID

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command causes the MT2 to transmit one or more lines of information text, determined by the manufacturer, which is
intended to permit the user of the MT2 to identify the manufacturer. Typically, the text will consist of a single line containing
the name of the manufacturer, but manufacturers may choose to provide more information if desired (for example, address,
telephone number for customer service, and so on).

Mode Activation

Mode = 0 and Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+GMI +GMI: <manufacturer>

Example

AT+GMI
+GMI: Motorola CE, Copyright 2000

[Link] +FMI, Request Manufacturer ID

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command returns the name/identification of the manufacturer.

98-08901C65-C 39
AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+FMI +FMI: <manufacturer>

Example

AT+FMI
+FMI: Motorola CE, Copyright 2000

[Link] +CGMI, Request Manufacturer ID

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command returns the name/identification of the manufacturer.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+CGMI +CGMI: <manufacturer> Returns the manufacturer’s

OK identification, using one or more lines
of information text.

Example

AT+CGMI
+CGMI: Motorola CE, Copyright 2000

[Link] +GMM, +FMM, + CGMM, Request Model ID

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

These commands return a string containing information about the specific model. This information includes the technology
used, and possibly the particular model number. If multiple technology is supported, they return all the supported technology.

40 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

+GMM returns the same data as +CGMM, with a different header (+GMM:).
+FMM returns the same data as +CGMM and +GMM, with a different header (+FMM:).
Note

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+GMM <string> Returns information about the specific

AT+FMM model.
AT +CGMM

The following table shows the +GMM, +FMM and +CGMM support strings.

Table 4. +GMM, +FMM and +CGMM Technology Support Strings

<Parameter> Description

“CDMA800” CDMA at 800 MHz

“CDMA1900” CDMA at 1900 MHz

“AMPS800” AMPS analog at 800 MHz

Example

+GMM: "CDMA800","CDMA1900","AMPS800","MODEL=c18"
+CGMM: "CDMA800","CDMA1900","AMPS800","MODEL=c18"
+FMM: "CDMA800","CDMA1900","AMPS800","MODEL=c18"

98-08901C65-C 41
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +GMR, +CGMR, +FMR, Request Revision

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

These commands return the revision identification, identifying the software revision in the ME.
+GMR is activated also in mode 0.

Note

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+GMR <revision> Returns the software revision

AT+CGMR identification.
AT+FMR

The following table shows the +GMR, +CGMR, +FMR parameters.

Table 5. +GMR, +CGMR, +FMR Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<revision> Character string with “”.

Example

+GMR: "c18_X_087.0R"
+CGMR: "c18_X_087.0R"
+FMR: "c18_X_087.0R"

42 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] +CGSN, Request Product Serial Number Identification

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command returns the serial number of the product in decimal format only. In the case of CDMA devices, this is the decimal
format Electronic Serial Number (ESN). It is important to note that this is not a dotted decimal, as shown in the example.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+CGSN +CGSN: <serial number> Returns the serial number of ME.

The following table shows the +CGSN parameters.

Table 6. +CGSN Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<serial number> String without “”. Decimal non-dotted number indicating

the Electronic Serial Number (ESN).

Example

AT+CGSN
+CGSN: ESN2182231126 //Decimal

[Link] +GSN, Request TA Serial Number ID

This command causes the MT2 to transmit one or more lines of information text, determined by the manufacturer, which is
intended to permit the user of the MT2 to identify the individual device. Typically, the text consists of a single line containing
a manufacturer-determined alphanumeric string, but manufacturers may choose to provide any information desired.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+GSN +GSN: <ESN> xx xx xx xx

in hexadecimal format

98-08901C65-C 43
AT Commands Reference

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+gsn
+GSN: 42FB40B5(hex)

[Link] +CSCS, Select TE Character Set

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command selects the character set used on the SU.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CSCS? +CSCS: <chset> Gets the current character set.

+CSCS=? +CSCS: (list of <chset>s) Gets all character sets supported.

+CSCS=<chset> OK Sets the character set, as defined by

Table 7, “Supported Character Sets,”
on page 44.

The following table shows the supported character sets.

Table 7. Supported Character Sets

<chset> Character Set Input/Output Format

“ASCII” ASCII Quoted string. For example, “AB”

equals two 8-bit characters with
decimal values 65, 66.

“UCS2” Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646 [32]) HEX representation. For example,

00410042 equals two 16-bit
characters with decimal values 65,
66.

“UTF8” 8-bit Unicode (ISO 10646 HEX representation.

transformation format)

“8859-1” Latin (ISO 8859-1) Quoted string.

“8859-C” Cyrillic (ISO 8859-5) Quoted string.

44 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 7. Supported Character Sets (Continued)

<chset> Character Set Input/Output Format

“8859-A” Arabic (ISO 8859-6) Quoted string.

“8859-H” Hebrew (ISO 8859-8) Quoted string.

"KSC5601" Korean Quoted string.

Example

AT+CSCS=?
+CSCS: ("ASCII","UCS2","UTF8","8859-1","8859-C","8859-A","8859-H","KSC5601")
OK
AT+CSCS?
+CSCS: "ASCII"
OK
AT+CPBW=1,"8475763000",129,"Lin Zhao"
OK
AT+CSCS="UCS2"
OK
AT+CPBR=1
+CPBR: 1, "8475763000",129,004C006E0020005A00680061006F
OK

[Link] +CIMI, Request IMSI

This command returns a text string that identifies the SU. On platforms that support IMSI numbers, this is the IMSI number.
The output string does not have double quotes. On platforms that do not support IMSI numbers, this command responds with a
+CME ERROR indicating that the operation is not supported.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CIMI +CIMI: <IMSI> Returns the SU identifier.

98-08901C65-C 45
AT Commands Reference

Example

AT+CIMI //Call on platform supporting IMSI numbers

+CIMI: 314566320021400

AT+CIMI //Call on platform not supporting IMSI numbers

+CME ERROR: 4 //Operation not supported

[Link] +CNUM, Subscriber Number

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command returns the numbers entered by the subscriber into “My Phone Numbers” using the Handset menu.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+CNUM +CNUM: <number> Returns the numbers that were

entered into “My Phone Numbers”
from the Handset menu.

Example

at+CNUM
+CNUM: 054556426
OK

[Link] +MGFV, Motorola Get Flex Version

This command returns the current flex version of the SU.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+MGFV? +MGFV: <"flex version">OK

46 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

at+mode=2
OK
+MBAN: Copyright 2000-2002 Motorola, Inc.
at+mgfv?
+MGFV: "XS5VRZ02C180NA_DDD - 0.0.2.A.B.[Link].[Link].0.3"
OK

4.1.2 Capability Reporting

[Link] +MAID, Get Accessory Feature Review

This command enables an application to obtain a list of available features in an SU. This command returns a comma-separated
binary string of available features in the phone. The ones and zeros indicate whether the selected feature is turned on or off
respectively.
This command has been designed for future expansion. Additional features can be added to the end of the string if needed.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+MAID +MAID: <feature 1 status>, This is a read-only command.

<feature 2 status>, ...
<feature 11 status>
OK

The following table shows the +MAID features description.

Table 8. +MAID Features Description

<Parameter> Description

<feature 1 status> Indicates the presence of a phone book in the phone.

True Phone book is present.
False Phone book is not present.

<feature 2 status> Indicates the presence of a date book in the phone.

True Date book is present.
False Date book is not present.

<feature 3 status> Indicates the presence of an SMS AT Accessory Code in

the phone.
True SMS AT Accessory Code is present.
False SMS AT Accessory Code is not present.

98-08901C65-C 47
AT Commands Reference

Table 8. +MAID Features Description (Continued)

<Parameter> Description

<feature 4 status> Indicates the presence of MO-SMS AT support in the

phone.
True MO-SMS is present.
False MO-SMS is not present.

<feature 5 status> Indicates the presence of Email addresses in the phone

book and the MO-SMS Destination Address Field.
True Email addresses are present.
False Email addresses are not present.

<feature 6 status> Indicates the presence of multiple phone books in the

phone, enabled by inserting a memory stick in the
phone.
Note: The feature status is an indication of the state of a
feature ID, not the actual presence or absence of the
memory stick.
True Multiple phone books may be present.
False Multiple phone books are not present.

<feature 8 status> Indicates the presence of a shared phone book or date

book.
True Shared dynamic memory phone/date book is
present.
False Shared dynamic memory phone/date is not
present.

<feature 9 status> Indicates the availability of the SMS Multiple Destination

Addresses feature.
True SMS Multiple Destination Addresses feature is
available.
False SMS Multiple Destination Addresses feature is
not available.

<feature 10 status> Indicates the availability of the Distinctive Alert feature,

where a specific ring tone can be assigned to an entry in
the phone book.
True Distinctive Alert feature is available
False Distinctive Alert feature is not available.

<feature 11 status> Indicates the availability of the Phone Book Voice Tags
Transferal feature.
True Phone supports Voice Recognition and Phone
Book Voice Tags Transferal
False Phone does not support Voice Recognition, or
the phone supports Voice Recognition, but does
not support Phone Book Voice Tags Transferal.

48 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

AT+MAID
+MAID: 1,1,1,1,1,0,0,1,1,0,1,0

[Link] +MPDPM, Phone/Date Book (Used) Percentage in Memory

This command reads the percentage of shared dynamic memory used in the phone book and date book.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MPDPM +MPDPM: <percent> Returns a percentage (1 to 100)

OK representing the current amount of
memory being used in the shared
memory storage of the phone book
and date book.

Example

AT+MPDPM
+MPDPM: 40
OK

[Link] +MAPV, Get Accessory Protocol Version

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command returns the version of the accessory protocol that is supported in the SU. This version consists of a major version
number and a minor version number, and should correspond with the protocol version number reported by the first SU release
including that command.
A version of software claiming to support an accessory protocol version must support all commands in accordance with that
version of the accessory protocol, as well as all commands for lower numbered versions of the protocol.

98-08901C65-C 49
AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MAPV +MAPV: <major>.<minor> <major> - Major protocol version

number.
<minor> - Minor protocol version
number.

Example

AT+MAPV
+MAPV: 2.7.0
OK

4.2 CALL CONTROL

4.2.1 Call Control Messages

[Link] +CVHU, End Call, Hang Up

This command hangs up the call that is currently in progress. All active calls, voice and data are terminated, regardless of
whether the accessory initiated the call. Emergency calls are typically handled by the other layers, therefore, if the call is not
hung up, an error message is expected.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+CVHU OK Hangs up the voice call.

The CHV command can also be activated in Mode=0 and Mode=2.

Note

50 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

at+mode=2
OK
+MBAN: Copyright 2000-2002 Motorola, Inc.

051743732D: VOICE
OK
at+cvhu
OK

[Link] +CHUP, End Call, Hang Up

This command rejects an incoming call or hangs up a selected voice or data call, regardless of whether the accessory initiated
the call. Emergency calls are typically handled by the other layers, therefore, if the call is not hung up, an error message is
expected.
This command rejects the incoming call if the command is issued while the phone is ringing. In CDMA, the user interface stops
ringing and causes the display to return to idle. If this command is issued after the call has already been connected, the call is
terminated.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+CHUP OK Hangs up the active call or rejects the

incoming call.

Example

RING //Example for +CHUP usage while the phone is ringing

AT+CHUP
OK //Call is rejected

98-08901C65-C 51
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MVMN, Set Voice Mail Number

This command enables the user to change the voice mail number of the phone. The voice mail number is a factory-set number
(a Feature ID) that is dependent on the service provider, and is not stored in a phone list.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MVMN=<vm_num> OK The voice mail number to be written,

or: expressed as an ASCII string.
ERROR: <err>

Example

AT+MVMN="8008778000"
OK

[Link] +MSSI?, Request Signal Strength Messages

This command requests the signal strength. This information is sent as unsolicited messages, when enabled, from the SU to
privileged accessories. Accessories can also request the current signal strength by using the query form of this command. When
unsolicited reporting is enabled, and a change occurs in the signal strength, this information is broadcast to all accessories.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+MSSI? +MSSI: <signal strength> Requests the current signal strength.

+MSSI=<state> OK Enables/disables the unsolicited

signal strength messages.

The following table shows the +MSSI? parameters.

Table 9. +MSSI? Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<state> Signal Strength Message Enable Settings

0 Signal Strength Messages Off
1 Signal Strength Messages On

<signal strength> The current signal strength represented as a percentage

value.

52 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

AT+MSSI?
+MSSI: 69 <69% Signal Strength>
AT+MSSI=1
OK

Refer to “Test Results” on page 328 to view the +MSSI test results.

[Link] +MARS, Motorola Auto Redial Status Reporting

This command enables the ME to report when auto redial starts or ends, when enabled. An accessory can enable this reporting
using the +MARS set command. The unsolicited message “+MARS:<status>” is sent from the ME to the TE when the auto
redial starts or ends, provided that auto redial reporting is enabled.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MARS=<mode> +MARS:<status> Reports the auto-redial status.

The following table shows the +MARS parameters.

Table 10. +MARS Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<mode> 0 Disables auto-redial reporting.

1 Enables auto-redial reporting.

<status> 0 Auto-redial ends.

1 Auto-redial starts.

Example

+MARS:1 //Auto-redial mode starts

OK
AT+MARS=0 //Disable auto-redial reporting
OK

98-08901C65-C 53
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MARD, Enable/Disable Auto-Redial

This command enables and disables the auto-redial capability of the SU.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MARD=<state> OK Sets/clears auto-redial state.

+MARD? +MARD: <state> Reads current auto-redial state.

OK

The following table shows the +MARD parameters.

Table 11. +MARD Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<state> 0 Auto-redial enabled.

1 Auto-redial disabled.

Example

AT+MARD?
+MARD: 0
OK
AT+MARD=1
OK

[Link] $QCCAV, Answer Incoming Voice Call

This command provides a means to answer an incoming voice call, using an AT command.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCCAV Answer incoming voice call

54 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] +CHV, Hang-up Voice Call

This command hangs-up a voice call.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CHV<value> <value>

The following table shows the +CHV parameters.

Table 12. +CHV Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<value> Hang-up voice call

0 Hang-up voice call
1-255 Reserved

Example

AT+CHV
OK

[Link] +CDV, Dial Command for Voice Calls

This command dials voice calls.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CDV<dial string> OK
or:
NO CARRIER

The following table shows +CDV parameters.

Table 13. +CDV Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<dial string> The number dialed. This command does not cause the
MT2 to change to the online state.

98-08901C65-C 55
AT Commands Reference

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+cdv057729619
OK

[Link] +CSS?, Serving System

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

Mode Activation

Mode = 0
This command returns the kind of system with which the c18 is registered.

Note

Set Command

Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+CSS ERROR Command is not supported

Read Command

Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+CSS? AT+CSS? Returns the kind of system with which

<Band Class>, <Band>, <SID> the g20 is registered
OK

Test Command

Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+CSS=? AT+CSS=? List all supported value for <Band

CSS: (C, P), (CA, CB, PA, PB, PC, Class> and <Band> and <SID>
PD, PE, PF, Z), (0-16383, 99999)
OK

56 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +CSS? parameters.

Table 14. +CSS? Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<Band Class> C The mobile station is registered with a cellular

system.
P The mobile station is registered with a PCS
system.

<Band> CA The mobile station is registered with a cellular

A-band system.
CB The mobile station is registered with a cellular
B-band system.
PA The mobile station is registered with a PCS
A-band system.
PB The mobile station is registered with a PCS
B-band system.
PC The mobile station is registered with a PCS
C-band system.
PD The mobile station is registered with a PCS
D-band system.
PE The mobile station is registered with a PCS
E-band system.
PF The mobile station is registered with a PCS
F-band system.
Z The mobile station is not registered.

<SID> 0-16383 The mobile station is registered with the system

indicated.
99999 The mobile station is not registered

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+css?
+CSS: C,CA,8465
OK

98-08901C65-C 57
AT Commands Reference

[Link] CIND, Display the Current Service Status

The information in this section applies to release 3.06 and above.

Note

This command enables an accessory to request the status of certain display indicators currently available in the SU, such as
whether it is in use, whether it is in service, and so on. Not all indicators are available through this command. Some indicators,
such as the SMS and RSSI indicators, are accessible through other commands.

Mode Activation

Mode =2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CIND=? +CIND: (<descr>, list of supported Lists the descriptions of the

<value>) [,(<descr>, list of supported indicators.
<value>) [, ... ]]

+CIND? +CIND: <value> [,<value> [, ... ]] Queries and returns the status of
OK current indicators.

The following table shows the +CIND parameters.

Table 15. +CIND Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<value> The value of the indicator.

In binary indicators
0 False
1 True
Non-binary indicators can have a value of any
non-negative integer.

<descr> A short description of the indicator.

The following table shows a list of the available indicators.

Table 16. +CIND Available Indicators

<value> <descr> Description Type

0-1 “voice mail” Indicates the presence of a voice Binary

message(s).

0-1 “service” Indicates whether the SU has network Binary

services available.

58 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 16. +CIND Available Indicators (Continued)

<value> <descr> Description Type

0-1 “call” Indicates whether the SU is currently in Binary

use.

0-2 “roam” Indicates whether the SU is: Non-negative

0 Currently registered in its home integer
network.
1 Roaming in its home network.
2 Roaming in a non-home network.

0-5 “signal” Indicates the signal strength, in bars Non-negative

(0-lowest, 5-highest), received by the SU. integer

Example

AT+CIND?
+CIND: 0,1,0,1,4
OK
AT+CIND=?
+CIND: ("Voice Mail",(0,1)),("service",(0,1)),("call",(0,1)),("Roam",(0-2)),("signal",(0-5))
OK
Refer to “Test Results” on page 328, to view the +CIND test results.

[Link] +CLCK, Lock Unlock SU or Network Facility

The information in this section applies to release 3.06 and above.

Note

The Set command locks, unlocks the ME or restricts the ME from originating/terminating specific call types (CSD, Fax, packet
data calls, voice calls).
When querying the status of a single call barring program (+CLCK?), the status for each call type (outgoing and incoming) is
returned.
The Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2
After the configuration of the c18 board using AT+CLCK , the user of the c18 board must return to activation mode
0 in order to initiate CSD data calls or packet data calls

Note

98-08901C65-C 59
AT Commands Reference

The table below describes the different settings this AT command accepts.
Before using this command, read the notes below...

Inputs Outputs Remarks

Set On Error: <err> <type>

+CLCK= "AO" - outgoing calls
<type>,<mode>,<Password> On Success: <OK> "AI" - incoming calls
"AB" - both incoming and outgoing
calls

<mode>
0 - Disable (restrict all)
1 - Enable (allow all, default value)
2 - Phonebook (allow only PB entries)
3 - allow voice calls for
P_REV_IN_USE>0
(IS95A,IS95B,IS2000 …), data
calls (CSD, Fax) and packet data
calls for P_REV_IN_USE>=6
(IS2000) only.
4 - allow voice calls for
P_REV_IN_USE>0
(IS95A,IS95B,IS2000 …), packet
data calls for P_REV_IN_USE>=6
(IS2000) only.
5 - Allow data calls (CSD, Fax) and
packet data calls only. Applicable for
P_REV_IN_USE>=6 (IS2000) only.
6 - Allow packet data calls only.
Applicable for P_REV_IN_USE>=6
(IS2000) only.
7 - Allow voice calls only. Applicable
for P_REV_IN_USE>0
(IS95A,IS95B,IS2000 …)
8 - Restrict voice calls. Applicable
for P_REV_IN_USE>0
(IS95A,IS95B,IS2000 …)

<Password>
ME, lock code - 4 characters long.

Test List of +CLCK:("AO","AI","AB"),(0-8)

+CLCK=? Supported <type> and <mode>

Read +CLCK: <In>,<Out> <In> - restrictions for incoming calls.

+CLCK? <Out> - restrictions for outgoing calls.

60 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

.
• P_REV_IN_USE = Protocol revision level currently in use by the mobile station.
• P_REV_IN_USE>=6 means applicable for IS2000 only.
Note • P_REV_IN_USE=4 means applicable for IS95B only.
• P_REV_IN_USE>0 means applicable for IS95A, IS95B, IS2000 …
• If call type is not mentioned then it is considered as restricted.
• Default password depends on the flex (for e.g. it can be "1234" or "0000").
• Default value for <mode> is 1

Example:

at+mode=2
OK
+MBAN: Copyright 2000-2002 Motorola, Inc.
at+cmee=2
OK
at+clck?
+CLCK:5,5 // only data and packet data calls in IS2000
allowed for MT calls,
// only data and packet data calls in IS2000 allowed
for MO calls.
OK
at+clck="ao",1
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
at+clck="ao",1,"1234" // allow all types of calls for MO calls.
OK
at+clck?
+CLCK:5,1 // only data and packet data calls in IS2000 allowed
for MT calls,
// All types of calls allowed for MO calls.
OK
at+clck="ai",7,"1234" // allow only voice calls for MT calls.
OK
at+clck?
+CLCK:7,1 // only voice calls allowed for MT calls.
// All types of calls allowed for MO calls.
OK
at+clck="ab",8,"1234" // allow only data and packet data calls for MT and
MO calls.

98-08901C65-C 61
AT Commands Reference

OK
at+clck?
+CLCK:8,8 // only data and packet calls allowed for MT calls.
// only data and packet calls allowed for MO calls.
OK
at+clck=?
+CLCK:("AO","AI","AB"),(0-8)
OK

[Link] +CSO, Specify the Service Option

This command specifies the preferred service to be requested for the next originated packet call.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+CSO=<[ SO>] OK Sets the c18 service option prefered

for mobile originating (MO) packet
calls.
HEX values are NOT SUPPORTED.
Returns error for unsupported values.

AT+CSO? +CSO: <SO> Reads the current setting.

By default the value is 1x data (so
33)

AT+CSO=? +CSO: (0-33) Indicates whether the command is

supported, and defines the valid
values.

This command is supported from 03.12 SW version.

Note

Defined Parameter Values:

The following service option is supported:

0x21 1x data

62 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] D/DV, Dial Command

This command places a fax/data/voice call on the current network. The default call type is a data call (CSD) (mode=0). If the
+FCLASS command is used to set the call type to Fax, then the outgoing call is a fax call.
There must be an explicit request in order to make a voice call. This request bypasses the +FCLASS setting.
If a Data/Fax call was originated and answered by the remote side, a “CONNECT” notification is sent to the accessory. Then
the SU and ME move to the online data/fax state (respectively).
The D[V] command places a voice call, on the current network, when issued from an accessory device. The D command is
preferred. The V modifier is optional, and is ignored.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0 — Data Call

Mode = 2 — Voice Call

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

ATD<number> 1st Response: The Data/Fax call is D<number>

connected. Valid phone digits are:
D: Data {0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * # + ,}.
D: Fax The following characters are ignored:
1st Response: The Voice call is {A B C D - () / . <space>}
connected. {p} Pause for a fixed length of time
D: VOICE during dialing. One or more pause
2nd Response: Call place begins: characters may be used.
OK {w} Must occur after a complete
When MO call fails: phone number. Indicates a variable
1 - Connection Failure: length wait. User entry (send key
press message) is required to
No carrier
terminate the wait condition. One or
or: more wait characters may be used,
busy but consecutive wait characters are
or: not permitted. Once user terminates
No answer. the wait condition, remaining phone
number characters are sent as DTMF
2 - General Failure: error
tones.
{n} Indicates a variable extension,
menu entry, or other phone number
character (or group of characters).
Accessory is required to enter digit(s)
during call placement, using the
AT+MDN command. Only one
variable character is permitted in a
dial string.
Plus (+) Digit – Translated to the
international access code.

• ATDP, ATDT are ignored – are handled as ATD.

• Control of supplementary services through the Dial command is not supported, due to control support through
Note the specific supplementary service commands (CCFC, CLCK, and so on).
• ATD#777 command is used to originate a CDMA-1X packet session.

98-08901C65-C 63
AT Commands Reference

Example

At +mode=2 //Voice call

OK

at+colp=1
OK

atd06512467
atdl //Dial last number
+COLP: "054414588"
D: VOICE
OK

ath
OK

At +mode=0 //Data call

ok

atd06113611404 //Data call

BUSY
NO CARRIER
atd06113611404 //Data call - success
CONNECT

[Link] DS, Dial Number Stored in User Profile

This command retrieves a dial number from the user profile stored in SEEM (Z-register). The dial number is stored in memory
using the AT&Z command. After the dial number is retrieved, the dialing process continues in the same manner as
ATD<number>.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

ATDS=<n> 1st Response: Call place begins: <n>

ATDS: ”Dial Digits” Location (0 to 3). Each location is a
2nd Response: See above. dial number (up to 35 characters).

64 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] D>, Direct Dialing from Phone Books

The D> command places a fax/data/voice call on the current network by dialing directly from the ME phone book.
The possible responses (Outputs) are the same as in the Dial command. Refer to “D/DV, Dial Command”, page 63.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

D><alpha> Originates a call to the phone number <alpha>

for which the corresponding String type value, which should be
alphanumeric field is <alpha>. The equal to an alphanumeric field in a
currently used memory (phone book) phone book entry. The character set
is searched for the entry that begins used should be the one selected
with the alphanumeric pattern using the +CSCS command,
<alpha>. described on page 44.
<alpha> is case sensitive.

D>mem,<n> Originates a call to the phone number <n>

in memory (phone book) mem and This parameter is also called “Speed
entry location <n>. Available Dial Location”. It is an integer type
memories may be queried with the memory location. <n> should be in
+CPBS=?, Select Phone Book the range of locations available in the
Storage Test command, described on memory currently being used.
page 98.
Note: This command does not
change the used memory set.
Currently supported phone lists
include:
DC - SU dialed calls list (read-only)
MC - SU missed calls list (read-only)
ME - SU internal phone book
MT, AD - Combines SIM and SU
phone books
RC - SU received calls list (read-only)
ON SIM and ME "Own
PhoneNumbers"
QD - Quick Dial List

D><n> Originates a call to a phone number

from the entry location <n> in the
current memory.

The currently used memory (phone book) is set and read using the +CPBS= and +CPBS? memory commands,
respectively.

Note

When the SU goes up, no default used memory is selected. Therefore, if ATD><alpha> or ATD><n> is sent from
TE, a +CME ERROR: “not found” is returned. The +CME ERROR: “not found” is also returned when no match is
found in an existing phone book.
Note

98-08901C65-C 65
AT Commands Reference

Example

at+mode=2
OK
at+colp=1
OK
atd>"Eli"
+COLP:"77773025"
D:VOICE
OK
ath
OK
atd>"DC",1
+COLP: "77773025"
D: VOICE
OK
ath
OK
atd>2
+COLP: "77773025"
D: VOICE
OK
ath
OK

66 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] DL, Dial Last Number

This command places a data/voice call to the last number dialed. For more details, see “D/DV, Dial Command” on page 63.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

ATDL[;] +CME ERROR: <err> semicolon (;) –

1st Response: Call place begins: When this character is specified, a
ATDL: “DIAL DIGITS” voice call is originated to the number
2nd Response: Data/Fax call last dialed.
connected If a semicolon is not specified, a
D: Data fax/data call is originated (mode 0).
D: Fax Note: The last call type is irrelevant.
2nd Response: Voice call connected
D: Voice

Example

atdl

+COLP: "077714588"
D: VOICE
OK
ath
OK

[Link] H, Hang Up Call

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command hangs up a single mode call. The ME terminates an active call in progress whether it is a data or voice call,
regardless of whether the accessory initiated the call. Emergency calls are typically handled by the other layers, therefore if the
call is not hung up, an error message is expected.
A NO CARRIER is returned to the TE before the regular OK approval.
• ATH does not necessarily hang up in voice mode. If the AT+CVHU command is implemented, the response
depends on the AT+CVHU setting.

Note • This command can't hang up voice call in mode 0, in order to hang up the voice call, the SU must be in mode 2.
To hang up voice call in mode 0 use AT+CHV command.

98-08901C65-C 67
AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 2 and Mode = 0.

The following table shows the H parameters.

Table 17. H Parameters

<Parameter> Description

IDLE Error 3. (“Operation not allowed”)

Single Active Call released

MTPY Active Call released (all calls)

Incoming call Call released

(RING)

Single Active and Single Active released (waiting not affected)

Waiting Call

MTPY Active and MTPY Active released (waiting not affected)

Waiting Call

Single Held or Held or MTPY held released.

MTPY Held

Held (Single) and Waiting call released

Waiting Call

IDLE Error 3. (“Operation not allowed”)

Example

:RING
+CLIP: "046750219",129
ata
OK
ath
OK

[Link] A, Answer Call

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command answers an incoming call after a RING/+CRING notification, placing the ME into the appropriate mode as
indicated by the +CRING message.

68 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

If the incoming call is a voice call and ATA succeeds, the ME returns OK.

• If the SU is in activation mode 0 then in order to answer an incoming voice call AT$QCCAV should be used
instead of ATA.

Note • This command can't answer an incoming data call in mode 2, in order to answer an incoming data call, the SU
must be in mode 0.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2 and Mode = 0

[Link] +CRC, Cellular Result Codes

This command controls whether to present the extended format of an incoming call indication. When enabled, an incoming call
is indicated to the TE with the unsolicited result code +CRING:<type> instead of the normal RING.
The Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value.
Once RING/CRING<type> is sent, CLI (Calling Line Identity) information is available (see “+CLIP, Calling Line
Identification Presentation” on page 72).

Note

Mode Activation

Mode = 2 and Mode =0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Set: <mode>
+CRC=[<mode>] 0 - Disables extended format
RING(default value)
Read: 1 - Enables extended format
+CRC: <mode>
+CRC? +CRING:<type> (in mode 2)
Ring <type> (in mode 0)
Test: In mode 2 only: 2 - Disable any incoming call indication,
+CRC=? +CRC: (list of supported <mode>s) applicable to mode 2 only

Unsolicited result code:

<type> (type of incoming call):
ASYNC asynchronous data call.
Normal format:
DIRECT ASYNC direct Asynchronousdatacall
Ring
FAX Fax class 2.0
Or extended format:
DIGITAL VOICE Digital voice
+CRING:<type> (in mode 2)
ANALOG VOICE Analog voice
Ring <type> (in mode 0)

98-08901C65-C 69
AT Commands Reference

Examples

OK

+MBAN: Copyright 2000-2002 Motorola, Inc.

AT+CRC=?
+CRC: (0-2)

OK
RING //..Incoming Call..

+CLIP: "8475763400",129,"Motorola Inc."

AT+CRC=1 //Enable extended format ring type

OK //..Incoming Call..

+CRING: VOICE
+CLIP: "8475763400",129,"Motorola Inc."

AT+CRC=2 //Disable RING indicator

OK

+CLIP: "8475763400",129,"Motorola Inc." //Incoming voice call

at+mode=0
OK

at+crc=1 //Enable extended format ring type

OK

RING ASYNC // Incoming Data

RING ASYNC // Incoming Data

at+crc=0 //Disable extended format ring type
OK
RING // Incoming Data
RING // Incoming Data

70 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] +CRING, Incoming Call Notification RING, +CRING: and RING (MS Locked)

This unsolicited message command is generated by the SU whenever an incoming call (voice, data or fax) is indicated by the
cellular network. Once the message is sent, information is available on the calling line (if available) using +CLIP. The +CRING:
message comes with an indication of the type of incoming call. However, if there is an incoming call while the phone is locked,
the RING (MS locked) indication is sent instead.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CRING RING
+CRING: <type>

The following table shows the +CRING parameters.

Table 18. +CRING Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<type> ANALOG VOICE Indicates that the incoming

(alerted) call is an analog voice
call.
DIGITAL VOICE Indicates that the incoming
(alerted) call is a digital (CDMA)
voice call.
ASYNC Indicates that the incoming
(alerted) call is an async data call.
DIRECT ASYNC Indicates that the incoming
(alerted) call is a direct async data
call.
FAX Indicates that the incoming
(alerted) call is a fax call.
VOICE Indicates that the incoming
(alerted) call is a voice call.

Unsolicited reports are currently supported only in activation mode 2.

Note

Call type identification by the terminating side is guarantied only if the call was originated from a CDMA network.
If a call (voice/data/fax) was originated from a network which is not a CDMA network, then in order for the terminat-
Note ing side to recognize the incoming call type, the AT command AT$QCVAD (activation mode 0) must be used prior
to receiving the call.

98-08901C65-C 71
AT Commands Reference

Example

+MCST: Page
+MCST: Traffic 766
+MCST: Alerting
+CRING: “Voice”
+CLIP: “8475763400”,129,“Motorola Inc.”
.
.
VOICE

Example#1 of RING (MS locked)

...<MS locked>...
RING //MS locked
...<MS unlocked>...
RING
RING
RING

Example#2 of RING (MS locked)

at+crc=1 (enable ring type)

...<MS locked>...
RING //(MS locked)
...<MS unlocked>...
+CRING: DIGITAL VOICE //If voice call
+CRING: DIGITAL VOICE
+CRING: DIGITAL VOICE
+CRING: DIGITAL VOICE

[Link] +CLIP, Calling Line Identification Presentation

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

The Set command enables or disables the presentation of the CLI (Calling Line Identity) at the TE. This setting is internal to the
ME and does not require a query to the network.
The Read command queries the ME (<n> value) and the network (<m> value) for the current setting of the CLIP.
+CLIP: Response is returned after every RING or +CRING: sent from the ME to the TE.

72 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Set: <n> (enables/disables the CLI

+CLIP=[<n>] presentation after ring indication):
0 Disabled
Read: +CLIP: <n> 1 Enabled
+CLIP? Default is 0.

Unsolicited result code: When CLI is not available (<CLI

+CLIP:<number>, validity>=2), <number> is an empty
<type>[, string ("") and <type> value is not
<subaddr>, significant. The ME returns the
recommended value 129 for <type>.
<satype>[,[
<alpha>][,
<CLI validity>]]]

The following table shows the +CLIP parameters.

Table 19. +CLIP Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<number> String type phone number of forwarding address in the

format specified by <type>.

<type> Type of address octet in integer format. The default is:

145 Dialing string includes international access code
character "+".
129 Type of number "unknown".

<subaddr> String type subaddress of format specified by <satype>.

NULL, field not used.

<satype> Type of sub address octet in integer format. NULL, field

not used.

<alpha> Optional string type alphanumeric representation of

<number> corresponding to the entry found in the phone
book.

<CLI validity> The Validity of Calling Line Identity presentation.

0 CLI valid
1 CLI has been withheld by the originator.
2 CLI is not available due to interworking problems or
limitations of originating network.

98-08901C65-C 73
AT Commands Reference

Examples

AT+CLIP=1 //Enable CLI Presentation from ME to TE

OK
AT+CLIP? --> //Query ME and network
+CLIP:1,1 //CLIP enabled by ME and provisioned by network
//..MT call..
:<number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype>[,[<alpha>][,<CLI validity>]]]
+CLIP: "035659260",129, , ,"dow jhon" //..International MT call..
+CLIP: "051543732",129,,,"Avi"

[Link] +CCFC, Call Forwarding Number and Conditions

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command controls the call forwarding supplementary service. Activation, deactivation, and status query are supported.
The Set command tells the c18 which call forwarding settings to request.
The Set command, in query mode, interrogates the SU current call forwarding status.
The Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Set On Error: <err> <reason>:

AT+CCFC = When Command successful:<OK> 0 - set call forward for unconditional
<reason>, <mode>,[<phone If <ok> phone should make a call reason.
number>] according to user input. 1 - activate call forward when line is
busy.
2 - activate call forward when there is
no answer (activates after 6 rings).
<mode>:
0 - system default - mode exist at first
operation only.
1 - deactivate call forward
2 - activate call forward
<phone number> : should be
provided by user as a destination to
be forward to.

74 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Read: Returns for each reason the

AT+CCFC? current active mode, e.g.
AT+CCFC?
+CCFC: 0,1
+CCFC: 1,1
+CCFC: 2,0

Test: Return supported reasons and (0-2),(0-2)

AT+CCFC=? modes.

It is impossible to originate a MO call during a CCFC request and it is impossible to make a CCFC request during
an active call state.

Note
The following table shows the +CCFC Set command variations.

Table 20. +CCFC Set Command Variations

<reason> <mode> <phone number>

0,1,2 1 e

0,1,2 2 m

m: must be specified
e: error msg if provided

Some value carrier services, such as Call Forwarding, may vary depending on your service provider's network.
Value carrier services are activated/deactivated using the ATD command and a specific code. This code may vary
depending on the service provider. Consult your service provider for further information.
Note

Phone must have an active line for correct operation, else this command will not work.

Note

Example

+CCFC: 0,1
+CCFC: 1,1
+CCFC: 2,0

[Link] +CHLD, Call Related Supplementary Services

This command controls the following call-related services:

• HOLD: A call is temporarily disconnected from the ME while the connection is retained by the network.
• MTPY (Multi-party) conversation - conference calls.

98-08901C65-C 75
AT Commands Reference

The network does not reserve more than one traffic channel for a mobile station; therefore, the served mobile subscriber can
only have one call on hold at a time.
Only a voice call can be put on HOLD.

Note

A precondition for multi-party service is that the served mobile subscriber has originated two calls, and is in control
of one active call with the other call on Hold, both calls having been answered. In this situation, the served mobile
subscriber can request the network to begin the MTPY service.
Note

The maximum number of remote parties is 2.

The Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Set: +CME ERROR: <err> <n> - call hold operation:

+CHLD=[<n>] 0 Releases all held calls
or:
Sets User Determined User
Busy for a waiting call.
1x Releases specific call x,
where x is the serial number
of a call participating in an
active MTPY call. (only
supports x=2.)
2 Places all active calls on hold,
and accepts the held or
waiting call.
3 Adds a held call to the
conversation - MTPY.
Note: “Held calls” or “active calls”
indicate a held or active call,
single or MTPY. There cannot
be two or more held/active
single or MTPY calls.

Test: List of supported operations (<n>s) (0,1x,2,3)

+CHLD=?

If user sets AT+CHLD=0 then the incoming waiting call will be ignored on the terminating side, but the originating
side will not receive any indication that the call was ignored, and it will stay in the dialing mode.

Note

AT+CHLD=12 is guarantied to release second MO call from 3-way multi-party only in Motorola coverage networks.
On the other hand, in Nortel coverage networks AT+CHLD=12 will disconnect the call in the originating side but in
Note the terminating side the call will be put on hold and will not be released until the originating side will terminate the
3-way multiparty conversation by using the ATH command.

76 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the allowed settings in different call state scenarios:

Table 21. Allowed Settings In Different Call State Scenarios

At+chld=0 At+chld=2 At+chld=3 At+chld=12 remarks
One call active Not allowed Allowed Not allowed Not allowed Both calls are not allowed
One call held to be MO at the same
time.
One call active Allowed Allowed Not allowed Not allowed
One call waiting
MO call active Not allowed Not allowed Allowed Not allowed
MO call held
3-way multiparty Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Allowed

Example
at+mode=2
OK
+MBAN: Copyright 2000-2002 Motorola, Inc.
at+clcc=1
OK
atd>"Eli Motorola"
+CLCC :1,0,2,0,0,"046750227pp211",129,"Eli Motorola"
+CLCC :1,0,0,0,0,"046750227pp211",129,"Eli Motorola"
D: VOICE
OK
+CLCC :2,1,5,0,0,"077714588",129,"Eli"
at+chld=2
OK
+CLCC :1,0,1,0,0,"046750227pp211",129,"Eli Motorola"
+CLCC :2,1,0,0,0,"077714588",129,"Eli"
ath
+CLCC :1,0,6,0,0,"046750227pp211",129,"Eli Motorola"
+CLCC :2,1,6,0,0,"077714588",129,"Eli"
OK

98-08901C65-C 77
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +COLP, Connected Line Identification

This command gets and changes the current setting of the Calling Line Presentation. +COLP: always follows a RING or
+CRING: indicator.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+COLP? +COLP: <number>,<type> <number>

[,<subaddr>,<satype>[,<alpha>]] The calling line number.

<type>
The presentation type of number.

<subaddr>
NULL, field not used.

<satype>
NULL, field not used.

<alpha>
The name of the calling party (if
provided).

+COLP=<n> Change current setting <n>

0 Disable CLI presentation.
1 Enable CLI presentation.

Example

at+mode=2
OK
+MBAN: Copyright 2000-2002 Motorola, Inc.
at+colp=1
OK
atdl
+COLP: "054414588",129,"Eli"
D: VOICE
OK

78 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] +CCWA

This command shall enable/disable the Call Waiting notification unsolicited result code.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Set: If value is legal: <n>

+CCWA = <n> OK (enables/disables the call waiting
If value is illegal: unsolicited reporting)
+CME ERROR: <err>
0 - disable
1-enable

Test: +CCWA: (0-1)

+CCWA=?

Read: +CCWA: <n> <n> -

+CCWA? Current setting for Unsolicited
reporting

The following table shows the +CCWA parameters

Table 22. +CCWA parameters

<Parameter> Description

< Number > String type phone number of forwarding

address in the format specified by <type>.

< Type > Type of address octet in integer format.

145 - Dialing string includes international

Access code character "+".

129 - Type of number "unknown".

< Class > 1 - voice (telephony)

.

If +CCWA is enabled and an incoming voice call is waiting to be accepted/ignored then the format of the unsolicited
report will be as follows:

Note +CCWA: <number>, <Type>, <Class>

98-08901C65-C 79
AT Commands Reference

Example

at+mode=2
OK
+MBAN: Copyright 2000-2002 Motorola, Inc.
at+ccwa=1 // enable unsolicited reporting of call waiting
OK
at+ccwa=? // Get legal values for +CCWA
+CCWA: (0,1)
OK
at+ccwa? // Get current value
+CCWA: 1
OK

atd054123456 // originate call

D: VOICE
OK

+CCWA: "046750227",129,1 // incoming waiting call

+CCWA: "046750227",129,1 // incoming waiting call
+CCWA: "046750227",129,1 // incoming waiting call
+CCWA: "046750227",129,1 // incoming waiting call
at+chld=2 // accept waiting call
OK

4.2.2 Call Status Messages

[Link] +MCST, Request Call Processing Status

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command queries the call processing state. Note that states 1 - 17 are call processing states, and can therefore be queried.
States 64 to 72 indicate various phases of call origination, which can be thought of as sub-states of MCST 17. Generally, queries
do not return one of these sub states, but instead return MCST 17. Refer to “D/DV, Dial Command”, page 63, for more detailed
examples.

80 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MCST? +MCST: <n> [Link] current call processing

engine state. See table 24 MCST?
Parameters for possible result codes.
2. the +MCST? Command is
operational both in state 0 and 1

+MCST= <state> OK Enables/disables unsolicited call

status messages..

The following table shows the +MCST parameters.

Table 23. +MCST Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<state> 0 Call Status Messages Off

1 Call Status Messages On

Example

AT+MCST?
+MCST: 1 <idle>
AT+MCST=1
OK
atd077774588
+MCST: 64
+MCST: 17
D: VOICE
OK
+MCST: 3
+MCST: 1

98-08901C65-C 81
AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +MCST? parameters.

Table 24. +MCST? Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<n> Call processing state codes

1 Idle call state
2 Single incoming call
3 Single call active
4 Multi-party call active
5 Single call held
6 Multi-party call held
7 Dual call (fully connected active call and held call)
8 Dual multi-party call active
9 Dual multi-party call held
10 Single active call plus call waiting
11 Multi-party call active plus call waiting
12 Single call held plus call waiting
13 Multi-party call held plus call waiting
14 Dual calls plus call waiting
15 Dual multi-party calls active plus call waiting
16 Dual multi-party calls held plus call waiting
17 Call control busy
64 Calling
65 Call failed (with Exit and Retry soft keys displayed)
66 Redialing (with Cancel soft key on left)
67 Waiting for service (TDMA specific)
68 No service
69 No redial
70 Outgoing calls restricted (with OK soft key on right)
71 Outgoing calls phone book only (with OK soft key on
right)
72 Security fail

82 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] +CPAS, Phone Activity Status

The information in this section applies to release 4.07 and above.

Note

This command returns the activity status of the MT. It can be used to query the MT before requesting an action from it. The
<value> parameter requests the return of additional status information about the MT, including call state, band, channel status,
and service.
The Test command returns values supported by the MT as a compound value.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+CPAS=<value> If <value>=1 Returns the activity status of the c18.

+CPAS: <state>
If <value>=2
+CPAS: <state>,<band>,
<channel>,<service>
OK

AT+CPAS=? +CPAS: (1,2) Returns the supported values for

<value>.

The following table shows the +CPAS parameters.

Table 25. +CPAS Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<value> 1 Reports the <state> subparameter of the +CPAS

information response.
2 Reports all subparameters of the +CPAS information
response.

<state> Phone Activity Status

0 No service
1 Calling
3 Idle + Conversation
6 Alerting

<band> 0 800 MHz

1 900 MHz
3 1900 MHz4 Unknown

98-08901C65-C 83
AT Commands Reference

Table 25. +CPAS Parameters (Continued)

<Parameter> Description

<channel> 0 Digital Channel.

3 Analog Channel.

DCCH Dedicated Control Channel

DCCH + SCH Dedicated Control Channel +
Supplemental Channel
FCH Fundamental Channel
FCH + SCH Fundamental Channel +
Supplemental Channel

<service> 0 Idle
1 Voice/speech service
2 A-sync data service
4 Fax data service
20 Packet data service

After the first time that the phone recognizes the channel type (like FCH or DCCH) it will show the channel type
consistently.

Note

Example

AT+CPAS=1
+CPAS:3
AT+CPAS=2 // In Idle
+CPAS:3,0,0,0
AT+CPAS=2

84 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

+CPAS: 6,0,FCH,1 //Incoming call

[Link] +CLCC, List Current Calls

This command returns the list of current calls on the ME.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Set: OK <state>
AT+CLCC=<state> or: 0 Disables clcc unsolicited
+CME ERROR: <err> indication.
1 Enables clcc unsolicited
indication <idx>.
Integer type; call identification
number.

98-08901C65-C 85
AT Commands Reference

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Execute: +CLCC: <idx>,<dir>,<call state>, <dir>

AT+CLCC <mode>, <mpty>[,<number>, 0 Mobile originated call (MO)
<type>,<alpha>] 1 Mobile terminated call (MT)
OK
<call state>
0 Active
Read: +CLCC: <state>
1 Held
AT+CLCC? OK
2 Dialing (MO call)
+CME ERROR <err>
3 Alerting (MO call) - Not
implemented in CDMA.
Test: +CLCC: (List of supported <state>s)
4 Incoming (MT call)
AT+CLCC=? OK
5 Waiting (MT call)
+CME ERROR <err>
6 Released (not in 707, only in
c18)
<mode> (bearer/teleservice)
0 Voice Call
1 Data
2 Fax
<mpty>
0 Call is not part of a multi-party
call
1 Call is one of the parties in a
multi-party call
<number>
String type phone number in format
specified by <type>.
<type>
Type of address octet in integer
format:
129 Unknown number
145 International number with
access character +
<alpha>
String type alphanumeric
representation of <number>
corresponding to the entry found in
the phone book.

The call state order for an MO call in CDMA network is dialing, active (goes to that state even if the terminating side
doesn't answer to that call), released.

Note The call state order for an MT call in CDMA network is incoming/ waiting, active, released.
Asynchronous answers are also permitted, by using at+clcc=1.

Unsolicited reports are currently supported only in activation mode 2.

Note

86 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Call type identification by the terminating side is guarantied only if the call is originated from a CDMA network.
If a call (voice/data/fax) is originated from a network which is not a CDMA network, then in order for the terminating
Note side to recognize the incoming call type, the AT command AT$QCVAD (activation mode 0) must be used prior of
receiving the call.

Examples

AT+CLCC=?
+CLCC: (0,1)
OK

AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,”01256316830”,129,”Shmuel”
OK

AT+CLCC?
+CLCC: 0
OK

AT+CLCC=1 //Example with unsolicited indication

OK
ATD055490698 // Mobile Originated call is made

+CLCC: 1,0,2,0,0,"055490698",129,"Alpha"

+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,"055490698",129,"Alpha"

D: VOICE
OK

ATH // Call is released.

+CLCC: 1,0,6,0,0,"055490698",129," Alpha "

98-08901C65-C 87
AT Commands Reference

4.2.3 Additional Call Processing Commands

[Link] +CLIR, Calling Line Identification Restriction

This command allows the calling subscriber to enable or disable the presentation of the CLI of a MO call to the called party.
The network enables three possible provisions of CLIR: Not provisioned, provisioned permanently, and provisioned in tempo-
rary mode.
The provision is fixed and cannot be changed by an AT command.

Temporary Mode
Temporary mode can be in one of two states:
• State A: Presentation restricted (CLIR on) by default.
• State B: Presentation permitted (CLIR off) by default..

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Set: <n>
+CLIR=[<n>] Sets the adjustment for outgoing calls:
1 CLIR invocation - change temporary mode default to CLIRON (state
Read: +CLIR: <n>,<m> A).
+CLIR? 2 CLIR suppression - change temporary mode default to CLIROFF
(state B).

<m>

Shows the subscriber CLIR service status in the network: (currently in

CDMA it is impossible to query the network).

0 CLIR not provisioned (not supported).

1 CLIR provisioned in permanent mode (not supported).
2 Unknown (default value).
3 CLIR temporary mode presentation restricted (not supported).
4 CLIR temporary mode presentation allowed (not supported).

Test: +CLIR: (list of <n>s) (1,2)

+CLIR=?

88 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +CLIR Read/Set command variations.

Read Response <m> Possible Read Response <n> Possible Set <n>

2 1 1, 2

2 2 1,2

When the service is in state B and the SU wishes to disable the CLI presentation (turn CLIR on) for a single call, it
can do so using the ATD command.

Note Every SU that is subscribed to CLIR temporary mode service has a default subscription either to state A or B.
In c18, It is impossible to query the Network for the actual provision state of CLIR.
If the SU is subscribed to permanent provision and CLIR is set off using AT+CLIR=2 (CLI presentation permitted),
then caller ID will be restricted anyway at the terminating side (CLI presentation restricted).

When +CLIR is enabled (invocation) in temporary mode then the dial string may not contain any non-digit characters
('+','*', etc.).

Note In case it will contain non-digits then error code 270 will be returned.

Example

AT+CLIR=?
+CLIR: (1,2)
OK

AT+CLIR?
+CLIR: 1,3
OK

AT+CLIR=1
OK

AT+CLIR?
+CLIR: 2,4
OK

98-08901C65-C 89
AT Commands Reference

4.3 PHONE AND DATE BOOKS

4.3.1 Directory Access Commands (Phone Book)

[Link] +MPBSC, Scroll Phone Book Entries

This command reads an entry from the phone book via scrolling. This command can be used to recall an entry from a relative
location. The phone maintains an internal position counter (initialized at the first entry) that is updated after each successful
scroll operation. If only one location is specified, and that location is empty, an error is returned.
This command acts on the currently active phone book, as selected using the +CPBS command, described in “+CPBS, Select
Phone Book Memory” on page 98.
The sort order for the phone book is determined by the +MPBSCS command, described in “+MPBSCS, Select Phone Book
Scroll Sort Order” on page 92.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MPBSC=<scroll_oper> +MPBR: Reads a phone book entry via scroll.

[,<num>] <index>,<number>,<type>,<text>,...

+MPBSC=? +MPBSC=? Obtains valid scroll operations.

(<scroll_oper>,<scroll_oper>,...),
<num_ent>

The following table shows the +MPBSC parameters.

Table 26. +MPBSC Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<scroll_oper> 1 Returns the first entry in list.

2 Returns the previous entry in the list.
3 Returns the current entry in the list.
4 Returns the next entry in the list.
5 Returns the last entry in the list.
6 Scrolls backwards to the first entry starting with a
different character. For example, if at a ‘Z’ entry
when this request is made, and there are no ‘Y’
entries, and there are 3 ‘X’ entries, the FIRST ‘X’
entry will be displayed first. (See example section
that follows).
7 Scroll forward to the first entry starting with a
different character. (See example section that
follows).

90 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 26. +MPBSC Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<num> Maximum number of entries to be returned. Default

value is 1.
Note: If multiple entries are requested, there is no
wrap-around ("OK" is returned after the last entry in the
list is output). Wrap-around occurs only when the
current index is at the end-of the list and a SINGLE
entry is requested.

Example

AT+MPBSC=?
+MPBSC: (1-7),6
AT+MPBSC=1,6
+MPBR: 23,”8007598888”,129,“Aaron”,...*
+MPBR: 14,“8001234567”,129,“Betty”,...*
+MPBR: 25,“8007654321”,129,“Carol”,...*
+MPBR: 71,“4257891234”,129,“Xavier”,...*
+MPBR: 4,“2061234567”,129,“Xiang”,...*
+MPBR: 2,“8475767800”,129,“Zack”,...*
OK

AT+MPBSC=1,2
+MPBR: 23,”8007598888”,129,“Aaron”,...*
+MPBR: 14,“8001234567”,129,“Betty”,...*
OK

AT+MPBSC=4
+MPBR: 25,“8007654321”,129,“Carol”,...*
OK

AT+MPBSC=5
+MPBR: 2,“8475767800”,129,“Zack”,...*
OK

AT+MPBSC=7,5
+MPBR: 71,“4257891234”,129,“Xavier”,...*
+MPBR: 4,“2061234567”,129,“Xiang”,...*

98-08901C65-C 91
AT Commands Reference

+MPBR: 2,“8475767800”,129,“Zack”,...*
OK

AT+MPBSC=6
+MPBR: 23,”8007598888”,129,“Aaron”,...*
OK

[Link] +MPBSCS, Select Phone Book Scroll Sort Order

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command selects the sort order (alphabetically, by index, and so on) for phone book scroll operations.
This command acts on the currently active phone book, as selected using the +CPBS command, described on page 98.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MPBSCS=<sort_order> OK Selects the sort order to be used.

+MPBSCS=? +MPBSCS: Obtains valid sort orders.

(<sort_order>,<sort_order>,...)
or:
+CME ERROR: <err>

The following table shows the +MPBSCS parameters.

Table 27. +MPBSCS Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<sort_order> Currently selected sort order.

0 Sort by name.
1 Sort by Unique Name.
2 Sort by Speed Location.
3 Sort by Voice Name.
4 Sort by Chronological entry.
5-8 Sort by name.

<sort_range> The range of data included in the sort.

<err> Error code sort order is invalid.

92 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

AT+MPBSCS=?
+MPBSC: (0-8)
OK
AT+MPBSC=1
OK
AT+MPBSCS?
+MPBSCS: 1
OK

[Link] +MPBFN, Find Phone Book Entries by Number

This command allows the accessory to search in the phone book, by phone number, for a particular entry. If no entry can be
found that matches that name, the command does not return any entries. If multiple matches are found, all are returned.
This command acts on the currently active phone book, as selected using the +CPBS command, described on page 98.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MPBFN=<ph_num> +MPBFN: <index>, <number>, <type>, Searches in the phone book for a
<text>,<ph_type>,,... particular entry by phone number.

<ph_num> - The text string of the

phone number to search for

Example

AT+MPBFN=”4257654321 ”
+MPBR: 79,“4257654321”,145,”Jonathan”,1,0

[Link] MPBVR/MPBVW Commands

The existing PST can read phone book entries from a phone and write them back. When phone book entries are read from the
database and sent out to the PST, any voice tags associated with the entries are dropped.
MPBVR and MPBVW commands enable systems that have enhanced PST to send the voice data (model information and voice
data for voice recognition, shortened for voice data) associated with a phone book entry voice tag to PST and to write it back to
the phone.
There are two crucial pieces of data for each voice tag: Model data and voice data. For the entire phone book, only global data
needs to be read. Global data is 8 bytes in length. Model data, which is used by DSP for voice recognition, is 182 bytes. Voice
data, which is used for playback, is 3800 bytes. Within these 3800 bytes, 3400 bytes are the actual data, and 400 bytes are
headers. When SEEM reads the voice data from SEEM, it divides the 3400 bytes data into 100 SEEM packets, each with a
header of 4 bytes, for a total header size of 400 bytes.

98-08901C65-C 93
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MPBVR, Read Phone Book Voice Tag Data

This command reads global data, model data or voice data for a phone book entry(ies).

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+MPBVR=<read_type> +MPBVR: <sequence_number>, Reads global data, model data or

[,<voice_tag>] <total_number_of_packets>, voice data.
<length>,<data_in_ASCII_string>
The response for this command is
sent in one packet via multiple chunks
because of the buffer size limit.
Following is the response format for
global data, model data and voice
data:
1 For global data:
+MPBVR:0,1,<length>,<data
_in_ASCII_String>
2 For model data:
+MPBVR:0,1,<length>,<data
_in_ASCII_String>
3 For voice data:
+MPBVR:0,1,<length>,<data
_in_ASCII_String>

+MPBVR? +MPBVR: <size of buffer> Returns the acceptable buffer size

that can be accepted. For example,
200 characters including the header.

+MPBVR=? +MPBVR: <range of voice tags>, Returns a valid range of voice tags,
<size of global data>, <size of model and the size of each data type in
data>, <size of voice data> bytes.
Note: 0 is an invalid voice tag index.

1. When responding to +MPBVR=?, the upper bound of the voice tag field is a variable. It may vary for different
models, or carriers and so on.

Note 2. Before the phone sends the data, it needs to convert the data from binary to ASCII in hex format. The simplest
conversion scheme is to convert each nibble to 0-9 and A-F. For example, if the original binary data is 0x4E,
it becomes 0x34 and 0x45 after conversion.
3. Since voice data is 7600 bytes (6800 bytes of data plus 800 bytes of header) after conversion, an error could
occur before the phone completes sending out the entire 7600 bytes. If this occurs, the phone software sends
an error. The external host software should detect the error.
4. If the reading command fails for any reason, the external host software should retry the command. It should
also specify a limit of re-tries. If the number of re-tries reaches this limit, it should abort the operation.

94 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +MPBVR parameters.

Table 28. +MPBVR Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<read_type> 1 Not used.

2 Global data. <voice_tag> is not needed.
3 Model data. <voice_tag> needs to be specified.
4 Voice data. <voice_tag> needs to be specified.

<sequence_ The number identifier for the response starting from 0.

number>

<voice_tag> The index associated with a phone book entry.

0 Indicates an invalid voice tag
1-21 Indicates a valid voice tag index.

<total_number_of The total number of packets in the response. Combined

_packets> with <sequence_number>, it can be used to detect the
end of the response for a command.

<length> The number of bytes in the <data_in_ASCII_String>.

Examples

AT+MPBVR?
+MPBVR: 200
OK

+MPBVR=?
+MPBVR: (1-21), 8, 182, 3800
OK

+MPBVR=2
+MPBVR: 0,1,16,”410E3456FE67”
OK

98-08901C65-C 95
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MPBVW, Write Phone Book Voice Tag Data

This command writes global data, model data or voice data for phone book entry(ies).

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+MPBVW=<write_type> OK or ERROR where: Writes global data, model data or

[,<voice_tag>], <sequence_number>, If <write_type> is DELETE_ALL, the voice data.
<total_number_of_commands>, command is to delete all existing
<length>, <data in ASCII String> voice tag data. Since the existing
SEEM interface updates the valid
record table automatically for every
write of voice data, you need to clear
all existing voice tag data before
writing any voice data to ensure the
integrity of the voice tag data. A valid
record table is a SEEM internal array
that indicates which voice tag is valid
and which is not.
Due to the length of Model Data and
Voice Data, these types of data must
be sent to the phone using multiple
commands. In this case, the
<sequence_number> of packets is
from 0 to
<total_number_of_packets-1>.

+MPBVW? +MPBVW: <size of buffer> Returns the acceptable buffer size.

For example, 200 characters
including header.

+MPBVW=? +MPBVW: <range of voice tags>, Returns a valid range of voice tags,
<size of global data>, <size of model and the size of each data type in
data>, <size of voice data> bytes. Note that 0 is an invalid voice
tag index.

1. As Model Data and Voice Data are sent in multiple commands, the phone software should have a timer. If the
phone does not receive the next packet within the given time, it should time out and return to the waiting state
and wait for the next command. In this case, since the external host does not know that the phone’s timer has
Note expired, it will continue sending the next packet, but it will be rejected by the phone because it is expecting the
packet with 0 <sequence_number>.
2. If the <data in ASCII string> is longer than the command is capable of processing (200 characters including
header), the command responds with ERROR.
3. If an error occurs when processing the command, the phone rejects the command by responding with
ERROR, and waits for the same packet to be sent again.
4. If an error occurs after processing the command (after responding with OK), the phone goes back to the
waiting state, waiting for the next command. If the next command’s sequence number is not 0, the phone
rejects it by responding with ERROR.

96 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +MPBVW parameters.

Table 29. +MPBVW Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<write_type> 1 Deletes all voice tags. No other parameters are

required.
2 Global Data. <voice_tag> is not required.
3 Model Data. All parameters must be specified.
4 Voice Data. All parameters must be specified.

<voice_tag> The index associated with a phone book entry.

0 Indicates an invalid voice tag.
1-21 Indicates a valid voice tag index.

<sequence_ The number identifier for the response that starts with 0.
number>

<total_number_of The total number of commands for the same type of data.
_packets> Combined with <sequence_number>, it can be used to
detect the end of the commands for the same data type.

<length> The number of bytes in the <data_in_ASCII_String>.

<data in ASCII The string data in ASCII format.

String>

Examples

AT+MPBW?
+MPBVR: 200
OK

+MPBVW=?
+MPBVW: (1-21), 8, 182, 3800
OK

+MPBVW=1
OK

+MPBVW=2,,0,1,16,”0000200000000000”
OK

+MPBVW=3,1,0,3,152,”000C0514F0EDFEFCFEFDFFFF01010101FBF8FBF5FF030004020E
00FD1508F6F7F4F210140203FE0301FF020FF9FF01FB05060CFDFC0000FFFA03F0EC110
A040A0705F8FE0D0F00FFFAFF06FE”

98-08901C65-C 97
AT Commands Reference

OK

+MPBVW=3,1,1,3,152,”"F4FA02FFFDF70813E9EEFEF30D04040703061014FF0FFFFBF8E
B03F90105F6F51411F9FBF2F7F6FEFEFA07FE04DC1204060FF50DF101FAFDF8FF03ED0
90301FD00FFFE00FFFFD3F5FBFC04FD”
OK

+MPBVW=3,1,2,3,60,”0C010B030502020202020303010103060203030403030303020203040
303'”

[Link] +CPBS, Select Phone Book Memory

This command selects the memory to be used for reading and writing entries in SUs that contain more than one phone book
memory (For example, GSM phones that enable separate storage on the SIM card and in the SU’s internal EEPROM.)

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CPBS? +CPBS: <storage> Returns the currently selected

storage.

+CPBS=? +CPBS: (list of supported Returns a list of available storage

<storage>s) identifiers.

+CPBS=<storage> OK Sets the active phone book to

<storage>.

The following table shows the +CPBS parameters.

Table 30. +CPBS Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<storage> "DC" SU dialed calls list (read-only)

"MC" SU missed calls list (read-only)
"ME" SU internal phone book
"MT", "AD" SU phone book
"RC" SU received calls list (read-only)
"ON" ME "Own Phone Numbers"
"QD" Quick Dial list

98 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

at+cpbs=?
+CPBS: "ME","MT","ON","DC","MC","RC","AD","QD"
OK
at+cpbs?
+CPBS: "AD"
OK
at+cpbs="MT"
OK

[Link] +CPBR, Read Phone Book Entries

This command recalls information from the phone book by location number. This command can be used to recall information
from a specific location, or from a range of locations. If only one location is specified and that location is empty, an error is
returned. If a range is requested, all locations that contain data within that range are returned.
This command can also be used to obtain information about the number of locations and the maximum size of the phone number
and alpha tag fields in the phone book.
This command acts on the currently active phone book, as selected with the +CPBS command. (See “+CPBS, Select Phone
Book Memory” on page 98.)

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Possible Responses Remarks

+CPBR=<index1>[,<index2>] +CPBR: <index>,<number>, Reads phone book entries.

<type>,<text>

+CPBR=? +CPBR: <index range>, Obtains phone book information on

[<nlength>],[<tlength>] this phone.

The following table shows the +CPBR parameters.

Table 31. +CPBR Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<index> Index for a given phone book entry.

<index1> Integer.
<index2>

<index_range> Range of phone book indices.

Range of integers (for example, 15-73).

98-08901C65-C 99
AT Commands Reference

Table 31. +CPBR Parameters (Continued)

<Parameter> Description

<number> Phone number of a given entry.

ASCII string of max length <nlength>.

<type> Address type of a phone number.

Integer.

<text> Text identifier for a phone book entry, using the character
set specified by the +CSCS command.
String of max length <tlength>.

<nlength> The maximum size of a phone number, in digits.

Integer.

<tlength> The maximum number of characters in the <text> entry.

Integer.

Example

AT+CPBR=?
+CPBR: 1-79,32,20
OK

AT+CPBR=23
+CPBR: 23,“18007598888”,129,“Skypage”
OK

AT+CPBR=1,20
+CPBR: 2,“8475767800”,129,“Moto Voicemail”
+CPBR: 10,“8475551212”,129,“”
OK

[Link] +MPBR, Read Extended Phone Book Entries

This command recalls phone entries from the phone book by location number, either from a specific location, or from a range
of locations. If only one location is specified, and that location is empty, an error will be returned. If a range is requested, all
locations that contain data within that range are returned. This command differs from the +CPBR command in that it returns
several extra fields, including the following:
• Phone type, which represents the type of phone number stored in the entry (home, work, pager and so on).
• Voice tag, which represents whether voice tag is present, and if so, the index of the voice tag.
• Alert tone, which represents the distinctive alert tone associated with the entry.
• Backlight, which is a reserved field for future implementation of the backlight feature.
• Is_primary, which indicates whether the entry is the primary number for the user.

100 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

This command can also be used to obtain information about the number of locations and the maximum size of the phone number
and alpha tag fields in the phone book.
This command acts on the currently active phone book, as selected using the +CPBS command. (See “+CPBS, Select Phone
Book Memory” on page 98 for more information.)

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Possible Responses Remarks

+MPBR=<index1>[,<index2>] +MPBR: <index>,<number>,<type>, Reads phone book entries.

<text>,<ph_type>,<voice_tag>,
<alert_tone>,<backlight>,
<is_primary>

+MPBR=? +MPBR: <index range>,<nlength>, Obtains information about the phone

<tlength>,ptypes,<voice tag range>, book on this phone.
<email_length>,<dr_range>,
<bl_range>,<is_primary_range>

The following table shows the +MPBR parameters.

Table 32. +MPBR Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<index><index1> The index for a given phone book entry. Integer.

<index2>

<number> Phone number of a given entry.

ASCII string of max length <nlength>.

<type> The address type of a phone number. Integer.

<text> Text identifier for a phone book entry, using the character
set specified by the +CSCS command.
String of max length <tlength>.

<ph_type> Type of phone (for example, home, work, mobile and so

on). Integer.

<alert_tone> The distinctive alert tone style when the number is the
originator of an incoming call. Integer.
255 Invalid alert tone entry indicating that no ringer is
set.

<backlight> This field is reserved to support the future implementation

of the backlight feature. Integer.

98-08901C65-C 101
AT Commands Reference

Table 32. +MPBR Parameters (Continued)

<Parameter> Description

<is_primary> 0 Non-primary number

1 Primary number
Integer.

<index range> The index for a given phone book entry.

<nlength> The maximum size of a phone number, in digits.

<tlength> The maximum number of characters in the <text> entry.

<ptypes> The maximum allowable phone types.

<voice_tag range> Lists the range of valid value for the voice tag index.

<voice_tag> The index associated with a phone book entry.

0 Indicates an invalid voice tag
1-21 Indicates a valid voice tag index.
The range upper bound is a variable.+MPBR=? should be
used to determine the upper bound.

<email_length> The maximum string length for the email address in the
<number> field when phone type is “email”.

<dr_range> The range of distinctive ringer (alert tones). This range

only represents the valid (flexed) alert tones for the
specific SU.
Note: 255 is the setting for no ring tone and is always
present.

<bl_range> The range of backlight styles.

<is_primary_range> Lists the range of valid value for the <is_primary> field.

Example

AT+MPBR=? //With ring tones 0-31, 101-131, 255 flexed on

+MPBR: 1-79,32,20,7,0-21,50,(0-31,101-131,255),(0-2),(0-1)
OK

AT+MPBR=? //With ring tones 1, 15, 20-30, 101-131, 255 flexed on

+MPBR: 1-79,32,20,7,0-21,50,(1,15,20-30,101-131,255),(0-2),(0-1)
OK

AT+MPBR=? //With ring tones 1, 255 flexed on

+MPBR: 1-79,32,20,7,0-21,50,(1,255),(0-2),(0-1)

102 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

OK

AT+MPBR=? //With ring tones 1, 3, 5, 7, 101, 255 flexed on

+MPBR: 1-79,32,20,7,0-21,50,(1,3,5,7,101,255),(0-2),(0-1)
OK

AT+MPBR=23
+MPBR: 23,“18007598888”,129,“Clinton”,3,2,255,0,0
OK

AT+MPBR=1,20
+MPBR: 2,“8475767800”,129,“Moto Voicemail”,4,0,23,0,1
+MPBR: 10,“8475551212”,129,“”,1,1,6,0,1
OK

[Link] +CPBF, Find Phone Book Entries

This command enables the accessory to search for a specified entry, by name, in the phone book. If no entry can be found that
matches that name, the command returns an error value. If multiple matches are found, all are returned.
This command acts on the currently active phone book, as selected with the +CPBS command. (Refer to “+CPBS, Select Phone
Book Memory”, page 98, for more information.)

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Possible Responses Remarks

+CPBF=<findtext> +CPBF: <index>, <number>, <type>, Searches the phone book for a
<text>...<index>, <number>, <type>, particular entry, by name.
<text>

The following table shows the +CPBF parameters.

Table 33. +CPBF Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<findtext> The text substring for which to search. The character set
to be used is defined by the +CSCS command.

Example

AT+CPBF=”Moto”
+CPBF: 2,“8475767800”,129,“Moto Voicemail”

98-08901C65-C 103
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MPBF, Find Extended Phone Book Entries

This command enables the accessory to search for a specified entry, by name, in the phone book. This command is similar to
+CPBF, described in the previous section, except that it also returns the extra fields that are unique to Motorola phones. These
fields include the following:
• Phone type, which represents the type of phone number stored in the entry (home, work, pager, and so on).
• Voice tag, which represents whether a voice tag is present.
• Alert tone, which represents the distinctive alert tone associated with the entry.
• Backlight, which is a reserved field for future implementation of backlight feature.
• Is_primary, which indicates whether the entry is the primary number for the user.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Possible Responses Remarks

+MPBF=<findtext> +MPBF: Searches in the phone book for a

<index>,<number>,<type>,<text>, particular entry by name (returns the
<ph_type>,... extra fields that are unique to
Motorola phones).

The following table shows the +MPBF parameters.

Table 34. +MPBF Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<findtext> The text substring for which to search. The character set
is specified by the +CSCS command, described on
page 44.

Example

AT+MPBF=”Moto”
+MPBF: 2,“8475767800”,129,“Moto Voicemail”,3,...
OK

[Link] +CPBW, Write Phone Book Entry

This command enables a new entry from an accessory to be stored in the phone book, or an existing entry to be deleted from the
phone book. The command enables an entry to be stored to either a specific location, or to the next available location in the
phone book.
This command acts on the currently active phone book, as selected with the +CPBS command (see “+CPBS, Select Phone Book
Memory” on page 98 for more information).

104 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Possible Responses Remarks

+CPBW=[<index>][,<number>[,<type OK Stores a new storage entry or deletes

>[,<text>]]] an existing entry.

+CPBW=? +CPBW: <index range>, [<nlength>], Queries permitted locations and

[<tlength>] <index range>, <nlength>, sizes.
<tlength>

Example

AT+CPBW=?
+CPBW: 1-99,32,20
//Store information in first available location
AT+CPBW=,”8005551212”,129,”Sam Spade”
OK

Erase location 21
AT+CPBW=21
OK

[Link] +MPBW, Write Extended Phone Book Entry

This command enables a new entry from an accessory to be stored in the phone book, or an existing entry to be deleted from the
phone book. The command allows the entry to be stored to a particular location, or to be stored to the next available location in
the phone book.
This command differs from the +CPBW command in that it accepts the input of several extra fields. These fields include:
• Phone type, which represents the type of phone number stored in the entry (home, work, pager, and so on).
• Voice tag, which represents whether a voice tag is present, and if so, the index of the voice tag.
• Alert tone, which represents the distinctive alert tone associated with the entry.
• Backlight, which is a reserved field for future implementation of backlight feature.
• Is_primary, which indicates whether the entry should be set as the primary number for the user.

98-08901C65-C 105
AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Possible Responses Remarks

+MPBW=[<index>][,<number>[,< OK Sets a new storage entry or deletion

type>[,<text>[,<ph_type>[,<voice_tag or: of an existing entry.
>[,<alert_tone>[,< CME ERROR: <err>
backlight>[,<is_primary>]]]]]]]].

+MPBW=? Refer to +MPBR=? for details Queries allowable locations and

sizes.

Example

.AT+MPBW=,”8005551212”,129,”Sam Spade”,2,3,0,1 //Store primary number for user “Sam Spade” i in first available
location
OK

AT+MPBW=12,”+5551212”,145,”Sam Spade”,0,0,12,0,0//Store non-primary number for user “Sam Spade” in index 12

OK

AT+MPBW=21 //Erase location 21

4.3.2 Date Book Access Commands

[Link] +MDBWE, Write Date Book Event Exception

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command modifies event exception data for an entry in the date book. This command is also used to delete an entry from
the date book.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Possible Responses Remarks

+MDBWE= <i>,<ex_no>,<ex_type> OK Modifies the event exception data for

or: a specific event.
CME ERROR

106 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +MDBWE parameters.

Table 35. +MDBWE Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<i> Index of event.

<ex_no> Occurrence of event (0 = first).

<ex_type> Type of event exception:

0 Delete this entry from the date book (remove all
occurrences).
1 Remove occurrence <ex_no> only.

Example

AT+MDBL=1
AT+MDBWE=12,3,1 //Remove occurrence 3 of event 12
OK
AT+MDBWE=13,3,0 //Remove entry 13
OK
AT+MDBL= 0

[Link] +MDBW, Write Date Book Entry

This command writes an entry to the date book.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Possible Responses Remarks

+MDBW= OK Writes an entry.

<i>,<ev_title>,<timed>,<al_en>,<start or:
_time>, CME ERROR: <err>
<start_date>,<duration>,<al_time>,<
al_date>,<repeat>

The following table shows the +MDBW parameters.

Table 36. +MDBW Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<i> Location in which to write entry.

<ev_title> Text representing the event title.

98-08901C65-C 107
AT Commands Reference

Table 36. +MDBW Parameters (Continued)

<Parameter> Description

<timed> 1 Alarm timed.

0 Not timed.

<al_en> 1 Alarm enabled.

0 Disabled.

<start_time> Event start time.

<start_date> Event start date.

<duration> Event duration, in minutes.

<al_time> Event alarm time.

<al_date> Event alarm date.

<repeat> 0 Non-recurring event.

1 Repeat daily.
2 Repeat weekly.
3 Repeat monthly on date.
4 Repeat monthly on day.
5 Repeat yearly.

Example

at+mode=2
OK
+MBAN: Copyright 2000-2002 Motorola, Inc.
at+mdbl=1
OK
at+mdbw=20,"Holiday",1,1,"21:00","04-21-2003",60,"20:55","04-21-2003",2
OK
at+mdbl=0
OK

108 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MDBL, Lock/Unlock Date Book

This command locks/unlocks the date book database. It is used primarily for synchronization of the date book with PIM
(Personal Information Management) software.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Possible Responses Remarks

+MDBL? MDBL: <n> Returns the current date book lock/

unlock status.

+MDBL=? 20 Returns possible settings for +MDBL.

MDBL: (0,1)

+MDBL=<n> OK Forces a lock/unlock of the date book

database.

The following table shows the +MDBL parameters.

Table 37. +MDBL Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<n> 1 Lock date book.

0 Unlock date book.

Example

AT+MDBL=?
+MDBL: (0,1)
OK

AT+MDBL=1
OK

AT+MDBL?
+MDBL: 1

98-08901C65-C 109
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MDBR, Read Date Book Entry

This command reads an entry or range of entries stored in the date book.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MDBR=? +MDBR: Returns all pertinent date book

<entries>,<used>,<strlen>,<ex_max> parameters required for PIM
,<ex_type_max> software.
(all are integer values)

+MDBR=<i1>[,<i2>] +MDBR:<i>,<ev_title>,<timed>,<al_e Returns entry or range of entries.

n>,<start_time>,
<start_date>,<duration>,<al_time>,<
al_date>,<repeat>

The following table shows the +MDBR parameters.

Table 38. +MDBR Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<entries> Total number of date book entries

<used> Number of entries currently used

<strlen> Maximum string length of event title

<ex_max> Maximum number of event exceptions

<ex_type_max> Maximum number of event exception types

<i> Entry index

<ev_title> Text representing the event title

<timed> 1 Alarm timed

0 Alarm not timed

<al_en> 1 Alarm enabled

0 Alarm disabled

<start_time> Event start time

<start_date> Event start date

<duration> Event duration, in minutes

110 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 38. +MDBR Parameters (Continued)

<Parameter> Description

<al_time> Event alarm time

<al_date> Event alarm date

<repeat> 0 Non-recurring event

1 Repeat daily
2 Repeat weekly
3 Repeat monthly on date
4 Repeat monthly on day
5 Repeat yearly

Example

at+mode=2
OK
+MBAN: Copyright 2000-2002 Motorola, Inc.
at+mdbl=1
OK
at+mdbr=17
+MDBR: 17,"Test",1,1,"17:00","05-04-2003",60,"16:55","05-04-2003",1
OK
at+mdbr=17,19
+MDBR: 17,"Test",1,1,"17:00","05-04-2003",60,"16:55","05-04-2003",1
+MDBR: 18,"Test2",1,1,"00:00","05-05-2003",60,"23:55","05-04-2003",2
+MDBR: 19,"Eli",1,1,"20:00","05-04-2003",30,"19:55","05-04-2003",1
OK
at+mdbl=0
OK

98-08901C65-C 111
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MDBAD, Date Book Auto-Delete User Preference

This command sets/reads the auto-delete user preference setting in the date book database. This setting controls the period that
date book records are stored after the event has occurred. This setting also controls the period that to-do-list items are held after
the items are either due or completed.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MDBAD? MDBAD: <n> Returns the current date book

auto-delete setting.

+MDBAD=? MDBAD: (0,1,2,4,8) Returns possible settings for

+MDBAD.

+MDBAD=<n> OK Sets the auto-delete value to <n>.

The following table shows the +MBAD parameters.

Table 39. +MBAD Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<n> Number of weeks to wait before an auto-delete can be

performed on the record.
0 Never perform auto-delete on this record.
1 Delete after 1 week.
4 Delete after 4 weeks.

Example

AT+MDBAD=?
+MDBAD: (0,1,2,4,8)
OK
AT+MDBAD=1
OK
AT+MDBAD?
+MDBAD: 1
OK

112 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

4.3.3 System Date and Time Access Command

[Link] +CCLK, Read Set System Date and Time

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command reads/sets the SU's current date and time settings.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CCLK? +CCLK: <time> Returns the current date and time

Note: <time> is always in the format setting.
"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz"

+CCLK=<time> OK Sets the system clock's date and

time.

+CCLK=? +CCLK: "99/12/31,[Link],(- Return the highest values that this

47...+48)" command work with

The following table shows the +CCLK parameters.

Table 40. +CCLK Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<time> ASCII string in "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz", or

"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss" format, where:
yy 2-digit year [1970-2069]
MM 2-digit month [01-12]
dd 2-digit day of month [00-31]
hh 2-digit hour [00-23]
mm 2-digit minute [00-59]
ss 2-digit seconds [00-59]
zz Timezone offset from GMT, in quarter-hours
[-47...+48]. this value is not specified, set to 00.

98-08901C65-C 113
AT Commands Reference

Example

AT+CCLK="00/12/25,[Link]"
OK
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: " 00/12/25,[Link]+00"
AT+CCLK="01/07/04,[Link]+43"
OK
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "01/07/04,[Link]+00"

4.4 SMS

4.4.1 SMS Commands

[Link] +CNMI, New Message Indication to the TE

This command enables unsolicited notification of the accessory when an SMS message is received by the SU. If the SU does
not support the requested indication, a final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> is returned.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CNMI=<mode>[,<mt>[,<bm>[,<ds>[, OK Turns on the new SMS indication

<bfr>]]]] feature.

+CNMI? +CNMI: Queries the current setting.

<mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>

+CNMI=? +CNMI: (list of supported Queries the new message unsolicited

<mode>s),(list of supported <mt>s), result code modes.
(list of supported <bm>s),(list of
supported <ds>s),(list of supported
<bfr>s)

The following table shows the +CNMI parameters.

Table 41. +CNMI Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<mode> 0 Do not forward unsolicited result codes.

3 Forward unsolicited codes to the accessory.

114 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 41. +CNMI Parameters (Continued)

<Parameter> Description

<mt> 0 Disable SMS notification.

1 Enable SMS notification (See “+CMTI, Unsolicited
Result Code (SMS Message Receipt)” on
page 122).

<bm> 0 Disable broadcast SMS notification.

<ds> 0 Disable SMS status reports.

<bfr> 0 Flush SU’s result code buffer when <mode> 1-3 is

entered.

Example

AT+CNMI=? //Query new message unsolicited result code modes

+CNMI: (0,3),(0,1),(0),(0),(0)
OK

AT+CNMI?
+CNMI: 0,0,0,0,0 //Query current settings
OK

AT+CNMI=3,1,0,0,0 //Turn on new SMS indication

OK

[Link] +CMGD, Delete Message

The information in this section applies to release 3.06 and above.

Note

This command enables the accessory to delete messages from the preferred SU message storage <mem1> location <index>, or
multiple messages according to <delflag>.
If the optional parameter <delflag> is entered, and is greater than 0, the <index> parameter is practically ignored.
(<mem1> is selected using the +CPMS command, described in "+CPMS, Preferred Message Storage" on page 114.) If deleting
fails, result code +CMS ERROR: <err> is returned.
The deletion of multiple commands is a time-consuming process that may require more than 60 seconds to
complete.

Note

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

98-08901C65-C 115
AT Commands Reference

Set Command

Mode = 2

Command Response/Action Remarks

+CMGD=<index>[,<delflag>] OK Deletes the message.

Or;
+CMS ERROR: <err>

Test Command

Command Response/Action Remarks

+CMGD=? +CMGD: (list of valid <index>s), (list

of valid <deflag>s)

The following table shows the +CMGD parameters.

Table 42. +CMGD Parameters

<Parameter> Description

< index> 1-65535 Index in the SMS memory of the message to be

deleted.

<delflag> 0 Deletes the message specified in <index>

1 Deletes all read messages
2 Deletes all read messages and sent MO messages
3 Deletes all read messages, sent and unsent MO
messages
4 Deletes all messages

Example

AT+CMGD=101 /*Delete the specific index message */

OK
AT+CMGD=101,0 /*Delete the specific index message */
OK
AT+CMGD=1,4 /* Delete all messages */
OK

116 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] +CMSS, Send Message From Storage

This command selects a pre-stored message from message storage <mem2> and sends it. <mem2> is selected with the +CPMS
command, described in “+CPMS, Preferred Message Storage” on page 118.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CMSS=<index> +CMSS:<mr> Sends a message from storage to the

network.

The following table shows the +CMSS parameters.

Table 43. +CMSS Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<index> Integer type. This is the index in the SMS memory of the
message to be sent.

<mr> Message reference number.

Example

AT+CMSS=7
+CMSS: 12
OK

[Link] +CSMS, Select Message Service

This command selects the message service and returns the types of messages that are supported by the ME.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CSMS=<service> +CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm> Sets the type of service and returns

0 The type is not supported by the types of messages supported by
the ME. the ME.
1 The type is supported by the <mt> Mobile terminated messages
ME. <mo> Mobile originated messages
<bm> Broadcast type messages

98-08901C65-C 117
AT Commands Reference

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CSMS? +CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm> Returns supported message types

along with the current service setting.

+CSMS=? +CSMS: (list of supported Returns a list of all services

<service>s) supported by the TA.

The following table shows the +CSMS parameters.

Table 44. +CSMS Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<service> Integer that defines the type of service. Values 1 to 127

are not supported. The only supported service value is
128 (manufacturer specific).

Example

AT+CSMS=128
+CSMS: 1,1,1
OK

AT+CSMS?
+CSMS: 128,1,1,1
OK

AT+CSMS=?
+CSMS: (128)
OK

[Link] +CPMS, Preferred Message Storage

This command selects the memory storages <mem1>, <mem2>, and <mem3> to be used for various functions, such as reading
or writing.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CPMS=<mem1>[,<mem2> +CPMS: Sets the memory storage.

[,<mem3>]] <used1>,<total1>,<used2>,<total2>,<
used3>,<total3>

118 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CPMS? +CPMS: Reads current message storage.

<mem1>,<used1>,<total1>,<mem2>,
<used2>,<total2>,
<mem3>,<used3>,<total3>

+CPMS=? +CPMS: (list of supported Lists all supported memory storage

<mem1>s),(list of supported for <mem1>, <mem2> and <mem3>.
<mem2>s),
(list of supported <mem3>s)

The following table shows the +CPMS parameters.

Table 45. +CPMS Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<mem1> The memory from which messages are read and

deleted.

<mem2> The memory to which writing and sending are made.

<mem3> The memory to which receiving SMSs are to be stored.

<used> The number of messages stored.

<total> The total storage space.

The following table shows the list of <mem>.

Table 46. List of <mem>

Supported Supported Supported

<mem> Description
for <mem1> for <mem2> for <mem3>

“MT” Includes “IM”, Supported Not supported Not supported

“OM”,”BM” and “DM”
message storages,
united together

“IM” Inbox text message Supported Not supported Supported

storage

“OM” Outbox text Supported Supported Not supported

message storage

“DM” Draft text message Supported Supported Not supported

storage

"BM" Broadcast message Supported Not supported Not supported

storage

98-08901C65-C 119
AT Commands Reference

Example

AT+CPMS=”IM”,”OM”,”IM”
+CPMS: 2,10,3,10,2,10
OK
AT+CPMS
+CPMS: “IM”,2,10,“OM”,3,10,“IM”,2,10
OK
AT+CPMS=?
+CPMS: (“IM”,“OM”,“BM”,“MT”,”DM”),(“OM”,”DM”),(“IM”)
OK
at+cpms?
+CPMS: MT,0,1000,OM,0,250,IM,0,250
OK

[Link] +CMGF, Message Format

The set command sets the type of input and output format of message to use.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CMGF=<mode> OK Sets the message format.

+CMGF? +CMGF: 1 Reads current message format.

+CMGF=? +CMGF: (0-1) Lists all supported message formats.

The following table shows the +CMGF parameters.

Table 47. +CMGF Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<mode> Format of messages

0 Indicates PDU mode
1 Indicates TEXT mode

Example

at+cmgf=?
+CMGF: (0-1)
OK

120 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

at+cmgf?
+CMGF: 1
OK
at+cmgf=0
OK
at+cmgf?
+CMGF: 0
OK

[Link] +MEGA, Email Gateway Address

This Motorola-specific command updates the Email Gateway Address. MO SMS will not succeed if this field is not set correctly.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MEGA=<ega> OK Sets the Email Gateway address.

+MEGA? +MEGA:<ega> Queries the Email Gateway address.

The following table shows the +MEGA parameters.

Table 48. +Mega Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<ega> Email Gateway Address, represented in a

quoted string. Refer to <sca> for allowable
characters.

Example

AT+MEGA=”4252833433”
OK

AT+MEGA?
+MEGA: “4252833433”
OK

[Link] +CSDH, Show Text Mode Parameters

This command controls whether detailed header information is shown in the Text mode result code. For SMS-DELIVERs and
SMS-SUBMITs in result code for commands +CMGR and +CMGL, the detailed header information contains <sca>, <tosca>,
<fo>, <vp>, <pid>, <dcs>, <length>, <toda>, and <tooa>; for SMS-COMMANDs in +CMGR result code, the detailed header
includes <pid>,<mn>,<da>,<toda>,<length>, and <cdata>.

98-08901C65-C 121
AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CSDH=<show> OK Controls whether detailed header

information is shown.

+CSDH? +CSDH: <show> Reads current value for <show>.

+CSDH=? +CSDH: (list of supported <show>s) Lists all supported values for <show>.

The following table shows the +CSDH parameters.

Table 49. +CSDH Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<show> 0 Do not show header values in result codes.

1 Show the header value in result codes.

Example

AT+CSDH=0
OK

AT+CSDH?
+CSDH: 0
OK
AT+CSDH=?
+CSDH=(0)
OK

[Link] +CMTI, Unsolicited Result Code (SMS Message Receipt)

This unsolicited message is sent to the accessory by the SU upon receipt of an SMS message. Generation of these unsolicited
messages is enabled using the +CNMI command, described in “+CNMI, New Message Indication to the TE” on page 114.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CMTI: +CMTI: <mem>,<index> Unsolicited Result Code (SMS

Message Receipt)

122 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +CMTI parameters.

Table 50. +CMTI Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<mem> String type. Message memory space. Refer to Table 46,

“List of <mem>” on page 119.

<index> This is the location in which the new message is stored.

Integer.

Example

+CMTI: “ME”,2

[Link] +CMGL, List Messages

This command enables the accessory to read a list of all SMS messages with status value <stat> from SU message storage
<mem1>. (<mem1> is selected using the +CPMS command, described in “+CPMS, Preferred Message Storage” on page 118.)
It returns a series of responses, one per message, containing the message index, status, and data. For each message, if the statusof
the message is 'received unread', the status is changed to 'received read'. If listing fails, a final result code +CMS ERROR:<err>
is returned.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

TEXT mode (+CMGF=1): +CMGL:<index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,

+CMGL=<stat> <CR><LF><data><CR><LF>

PDU mode (+CMGF=0): +CMGL: <index>,<stat>, ,<length> See section [Link] and section
+CMGL=<stat> <CR><LF>< PDU data><CR><LF> [Link] for PDU data .

TEXT mode (+CMGF=1): +CMGL: ("REC UNREAD", "REC Queries the list of supported <stat>s.
+CMGL=? READ", "STO UNSENT", "STO
SENT", "ALL")
OK

PDU mode (+CMGF=0): +CMGL: (0-4) Queries the list of supported <stat>s.
+CMGL=? OK

98-08901C65-C 123
AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +CMGL parameters.

Table 51. +CMGL Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<stat> in TEXT "REC UNREAD" Received unread (new) message.

mode (Default)
"REC READ" Received read message.
STO UNSENT" Stored unsent message.
"STO SENT" Stored sent message.
"ALL" All messages

<stat> in PDU 0 List received unread messages

mode 1 List received read messages
2 List stored unsent messages.
3 List stored sent messages.
4 List all messages

<index> The message number of the message.

<oa/da> Origin/destination address value in string format. When

Email SMS feature is available, this address is a string
that contains one or more MIN numbers and/or email
addresses, separated by spaces. Otherwise, this field
should contain a single MIN number..

<length> Applicable only for PDU mode.

The length of the PDU data in bytes.

In order to support zero values inside the PDU User data content in 8 bit data encoding , set +MSZL=1, otherwise
the content will be truncated at the first zero it encounters.

Note

Example for Text mode

AT+CMGL="ALL" //Read all SMS messages

+CMGL: 1,"REC READ","0501234567"
This is a test "Hello world"
+CMGL: 2,"STO UNSENT","0501234567"
this is a second test
OK
AT+CMGL=? // Queries the list of supported <stat>s.
+CMGL: ("REC UNREAD","REC READ","STO UNSENT","STO SENT","ALL")
OK

124 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example for PDU mode

at+cmgl=4
+CMGL: 102,1,,26
040A81507016051000004050036135730009E8329BFD0695D969
+CMGL: 103,3,,22
11FF098150615100F10004C409E8329BFD0695D96932
+CMGL: 101,2,,21
11FF098150615100F10000C409E8329BFD0695D969
OK
at+cmgl=?
+CMGL: (0-4)
OK

[Link] +MMGL, Motorola List Messages

This command enables the accessory to read a list of all SMS messages with status value <stat> from SU message stor-
age<mem1>. (<mem1> is selected using the +CPMS command, described in “+CPMS, Preferred Message Storage” on
page 118). This command is similar to +CMGL, except that no change is made to the read status of the message(s). Also, a new
<stat> selection is defined, "HEADER ONLY", which can be used to query the SU for a list of message headers without atten-
dant message data. This feature provides an accessory with all the necessary information for message-at-a-time access, and
allows the accessory to implement first/last/next/previous message selection.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

TEXT mode (+CMGF=1): +MMGL:<index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,

+MMGL=<stat>. <CR><LF><data><CR><LF>

PDU mode (+CMGF=0): +MMGL: <index>,<stat>, ,<length> See section [Link] and section
+MMGL=<stat> <CR><LF>< PDU data><CR><LF> [Link] for PDU data .

TEXT mode (+CMGF=1): +MMGL: ("REC UNREAD", "REC Queries the list of supported <stat>s.
+MMGL=? READ", "STO UNSENT", "STO
SENT", "ALL", "HEADER ONLY"
)
OK

PDU mode (+CMGF=0): +MMGL: (0-5) Queries the list of supported <stat>s.
+MMGL=? OK

98-08901C65-C 125
AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +MMGL parameters.

Table 52. +MMGL Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<stat> in TEXT "REC UNREAD" Received unread (new) message.

mode (Default)
"REC READ" Received read message.
STO UNSENT" Stored unsent message.
"STO SENT" Stored sent message.
"ALL" All messages
"HEADER ONLY" Message headers without
attendant message data.

<stat> in PDU 0 List received unread messages

mode 1 List received read messages
2 List stored unsent messages.
3 List stored sent messages.
4 List all messages
5 List header only

<index> The message number of the message.

<oa/da> Origin/destination address value in string format. When

Email SMS feature is available, this address is a string
that contains one or more MIN numbers and/or email
addresses, separated by spaces. Otherwise, this field
should contain a single MIN number..

length Applicable only for PDU mode.

The length of the PDU data in bytes.

In order to support zero values inside the PDU User data content in 8 bit data encoding, set +MSZL=1, otherwise
the content will be truncated at the first zero it encounters.

Note

Example for TEXT mode

AT+MMGL="HEADER ONLY" //Read the headers of all SMS messages

+MMGL: 1,"REC READ","0501234567"
+MMGL: 2,"STO UNSENT","0501234567"
OK
AT+MMGL=?
+MMGL: ("REC UNREAD","REC READ","STO UNSENT","STO SENT",
"ALL","HEADER ONLY")
OK

126 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example for PDU mode

at+mmgl=4
+MMGL: 102,0,,26
040A81507016051000004050036135730009E8329BFD0695D969
+MMGL: 103,3,,22
11FF098150615100F10004C409E8329BFD0695D96932
+MMGL: 101,2,,21
11FF098150615100F10000C409E8329BFD0695D969
OK
at+mmgl=?
+MMGL: (0-5)
OK

[Link] +CMGR, Read Message

This command enables the accessory to read SMS messages from the SU. It returns a message with the location value <index>
from the preferred message storage <mem1>. (<mem1> is selected using the +CPMS command, described in "+CPMS,
Preferred Message Storage" on page 114). If the status of the message is "received unread", the status in the storage changes to
"received read". If reading fails, a final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> is returned.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

TEXT mode (+CMGF=1): +CMGR: <stat>,<oa/da>[,<scts>] Reads a message from the SU in

+CMGR=<index> <CR><LF><data><CR><LF> TEXT format.

PDU mode (+CMGF=0): +CMGR: <State>, ,<PDU length> Reads a message from the SU in
+CMGR=<index> <CR><LF><Bitmap><OA len>< PDU format.
TOOA><OA>< PID>< DCS><
SCTS><UDL><UD><CR><LF>

The following table shows the +CMGR parameters in TEXT mode.

Table 53. +CMGR Parameters for TEXT Mode

<Parameter> Description

<index> The index in the SMS memory of the message to be

Retrieved.

98-08901C65-C 127
AT Commands Reference

Table 53. +CMGR Parameters for TEXT Mode

<Parameter> Description

<oa/da> Originating/destination address value in string format.

When the Email SMS feature is available, this address is
a string that contains one or more MIN numbers and/or
Email addresses, separated by spaces. Otherwise, this
Field should contain a single MIN number.

<scts> Service center time stamp in time string format.

Presented in incoming SMS messages only .

<data> Message data.

The following table shows the +CMGR parameters for PDU mode.

Table 54. +CMGR Parameters for PDU Mode

Size
Field name Name description Valid values Value description
(in bytes)

Bitmap * 1 see ETSI 03.40 MTI + MMS + RP +

UDHI + SRI

OA Ien Origination address 1 0x02 - 0x14 Number of

length characters in OA

TOOA Origination address 1 0x81 Code of OA type

type

OA Origination address 2-11 Phone number OA phone number.

string, composed of Every 2 digits are
BCD characters replaced (12 is 21
only. etc.)
In case of odd
number of digits pad
with F.

PID Protocol ID 1 0x00 TEXT 0x00

0x26 PAGING 0x26

DCS Data coding scheme 1 0x00 0x00 - 7 bit ASCII

0x04 0x04 - 8 bit
0x08 0x08 - UCS2

SCTS Service Center Time 7 Year 00 - 99 Every 2 digits are

Stamp Month 01-12 replaced (12 is 21
Day 01-31 etc.),
Hour 00-24 Year month day hour
minute seconds 00
Minute 00-59
Note : the last byte is
Seconds 00-59
always zero

128 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 54. +CMGR Parameters for PDU Mode (Continued)

Size
Field name Name description Valid values Value description
(in bytes)

UDL User data length 1 1-160 Length of

uncompressed user
data in bytes

UD User data Encoded text, User data

composed of
hexadecimal
characters only

<State> State of message 1 0-5 0 List received

unread
messages
1 List received
read messages
2 List stored
unsent
messages.
3 List stored sent
messages.
4 List all
messages
5 List header only
( only applicable
in +MMGL)

The Bitmap Octet for SMS Submit is divided as follows:

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

RP-Replay UDHI- SRI - MMS- MTI -Message Type

Path User Data Status More Indicator
Not Header Report Messages
supported Indication Indication to Send
Not
supported

In order to support zero values inside the PDU User data content in 8 bit data encoding, set +MSZL=1 , otherwise
the content will be truncated at the first zero it encounters.

Note

TEXT Mode Example

AT+CMGR=2 //Read the message

+CMGR: "REC UNREAD","0507654321","95/07/03,[Link]"
This is Mr. Jones testing
OK

98-08901C65-C 129
AT Commands Reference

PDU Mode Example

at+cmgr=139
+CMGR: 2,,30
11FF0781111111F10000C414E8329BFD06D1D1E939283D078541F4F29C0E
OK

[Link] +MMGR, Motorola Read Message

This command enables the accessory to read SMS messages from the SU. This command is identical to +CMGR, except that
no change is made to the read status of the message.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

TEXT mode (+CMGF=1): +MMGR: <stat>,<oa/da>[,<scts>] Reads a message from the SU in

+MMGR=<index> <CR><LF><data><CR><LF> TEXT format

PDU mode (+CMGF=0): +MMGR: <State>, ,<PDU length> Reads a message from the SU in
+MMGR=<index> <CR><LF><Bitmap><OA len>< PDU format
TOOA><OA>< PID>< DCS><
SCTS><UDL><UD><CR><LF>

The following table shows the +MMGR parameters for TEXT mode.

Table 55. +MMGR Parameters for TEXT mode

<Parameter> Description

<index> The index in the SMS memory of the message to be

Retrieved..

<oa/da> Originating/destination address value in string format.

When the Email SMS feature is available, this address is
a string that contains one or more MIN numbers and/or
Email addresses, separated by spaces. Otherwise, this
Field should contain a single MIN number.

<scts> Service center time stamp in time string format.

Presented in incoming SMS messages only..

<data> Message data.

130 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +MMGR parameters for PDU mode.

Table 56. +MMGR Parameters for PDU mode

Size
Field name Name description Valid values Value description
(in bytes)

Bitmap * 1 see ETSI 03.40 MTI + MMS + RP +

UDHI + SR

OA Ien Origination address 1 0x02 - 0x14 Number of

length characters in OA

TOOA Origination 1 0x81 Code of OA type

OA Origination address 2-11 Phone number OA phone number.

string, composed of Every 2 digits are
BCD characters replaced (12 is 21
only. etc.)
In case of odd
number of digits pad
with F.

PID Protocol ID 1 0x00 TEXT 0x00

0x26 PAGING 0x26

DCS Data coding scheme 1 0x00 0x00 - 7 bit ASCII

0x04 0x04 - 8 bit
0x08 0x08 - UCS2

SCTS Service Center Time 7 Year 00 - 99 Every 2 digits are

Stamp Month 01-12 replaced (12 is 21
Day 01-31 etc.),
Hour 00-24 Year month day hour
minute seconds 00
Minute 00-59
Note : the last byte is
Seconds 00-59
always zero

UDL User data length 1 1-160 Length of

uncompressed user
data in bytes

UD User data Encoded text, User data

composed of
hexadecimal
characters only

98-08901C65-C 131
AT Commands Reference

Table 56. +MMGR Parameters for PDU mode (Continued)

Size
Field name Name description Valid values Value description
(in bytes)

<State> State of message 1 0-5 0 List received

unread
messages
1 List received
read messages
2 List stored
unsent
messages.
3 List stored sent
messages.
4 List all
messages
5 List header only
( only applicable
in +MMGL)

The Bitmap Octet for SMS Submit is divided as follows:

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

RP-Replay UDHI- SRI - MMS- MTI -Message Type

Path User Data Status More Indicator
Not Header Report Messages
supported Indication Indication to Send
Not
supported

In order to support zero values inside the PDU User data content in 8 bit data encoding, set +MSZL=1, otherwise
the content will be truncated at the first zero it encounters.

Note

TEXT Mode Example

AT+MMGR=2 //Read the message

+MMGR: "REC UNREAD","0507654321","95/07/03,[Link]"
This is Mr. Jones testing
OK

PDU Mode Example

at+Mmgr=139
+MMGR: 2,,30
11FF0781111111F10000C414E8329BFD06D1D1E939283D078541F4F29C0E
OK

132 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] AT+MSZL = 1 // zero is+MMAR, Motorola Mark As Read

This command enables the accessory to change the <stat> of an SMS message in SU memory location <index>, preferred
message storage <mem1>, from “REC UNREAD” to “REC READ”. (<mem1> is selected with the +CPMS command.) If the
status change fails, +CMS ERROR: <err> is returned.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MMAR=<index> OK Marks the index in the SMS memory

of the message to be as read.

The following table shows the +MMAR parameters.

Table 57. +MMAR Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<index> Integer type. This is the index in the SMS memory of the
message to be marked as read.

Example

AT+MMAR=76
OK

[Link] +CMGW, Write Message to Memory

This command stores a message to memory storage <mem2>. <mem2> is selected using the +CPMS command, described in
“+CPMS, Preferred Message Storage” on page 118.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

if TEXT mode (+CMGF=1): +CMGW: <index> Writes a message In text format.

+CMGW=<da><CR>text is OK
entered<CTRL-Z/ESC>

If PDU mode (+CMGF=0): +CMGW: <index> Writes a message

+CMGW=<length><CR>< Bitmap> OK In PDU format.
<DA len>
<TODA><DA><PID><DCS><VP><U
DL>< UD ><CTRL-Z/ESC>

98-08901C65-C 133
AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +CMGW parameters for TEXT mode.

Table 58. +CMGW Parameters for TEXT mode

<Parameter> Description

<da> The destination address in a quoted string. When the

Email SMS feature is available, this address is a string
that contains one or more MIN numbers and/or email
addresses, separated by spaces. Otherwise, this field
contains a single MIN number.

<ctrl-Z> Indicates the end of the message body.

<ESC> Cancels command processing.

<index> The index in memory storage.

The following table shows the +CMGW parameters for PDU mode.

Table 59. +CMGW Parameters for PDU mode

Name descrip- Size Value descrip-

Field name Valid values Notes
tion (in bytes) tion

Bitmap * 1 see ETSI 03.40 MTI + RD + VPF

+ RP + UDHI +
SRR

MR Message 1 0xFF A number Should be

reference identifying the always 0xFF
number message, for
reference

DA Ien Destination 1 0x02 - 0x14 Number of

address length characters in DA

TODA Destination 1 0x81 Code of DA type the only

address type supported
address type is
unknown
telephone
numbering plan

DA Destination 2-11 Phone number DA phone

address string, number. Every 2
composed of digits are
BCD characters replaced (12 is
only. 21 etc.)
In case of odd
number of digits
pad with F.

PID Protocol ID 1 0x00 TEXT 0x00

0x26 PAGING 0x26

134 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 59. +CMGW Parameters for PDU mode (Continued)

Name descrip- Size Value descrip-

Field name Valid values Notes
tion (in bytes) tion

DCS Data coding 1 0x00 0x00 - 7 bit

scheme 0x04 ASCII
0x08 0x04 - 8 bit
0x08 - UCS2

VP Validity period 1 0-255 0-143

(VP + 1) x 5
minutes (i.e. 5
minutes
intervals up to
12 hours)
144 - 167
12 hours +
((VP-143) x 30
minutes)
168 - 196
(VP - 166) x 1
day
197 - 255
(VP - 192) x 1
week

UDL User data length 1 1-160 Length of

uncompressed
user data in
bytes

UD User data Encoded text, User data

composed of
hexadecimal
characters only

The Bitmap Octet for SMS Submit is divided as follows:

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

RP-Replay UDHI- SRR - VPF-Validity Period Format RD-Reject MTI -Message Type
Path User Data Status Only relative format is Duplicates Indicator
Not Header Report supported. Not
supported Indication Request supported
Not
supported

In order to support zero values inside the PDU User data content in 8 bit data encoding , set +MSZL=1 , otherwise
the content will be truncated at the first zero it encounters.

Note

98-08901C65-C 135
AT Commands Reference

TEXT MODE Example

AT+CMGW="5124335432"
This is the message body. ^Z
+CMGW: 7
OK

PDU MODE Example

Example :
AT+MODE=2
OK
+MBAN: Copyright 2000-2002 Motorola, Inc.
AT+CMGF=0 // go to PDU mode
OK
AT+MSZL = 1 // zero is not considered as string terminator for incoming SMS messages
AT+CNMI=3,1 // enable unsolicited notification to the TE of incoming SMS messages
OK
AT+CMGW=24
> 11FF098150418005F60004C40BFFEE43E4994312D5CBA3B4 ^Z // 8 bit encoding
+CMGW: 228
OK
AT+CMSS=228 // send SMS message from index 228
+CMSS: 90 // this is the reference id of the sent SMS

[Link] +CSCA, Service Centre Address

This GSM 07.05 command is used to update the Service Center Address. This field is required on GSM platform only.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CSCA=<sca> [,<tosca>] <sca> - Service Center Address, represented in a

quoted string. Allowed characters are: digits and ‘*’, ‘#’,
‘+’. Character ‘+’ is only allowed in the beginning of the
string. Character conversion will take place based on
the currently selected character set. The +CSCS
command is used to select the character set - (See
Table 7).
<tosca> - Type of Service Center Address is the current
address format setting.

136 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CSCA?

Example

AT+CSCA=”4252833433”
OK
AT+CSCA?
+CSCA: “4252833433”,129
OK

[Link] +MSZL, Motorola Support for Zero Values

The information in this section applies to release 3.06 and above.

Note

This command disables/enables the zero value to be as string terminator for SMS DELIVER (incoming) messages encoded in
8 bit data encoding while in SMS PDU mode.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MSZL=<value> OK

+MSZL=? +MSZL:(0-1) Show list of supported values

OK

+MSZL? +MSZL: <value>

The following table shows the +MSZL parameters.

Table 60. +CMGW Parameters for TEXT mode

<Parameter> Description

<value> 0 - zero is considered as stream terminator

1 - zero is not considered as stream terminator

• The setting is saved in the NVM so at the next power up the setting will be preserved.
• It is advisable to set +MSZL to 1 if the SMS PDU mode is used most of the time and the User data is encoded in
Note 8 bit data encoding.

98-08901C65-C 137
AT Commands Reference

4.5 NETWORK SERVICE

4.5.1 Network Service Commands

[Link] +CREG, Network Registration Status

The information in this section applies to release 3.06 and above.

Note

This command enables/disables network registration.

The Set command controls the presentation "+CREG:", and the result for the read operation.
The Read command returns the status of the result code presentation, as well as an integer <> that shows whether the network
has currently indicated the registration of the ME. Location information elements <SID> and <NID> of home network are
returned.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.
The AT command application enters a continuation state while processing the Read command.

AT Commands Reference

Upon continuation, the AT application waits for an answer from the ME signaling.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Set: AT+CREG=0 <n>

AT+CREG=<n> OK 0 Disables network registration.
1 Enables network registration.
Default value is 1.

Read: AT+CREG?
AT+CREG? <SID>,<NID>,<STAT>
OK

Test: +CREG: (list of supported <n>s)

AT+CREG=? OK

After changing the CREG command state from 1 to 0 and from 0 to 1 the phone make a soft restart to enable the
phone to be registered or deregistered.

Note

138 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +CREG parameters.

Parameter Description

<SID> 0-32767 System ID.

<NID> 0-65535 Network ID.

<STAT> 0 - Not registered.

1 - Registered, home network.
5 - Registered, roaming.

Example
at+creg=?
+CREG: (0-1)
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 8465,65535,1
OK
at+creg=0
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 8465,65535,0
OK
at+creg=1
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 8465,65535,1
OK
at+creg=2
ERROR

98-08901C65-C 139
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +COPS, Operator Selection

The information in this section applies to release 4.07 and above.

Note

This command enables an application to query the current Carrier Details.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+COPS? +COPS:<ma_type>,<carrier name>, Displays the current service status.

<sys_id>,<net_id> - If MA not registered yet then
<sys_id>,<net_id> value displayed as
65535.

The following table shows the +COPS parameters.

Table 61. +COPS Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<ma_type> Network type (for example, CDMA)

<carrier name> Name of the carrier

<sys_id> System identification

<net_id> Network identification

Example

at+mode=2
OK

+MBAN: Copyright 2000-2003 Motorola, Inc.

at+cops?
+COPS: CDMA,Verizon Wireless,67,65535

OK

140 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] +CSQ, Query Received Signal Quality

This command returns the Signal Quality Measure <SQM> and the Frame Error Rate <FER>.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Set: ERROR Command is not supported.

AT+CSQ

Read: AT+CSQ? Returns the Signal Quality

AT+CSQ? <SQM>, <FER> Measurement <SQM> and the
OK Frame Error Rate <FER>.

Test: AT+CSQ=? Lists all supported values for

AT+CSQ=? CSQ: (0-31, 99), (0-7, 99) <SQM> and <FER>.
OK

The following table shows +CSQ parameters.

Table 62. +CSQ Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<SQM> 0-31 - Signal Quality Measurement.

99 - SQM is not known or is not detectable.
All other values are reserved.
Note: The exact meaning of the SQM is defined by the
manufacturer. The lowest quality reported by the
SQM is 00. The highest quality reported by the
SQM is 31.

<FER> 0 0.01%
1 0.01% to less than 0.1%
2 0.1% to less than 0.5%
3 0.5% to less than 1.0%
4 1.0% to less than 2.0%
5 2.0% to less than 4.0%
6 4.0% to less than 8.0%
7 =8.0%
99 <FER> is not known or is not detectable.
All other values are reserved.

Example

AT+CSQ
+CSQ: 98,1
Refer to “Test Results” on page 328, to view the +CSQ test results.

98-08901C65-C 141
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MCSQ, Motorola Query Received Signal Quality

The information in this section applies to release 3.06 and above.

Note

This command returns the Signal Quality Measure <SQM> and the Frame Error Rate <FER> and the real RSSI value in dbm
with the minus sign <RSSI>.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Commands Reference

The following table shows +MCSQ parameters.

Table 63. +CSQ Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<SQM> 0-31 Signal Quality Measurement.

99 SQM is not known or is not detectable.
All other values are reserved.
Note: The exact meaning of the SQM is defined by the
manufacturer. The lowest quality reported by the
SQM is defined as 00. The highest quality reported
by the SQM is 31..

<FER> 0 0.01%
1 0.01% to less than 0.1%
2 0.1% to less than 0.5%
3 0.5% to less than 1.0%
4 1.0% to less than 2.0%
5 2.0% to less than 4.0%
6 4.0% to less than 8.0%
7 =8.0%
99 <FER> is not known or is not detectable.
All other values are reserved.

(-120) - (-21) Real Power in dbm.

Example

AT+MCSQ
+MCSQ: 31, 99, -68
Refer to “Test Results” on page 328, to view the +CSQ test results.

142 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MAMPS

The information in this section applies to release 3.0F and above.

Note

This command enables the mobile set to analog or digital network.

Mode Activation

AT+MODE=2.

Test Command

Command Response/Action Remarks

+MAMPS=? +MAMPS: (0-1) 0 refers to digital

OK 1 refers to analog

Read Command

Command Response/Action Remarks

+MAMPS? +MAMPS: 0 0 refers to digital

OK 1 refers to analog
Or
+MAMPS: 1
OK

Set Command

Command Response/Action Remarks

+ MAMPS =0 OK
+ MAMPS =1

Example

AT+MODE=2 /*Enter P2K Mode */

OK
AT+MAMPS=? /*Test */
+MAMPS: (0-1)
OK
AT+MAMPS=? /*Read */
+MAMPS: 0

98-08901C65-C 143
AT Commands Reference

OK
AT+MAMPS=1 /*Set */
OK
AT+MAMPS=? /*Read */
+MAMPS: 1
OK

4.6 HW INFO

4.6.1 Hardware Information Commands

[Link] +GCAP, Request Overall Capabilities

This extended-format command causes the MT2 to transmit one or more lines of information text in a specific format. The
content is a list of additional capabilities command +<name>s, which is intended to permit the user of the MT2 to identify the
minimum capabilities of the MT2.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+GCAP +CIS707 An MT2 conforming to this standard

(+CIS707-A when IS-2000 is includes at least the following items,
defined), +MS, +ES, +DS, +FCLASS in the result code for the +GCAP
command:* +CIS707, +MS, +ES,
+DS, +FCLASS.

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+gcap
+GCAP: +CIS707-A, +MS, +ES, +DS, +FCLASS
OK

144 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] &C, Circuit 109 (Received Line Signal Detector) Behavior

The information in this section applies to release 3.06 and above.

Note

This command determines the data adapter (DCE) control of DCD behavior. Data Carrier Detect (DCD) pin is the RS-232 signal
pin that informs the DTE device (laptop) of the state of the DCE device communications channel.
This pin has few common names like DCD, CD or RLSD.

Note

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT&CX <X> Range is (0-2)

The following table shows &C parameters.

Table 64. &C Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<X> X=0 Data Carrier Detect pin Asserted (ON) at all times.
X=1 Indicates the connection status.
At IDLE state DCD is Deasserted (OFF).
When mobile Start Circuit Switch Data call or
Packet Data Call (when "CONNECT" appears)
Data Carrier Detect pin is Asserted (ON) and stay
ON during the call. When the call is ended DCD is
Deasserted (OFF).
X=2 Data Carrier Detect pin Asserted (ON) at all times
but will wink (Deassert briefly then re-Assert) at the
end of Packet Data Call.
Default value is 1.

on the ADB board (below URT1 connector) the DCD LED is turn on (illuminates) when DCD is Deasserted (OFF)
and the DCD LED is turn off (stop illuminate) when DCD is Asserted (ON). X=2 on release 4.07 will wink (Deassert
briefly then re-Assert) at the end of Packet Data Call only..
Note

98-08901C65-C 145
AT Commands Reference

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at&c0
OK
at&c1
OK
at&c2
OK

[Link] &D, Circuit 108 (Data Terminal Ready) Behavior

The information in this section applies to release 3.06 and above.

Note

This command defines Data adaptor (DCE) reaction to DTR signal. Data Terminal Ready (DTR) pin is the RS-232 signal that
the DTE device uses to drop the DCE communications channel.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT&DX <x> Range (0,2)

The following table shows &D parameters.

Table 65. &D Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<X> X=0 DTR transitions are ignored.

X=1 During Circuit Switch Data call (CSD) after a ON to
OFF DTR transition the Data Adapter (DCE)
returns to command mode, without dropping the
line.
During Packet Data Call after a ON to OFF DTR
transition the Data Adapter (DCE) end the data
call.
X=2 During Circuit Switch Data call (CSD) or During
Packet Data Call after a ON to OFF DTR
transition, the Data Adapter (DCE) end the data
call.
Default value is 2..

146 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

• on the ADB board (below URT1 connector) the DTR LED is turn on (illuminates) when DTR is OFF (Deasserted)
and the DTR LED is turn off (stop illuminate) when DTR is ON (Asserted).

Note • For testing AT&D1 during CSD call, a short jumper can be use to simulate DTR drop. By plugging it between the
DTR and GND pins at P113 pins group on the ADB. After a momentary short, the jumper can be taking out. The
DCE shell enters command mode (similar to at "+ ++" sequence) and the CSD call shell not dropped. After doing
some AT commands, to return back to CSD ON LINE state, type "ATO" (AT back to on-line command)..

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at&d0
OK
at&d1
OK
at&d2
OK

[Link] +CBC, Battery Charge Level

This command allows an accessory to query the charge level of the battery.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

get: +CBC: <bcs>,<bcl> <bcs> - Battery Status.

+CBC? Values 0-3 are GSM 07.07 definitions,
others are Motorola specific.
<bcl> - Battery Charge level.
0 indicates no battery,
1-100 indicates percent charge
remaining.

The following table shows battery status velues.

Table 66. Battery status values

<bcs> Description

0 Battery Powered.

1 Externally powered, battery connected.

98-08901C65-C 147
AT Commands Reference

Table 66. Battery status values

<bcs> Description

2 Externally powered, no battery connected.

3 Invalid power supply.

Example

at+mode=2
OK
21
AT+CBC
+CBC: 0,57
OK

[Link] +MSCTS, Enables/Disable WAKE_IN Line Control on C18 Sleep Mode

The information in this section applies to releases 3.0F and above or 4.08 and above.

Note

This command instructs the c18 to detect or to ignore the WAKE_IN line state changes and defines the behavior of the RS232
CTS line when the c18 is in sleep mode (or in normal mode). This command also affects RS232 CTS line behavior during
wakeup/sleep periods.
When MSCTS is set to ’1’, the WAKE_IN line enables the DTE to be constant awake by shorting the WAKE_IN line to ground
causing the CTS line to be constant asserted. When the DTE disconnects the WAKE_IN from ground (put it back to HIGH) the
DCE (c18) can enter sleep mode according to S24 time and the CTS line becomes constant deasserted.
• The command MSCTS=1 is functional only when S24>0.
• When MSCTS is set to ’0’, the WAKE_IN line is changed by the DTE and ignored by the DCE (c18).
Note

Set Command

The Set command configures the c18 CTS behavior and WAKE_IN line interrupt handling.
Mode=0

Command Response/Action

AT+MSCTS=<control> OK

148 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Read Command

The Read command returns the current control value.

Command Response/Action

AT+MSCTS? +MSCTS: <current control>

OK

Test Command

The Test command returns the possible control values.

Command Response/Action

AT+MSCTS=? +MSCTS:(0-1)
OK

The following table shows the +MSCTS parameters.

Table 67. +MSCTS Parameters

<bcs> Description

0 (default) In active mode, when S24 is set to ’0’, the CTS is used
as normal RS232 H/W Flow Control so CTS is usually
asserted when RS232 is operational. Line WAKE_IN
input changes are ignored by DTE (c18).
In Sleep Mode, when S24>0, the CTS follow the Main
Clock state, as follows:
• When the Main Clock is fast, the RS232 CTS line is
asserted.
• When the Main Clock is slow, the RS232 CTS line is
deasserted.
• Line WAKE_IN input changes are ignored by DTE
(c18).

1 RS232 CTS line state depends on the WAKE_IN line

state, as follows:
• When WAKE_IN line is active (short to ground), the
RS232 CTS line is constant asserted and the c18 will
be stayed awake all that time.
• When WAKE_IN line is inactive (open - high), the
RS232 CTS line is deasserted all that time (inactive),
and c18 can enter sleep mode according to the S24
value.

Example

AT+MSCTS =?
+MSCTS:(0-1)

98-08901C65-C 149
AT Commands Reference

OK
AT+MSCTS?
+MSCTS:0
OK
AT+MSCTS =1
OK
AT+MSCTS?
1
OK

4.7 AUDIO CONTROL COMMANDS

4.7.1 Audio Tone Commands

[Link] +CRTT, Ring Type Selection (P2K Compatible)

This command can play a cycle of a ring tone, stop this cycle in the middle and set a ring tone to be used from now forward until
a specific alert field.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Set OK Does the following:

AT+CRTT=<operation>, or: • Sets a ring type to a specific field.
[[<RingTypeNumber>,] ERROR • Plays one cycle of a specified ring
<AlertField>] type.
• Stops the played ring type.

Read [+CRTT: Returns the ring type number of every

AT+CRTT? <AlertField>,<RingTypeNumber>] available alert field.
[<CR><LF>+CRTT:
<AlertField>,<RingTypeNumber>]
…
OK

Test +CRTT:(<list of supported Returns the following:

AT+CRTT=? <operation>s),(<list of supported • List of supported operations.
<RingTypeNumber>s),(list of • List of supported ring types
supported <AlertFields>) numbers.
OK • List of supported alert fields.

150 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +CRTT parameters.

Table 68. +CRTT Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<operation> 0 Set ringer style to specific alert field

1 Play a specific ringer style
2 Stop the ringer style being played

98-08901C65-C 151
AT Commands Reference

Table 68. +CRTT Parameters (Continued)

<Parameter> Description

<RingTypeNumber> 0 SILENT
1 CONTINENTAL
2 CLASSIC
3 ATTENTION
4 SIREN
5 VIBE_DOT
6 VIBE_DASH
7 VIBE_DOT_DOT
8 VIBE_DOT_DASH
9 VIBE_PULSE
10 SNAGGLE
11 BEEP
12 DINGDONG
13 BITS_AND_BYTES
14 CHARGE
15 FUNK
16 BOOGIE
17 FIBONACCI
18 COSMIC
19 UH_OH
20 BOMBS_AWAY
21 RONDO_ALA_TURCA
22 BACH_INVENTION_1
23 TOCCATA_AND_FUGUE
24 CANON_IN_D
25 1812_OVERTURE
26 MAPLE_LEAF_RAG
27 NURSERY_RHYME
28 CUMPARASITA
29 NESSUN_DORMA
30 HAVA_NAGILA
31 CHINESE_MELODY
32 SONATA_IN_C
33 PATRIOTIC_1
34 PATRIOTIC_2
35 PATRIOTIC_3
36 CHIMES_HIGH
37 CHIMES_LOW
38 DING
39 TADA
40 NOTIFY
41 DRUM
42 CLAPS
43 FANFARE
44 CHORD_HIGH
45 CHORD_LOW

152 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 68. +CRTT Parameters (Continued)

<Parameter> Description

<AlertField> 0 CALLS
1 LINE_1
2 LINE_2
3 TEXT_MSG
4 WEB_MSG
5 INBOX
6 VOICE MAIL
7 INFO_SVCS
8 ANS_MACHINE
9 ALARMS
10 DATA_CALLS
11 FAX_CALLS

Example

AT+CRTT=?
+MCRS:(0-2),(0-31,36-45,255),(0,5-6,9-11,12)
OK

AT+CRTT?
+CRTT:0,1
+CRTT:5,45
+CRTT:6,13
+CRTT:9,12
+CRTT:10,17
+CRTT:11,17
OK

AT+CRTT=0,29,6
OK

AT+CRTT=0,32,5
ERROR

AT+CRTT=1,45
OK

AT+CRTT=2
OK

98-08901C65-C 153
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MCRS, Change Ring Style

This command changes and displays the current ring style.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Set <ring_style>
AT+MCRS=<ring_style> OK Sets the ring style.
0 Loud ring
1 Soft ring
2 Vibrate
3 Vibrate and ring
4 Silent

Read Returns the current ring style.

AT+MCRS? +MCRS: <ring_style>
OK

Test Returns the range of ring styles

AT+MCRS=? +MCRS: (0-4) supported by the command.

Example

AT+MCRS=?
+MCRS: (0-4)
OK

AT+MCRS?
+MCRS: LOUD RING
OK

AT+MCRS=2
OK

AT+MCRS?
+MCRS: VIBRATE
OK

[Link] +VTS, Start DTMF Tone

This command allows the transmission of a list of specified DTMF tones. Once the command has been accepted and processed,
it is not interruptable by other key presses. Thus, the command is not holding up processor time that would prevent other oper-

154 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

ations to be carried out while the tone is being transmitted. GSM valid phone number characters A, B, C, and D will not be
supported by this command.
The command allows the specification of a duration, in units of 100 milliseconds, for the specified DTMF tone to be transmitted.
This duration value can be individually set to a default value (for the use of this command) by the command, +VTD, described
later.
When the tone specified in the command has been started, it will only be stopped either when the duration (given in the command
or the saved value that is controlled by the command +VTD) has expired or when a stop DTMF tone command, +MVTSP, has
been received for the currently playing tone. Note that the duration can be set to value 0, which is defined to be no timeout, in
this case, the tone can only be stopped by explicitly sending a stop command.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Set Set the specified DTMF tone to transmit and <DTMFtone> -

+VTS=<DTMFtone>[,<duration>] optionally set the duration for this the equivalent tones for the ASCII
transmission. characters {0-9,#,*}, either
enclosed in quotation marks or
not.
<duration> - an unsigned integer
(0-600) in units of 100
milliseconds.

Read +VTS: (the <DTMFtone> currently being

+VTS? transmitted)
or
+CME ERROR: <err> - if no tone is
currently being transmitted

ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err> - returns error for the
set command if an unsupported DTMF tone
is specified or the duration is out of range.

Test +VTS: (list of <DTMFtone>s), (0-600: in

+VTS=? 100ms)

The GSM 07.07 specification is ambiguos with respect to the use of quotation marks with the +VTS command. For
this reason, +VTS has been implemented to accept the <DTMF tone> ASCII character both quoted and unquoted.

Note

Example

AT+VTS=?
+VTS: (0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,*,#),(0-600: in 100ms)
OK
AT+VTS=”8”,50
AT+VTS?

98-08901C65-C 155
AT Commands Reference

+VTS: 8
OK
AT+VTS=”*”
OK

[Link] +VTD, Set Default Tone Duration

This command sets the value of an integer <duration>, which defines the length of tones emitted as a result of the +VTS
command. A value different than zero causes a tone of duration <duration>/10 seconds. The value zero means no timeout, the
tone is being transmitted continuously until an explicit stop command is sent.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Set <duration> - an unsigned integer

+VTD=<duration> (0-600) in units of 100
milliseconds;
the default value is set to be 30,
which is 3 seconds;
the value 0 means no timeout.

Read +VTD: (the current <duration> value)

+VTD?
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err> - returns error for the
set command if the specified value is out of
the valid range.

Test +VTD: (0-600: in 100ms)

+VTD=?

Example

AT+VTD=?
+VTD: (0-600: in 100ms)
AT+VTD?
+VTD: 30
AT+VTD=600
OK
AT+VTD?
+VTD: 600
OK

156 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

4.7.2 +MA Audio Control Commands

[Link] +MASS, Hands-free Audio Processing

This command enables/disables the reporting of hands free audio start/stop messages. If the reporting of hands free audio
start/stop messages is enabled and the hands free audio starts or stops, an unsolicited message will be sent to report the event.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MASS=<mode> Enable/disable the asynchronous +MASS: <audio_type>,

hands free audio start/stop reporting <spkr_routing>, <mic_routing>

The following table shows the +MASS parameters.

Table 69. +MASS Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<mode> 0 Disable event reporting

1 Enable event reporting
Default is 0.

<msg> 0 Audio generation stopped

1 Voice type audio started
2 Alert type audio started (all ringers)
3 Any none DTMF key press tone started
4 DTMF key press tones started
5 Any network tones started
6 VA and VR started
7 VA started
8 VR started
9 VA output started

<spkr_routing> 0 No audio routing for speakerphone

1 Audio routed to private mode path (internally)
2 Audio routed to external path

<mic_routing> 0 No audio routing for microphone

1 Audio routed to internal microphone
2 Audio routed to external microphone

98-08901C65-C 157
AT Commands Reference

Example

AT+MASS=1
OK //Asynchronous handsfree audio start/stop reporting is enabled
+MASS:1, 1, 1 //This information is output automatically if voice type audio starts, and audio is routed
to the internal speakerphone and microphone
+MASS:1, 2, 2 //This information is output automatically if voice type audio starts, and audio is routed
to the external speakerphone and microphone
+MASS:0,0,0 //This information is output automatically if the audio generation stops
AT+MASS=0
OK //Asynchronous audio start/stop reporting is disabled, no message output if the audio
starts or stops

[Link] +MAPS, Hands-free Audio Processing

This private AT command sets and reports the radio’s audio processing states.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+MAPS=<att>,<state> OK Sets audio processing attribute

states.

AT+MAPS=? +MAPS: (list of supported Lists valid command input values.

<att>,<state> values)

AT+MAPS? +MAPS: <att>,<state> - returns Lists current audio processing

current state of mute path. attribute states.

The following table shows the +MAPS parameters.

Table 70. +MAPS Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<att> Downlink Path Parameter

0 Entertainment_Mute
1 Echo_Cancelation
2 Noise_Suppression

<state> Mute State parameter

0 Disable
1 Enable

158 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

AT+MAPS?
+MAPS: 0,1
+MAPS: 1,1
+MAPS: 2,0
OK
AT+MAPS=?
+MAPS: (0-2),(0-1)
OK
AT+MAPS=0,1
OK

[Link] +MMTC, Hands-free Audio Processing

This command sends an unsolicited message when asynchronous microphone mute status change reporting is enabled, and the
microphone mute status is changed.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MMTC=<n> +MMTC:<status> The new state of Enables/Disables asynchronous

the microphone mute. microphone mute status change
reporting.

The following table shows the +MMTC parameters.

Table 71. +MMTC Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<n> Microphone Mute Status Change Reporting integer

parameter
0 Disable
1 Enable
The default is 0.

Example

at+mode=2
OK
at+mmtc=1
OK

98-08901C65-C 159
AT Commands Reference

atd>"Eli"
D: VOICE
OK
+MMTC: 1 /* mute on */
+MMTC: 0 /* mute off */
ath
OK

[Link] +MMDL, Set Downlink Audio Path Mute

This command enables the accessory to request a mute/unmute of the downlink audio paths.
Speaker path can be muted only during an active voice call.

Note

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MMDL=<downlink path>,<setting> OK Sets mute/unmute state of downlink

path.

The following table shows the +MMDL parameters.

Table 72. +MMDL Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<downlink path> Downlink Path parameter

1 Speaker path
2 Alert path

<setting> Mute State parameter

0 Unmute downlink path
1 Mute downlink path

Example

AT+MMDL=1,1 //Mute speaker downlink paths during active voice call

OK
AT+MMDL=2,0 //Unmute only the downlink alert path
OK

160 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MAVL, Set/Request Volume Setting

This command enables an accessory to determine the current settings of all audio paths, as well as to change the setting of a
particular path. Only supported paths are returned when the current settings are requested. Only supported paths can be
modified. Attempts to modify unsupported paths result in an error code. Attempts to exceed the maximum volume level for the
path result in an error code.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MAVL? +MAVL: <path>,<setting> Reads current volume settings on all

paths.

+MAVL=<path>,<setting> OK Sets <path> to the new level

<setting>.

The following table shows the +MAVL parameters.

Table 73. +MAVL Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<path> The numeric path identifier

1 Ringer
2 Phone

<setting> The volume level to which the path is currently set.

Example

AT+MAVL?
+MAVL: 1,4
+MAVL: 2,2

AT+MAVL=1,6
+MAVL: 1,6

AT+MAVL=4,4
+CME ERROR: xx Path not available

AT+MAVL=2,19
+CME ERROR: xx Level out of range

98-08901C65-C 161
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MAPC, Audio Path Change Event

This command sends an unsolicited message when the asynchronous audio path change reporting is enabled and the audio path
is changed. The audio path names listed here should be consistent with the audio path names for the command +MAPTH.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MAPC=<n> +MAPC: <path> Enable/disable asynchronous audio

path change reporting.
This information is output when
asynchronous audio path change
reporting is enabled, and an audio
path change occurs.

The following table shows the +MAPC parameters.

Table 74. +MAPC Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<n> 0 Disable
1 Enable
The default is 0.

<path> Path name

1 Handset
2 Hands free
3 Speaker phone
4 Auto hands free

Example

+MAPC=1
OK //Asynchronous audio path change reporting is enabled

+MAPC:2 //This information is output automatically if the audio path is changed to Handsfree

+MAPC:1 //This information is output automatically if the audio path is changed to Handset

+MAPC=0 //Asynchronous audio path change reporting is disabled, no output if audio path is
changed after this point
OK

162 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MAMS, Set Audio Mode Selection

The information in this section applies to release 3.06 and above.

Note

This command enables the host application to set the audio mode selection during a call. This command is only valid during a
call. In all other cases, it returns ERROR.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+MAMS=[<voice_alg>], OK Allows the host application to set the

[<noise_reduct>],[<side_tone>], or: audio mode selection.
[<echo_suppress>] +CME ERROR: operation not
permitted

AT+MAMS? +MAMS: <voice_alg>, Enables the host application to view

<noise_reduct>,<side_tone>, the audio mode selection.
<short_echo_cancellation>

AT+MAMS=? +MAMS: (2),(0-1),(0),(0-4) Enables the host application to view

OK the command entry syntax.

The following table shows the +MAMS parameters.

Table 75. +MAMS Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<voice_alg> 2 Only Valid Value

<noise_reduct> 0 Off
1 On

<side_tone> 0 Off

<echo_suppress> 0 Off - EC off for all the audio routings.

1 VOC_EC_ESEC - Ear Seal Echo Cancellation.
2 VOC_EC_HEADSET - Echo cancellation for the
Headset audio routing.
3 VOC_EC_AEC (default) - Automatic Echo
Cancellation (EC would be on in the current active
audio routing).
4 VOC_EC_SPEAKER - Echo cancellation for the
Speaker audio routing.

98-08901C65-C 163
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MAPTH, Set/Request Audio Path

This command enables an accessory to determine the current audio path, and optionally to force the audio path to a particular
setting (such as forcing hands free mode). When the audio system is idle (no audio services are active) the default value of
“Hands free” is returned.
This command can also be used to obtain the list of paths that are supported in the current configuration.
Attempts to change to a non-supported audio path result in an error.
MAPTH controls the routing of voice audio only. Alerts are always routed externally.
Path 4, Auto Hands free, will not return an error, but currently has no effect.
Note

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MAPTH? +MAPTH: <path>[,<path>...] Requests the current active audio

path.

+MAPTH=? +MAPTH: <path>[,<path>...] Requests the supported audio paths.

+MAPTH=<path> OK Changes the audio path to the

requested path.

The following table shows the +MAPTH parameters.

Table 76. +MAPTH Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<path> Path name

1 Handset
2 Hands free
3 Speaker Phone
4 Auto Hands free

The “Speaker Phone” path is only valid if a built-in speaker phone exists in the portable.
“Auto Hands free” means that audio manager will decide where to route the audio path.
Note

Example

AT+MAPTH=?
+MAPTH: (1-4) //If the phone has a built-in speaker phone
+MAPTH: (1,2,4) //If the phone does not have a built-in speaker phone

AT+MAPTH?

164 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

+MAPTH: 2
AT+MAPTH=3
OK //If the phone has a built-in speaker phone
+CME ERROR: xx //If the phone does not have a built-in speaker phone
AT+MAPTH=5
+CME ERROR: xx

[Link] +MAFVL, Set/Request Fixed Audio Level

This command allows the accessory to set the ringer and SU speaker volume levels to a fixed value and lock out the keypad
volume control.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MAFVL=<n>[,<rsetting>,<psetting>] OK Sets the fixed audio level state.

+MAFVL? +MAFVL: <n> Requests current fixed audio level

state.

The following table shows the +MAFVL parameters.

Table 77. +MAFVL Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<n> 0 Fixed audio level off.

1 Fixed audio level on.

<rsetting> The audio level at which to fix the ringer volume

(required when enabling fixed audio level).

<psetting> The audio level at which to fix the SU volume

(required when enabling fixed audio level).

Example

AT+MAFVL?
+MAVFL: 0
AT+MAFVL=1,4,4
OK
AT+MAFVL=0
OK

98-08901C65-C 165
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +CMUT, Muting Voice Calls

This command enables/disables muting during a voice call. It has no effect in idle mode. A new call always begins in an unmuted
state, regardless of this command’s last setting.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+CMUT=<n> OK Enables and disables uplink voice

or: muting during a voice call.
ERROR

AT+CMUT? +CMUT: <n> Displays the current settings.

AT+CMUT=? +CMUT: list of supported <n>s Tests whether the command is

OK supported.
or:
ERROR

The following table shows the +CMUT parameters.

Table 78. +CMUT Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<n> 0 Mute Off

1 Mute On

166 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

4.8 ACCESS

4.8.1 Access Control Commands

[Link] +MLCK, Phone Lock Status Change Event

This command locks the phone after the appropriate unlock code has been provided. The locking procedure requires an unlock
code verification to ensure that the user will not lock the phone without having the proper code to unlock it afterwards.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+MLCK=<pin> OK Executes the command to lock the

phone.

The following table shows the +MLCK parameters.

Table 79. +MLCK Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<pin> Current PIN.

Unlock code verification (string of 4 bytes).

Example

AT+MLCK=”0000” //Assume unlock code is “1234”

+CME ERROR: INCORRECT_PASSWORD

AT+MLCK=”1234”
OK

[Link] +MPIN, Unlock Phone

This command enables the accessory application to unlock the phone when the appropriate unlock code has been provided.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

98-08901C65-C 167
AT Commands Reference

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+MPIN=<pin> OK Executes the command to unlock the

phone.

AT+MPIN? +MPIN: <code> Returns an integer indicating whether

OK the phone unlock code is required.
This is an independent phone lock
status check only.

The following table shows the +MPIN parameters.

Table 80. +MPIN Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<pin> Current PIN.

<newpin> Unlock code, a string of length 4.

<code> READY Phone is not waiting for an

unlock code.
UNLOCK CODE Phone is waiting for the unlock
code.

Example

AT+MPIN?
+MPIN: UNLOCK CODE
OK

AT+MPIN=”1234” //Unlock, lock code is “1234”

OK
AT+MPIN?
+MPIN: READY
OK

AT+MPIN=”1234” //Attempt to unlock when not locked, OK is returned

OK

AT+MPIN?
+MPIN: READY
OK

168 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

4.9 MODEM CONFIGURATION AND PROFILES (S-REGISTERS)

4.9.1 Modem Register Commands

[Link] &F, Set to Factory Defined Configuration

When this command (or AT&Fn) is received on either the Rm or Um interface, the configuration stored in the phone reverts to
the configuration specified by the manufacturer's factory default setting. The phone closes the transport layer connection, if
open.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT&F OK
AT&Fn or:
ERROR

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at&f
OK

[Link] &V, Dump Configuration Parameters

The information in this section applies to release 3.0F and above.

Note

This command dumps the status of all AT parameters, including the single-letter parameters not otherwise readable, but does
not include the +QC parameters. It also displays the configuration of the active profile, stored profile 0 and stored profile 1.

98-08901C65-C 169
AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

&V <Status AT commands List>

ACTIVE PROFILE:
… (profile data)
STORED PROFILE 0:
… (profile data)
STORED PROFILE 1:
… (profile data)
OK

Example

at&v
&C: 2; &D: 2; &F: 0; E: 1; L: 0; M: 0; Q: 0; V: 1; X: 4; Z: 0; S0: 0S10: 14; S11: 95; S3: 13; S4: 10; S5: 8; S6: 2; S7: 50; S8: 2;
S9: 6 +FCLASS: 0; +CFG: ""; +FCC: 0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0; +FIS: 0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0 +CDR: 0; +CDS: 0,1,2048,6; +CFC: 0; +CQD: 10;
+CRC: 0; +CRM: 0; +CTA: 0 +CXT: 0; +DR: 0; +DS: 3,0,2048,6; +EB: 1,0,30; +EFCS: 1; +ER: 0 +ES: 3,0,2; +ESR: 1;
+ETBM: 1,1,20; +FAA: 0; +FAP: 0,0,0; +FBO: 0+FBU: 0; +FCQ: 1,0; +FCR: 0; +FCT: 1E; +FEA: 0; +FFC: 0,0,0,0; +FHS:
0+FIE: 0; +FIP: 0; +FLI: ""; +FLO: 1; +FLP: 0; +FMS: 0; +FNR: 0,0,0,0+FNS: ""; +FPA: ""; +FPI: ""; +FPP: 0; +FPR: 8;
+FPS: 1; +FPW: ""+FRQ: 0,0; +FRY: 0; +FSA: ""; +FSP: 0; +ICF: 3,3; +IFC: 2,2; +ILRR: 0 +IPR: 19200; +MA: ; +MR: 0;
+MS: ; +MV18R: 0; +MV18S: 0,0,0; +CMUX: C,2 +MODE: 0; +MAMS: 2,1,0,3

ACTIVE PROFILE:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2 &Y0
S00:000 S03:013 S04:010 S05:008 S06:002 S07:050 S08:002 S09:006 S10:014 S11:095

STORED PROFILE 0:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2
S00:000 S03:013 S04:010 S05:008 S06:002 S07:050 S08:002 S09:006 S10:014 S11:095

STORED PROFILE 1:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2
S00:000 S03:013 S04:010 S05:008 S06:002 S07:050 S08:002 S09:006 S10:014 S11:095
OK

170 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] V, DCE Response Format

This command returns the DCE response format.

Mode Activation

MODE=0 and MODE=2.

Command Type AT Command Response/Action

Set Command both for MODE=0 and ATV0 Display result codes as numbers
MODE=2

Set Command both for MODE=0 and ATV1 Display result codes as words
MODE=2

Read Command in MODE 0 AT&V The forth field from the response
beginning.
V: 0;
Or
V: 1;

Read Command in MODE 2 ATV? V: 0

OK
or
V: 1
OK

The following table shows the V parameters.

Table 81. V Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<V0> Display result codes as numbers.

<V1> Display result codes as words.

Example 1

at+mode=0
OK
atv1
OK
atv0
0tv0

98-08901C65-C 171
AT Commands Reference

Example 2

at+mode=0
OK
at&v
&C: 1; &D: 2; &F: 0; E: 1; L: 0; M: 0; Q: 0; V: 1; X: 4; Z: 0; S0: 0
S10: 14; S11: 95; S3: 13; S4: 10; S5: 8; S6: 2; S7: 50; S8: 2; S9: 6
+FCLASS: 0; +CFG: ""; +FCC: 0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0; +FIS: 0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0
+CDR: 0; +CDS: 0,1,2048,6; +CFC: 0; +CQD: 10; +CRC: 0; +CRM: 0; +CTA: 0
+CXT: 0; +DR: 0; +DS: 3,0,2048,6; +EB: 1,0,30; +EFCS: 1; +ER: 0
+ES: 3,0,2; +ESR: 1; +ETBM: 1,1,20; +FAA: 0; +FAP: 0,0,0; +FBO: 0
+FBU: 0; +FCQ: 1,0; +FCR: 0; +FCT: 1E; +FEA: 0; +FFC: 0,0,0,0; +FHS: 0
+FIE: 0; +FIP: 0; +FLI: ""; +FLO: 1; +FLP: 0; +FMS: 0; +FNR: 0,0,0,0
+FNS: ""; +FPA: ""; +FPI: ""; +FPP: 0; +FPR: 8; +FPS: 1; +FPW: ""
+FRQ: 0,0; +FRY: 0; +FSA: ""; +FSP: 0; +ICF: 3,3; +IFC: 2,2; +ILRR: 0
+IPR: 19200; +MA: ; +MR: 0; +MS: ; +MV18R: 0; +MV18S: 0,0,0; +CMUX: C,2
+MODE: 0; +MAMS: 2,1,0,3
+CPAS: 0,1,0,2,1,0,3,1279477291,0,18226048,0,34048,0,0,2050,1397311019,0,1822610
0,0,400,0,0,4,1229079339,0
+CSO: 65535; +CPARM: ""; +CREG: 0,2; +CIMSI: ""; +MNAM: ""; +MNAM2: ""
+MNAM3: ""; +MIPERR: 1; +CPRL1: ""; +CPRL2: ""; +CPRL3: ""; +RESET: ""
+SNAM: 3925868615; +ERTST: 3925868615
OK
ate0
OK //Do not display Command Echo
ate1
OK
at+mode=2
OK
+MBAN: Copyright 2000-2003 Motorola, Inc.
ate?
E: 1
ate0
OK //Do not display Command Echo
ate1
OK

172 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] Q, Result Code Suppression

This command enables/disables the DCE to transmit result codes to the DTE. When result codes are suppressed, no portion of
any intermediate, final or unsolicited result code is transmitted. The information text in response to commands is not affected
by this command.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

ATQ OK
or:
No response

The following table shows the Q parameters.

Table 82. Q Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<Q0> Return result codes.

<Q1> Do not return result codes.

Example

at+mode=0
OK
atq0
OK
atq1

98-08901C65-C 173
AT Commands Reference

[Link] E, Command Echo

The information in this section applies to release 4.07 and above.

Note

This command determines whether the TA echoes characters received from the TE during command state and on-line command
state.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0 and Mode=2.

AT Command Description

ATE0 Do not echo commands in command

state or online command state.

ATE1 Echo commands in command state or

online command state.

Read Command in Mode 0

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT&V The forth field from the response

beginning.
E: 0;
Or
E: 1;

Read Command in Mode 1

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

ATE? E: 0
OK
or
E: 1
OK

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at&v
&C: 1; &D: 2; &F: 0; E: 1; L: 0; M: 0; Q: 0; V: 1; X: 4; Z: 0; S0: 0

174 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

S10: 14; S11: 95; S3: 13; S4: 10; S5: 8; S6: 2; S7: 50; S8: 2; S9: 6
+FCLASS: 0; +CFG: ""; +FCC: 0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0; +FIS: 0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0
+CDR: 0; +CDS: 0,1,2048,6; +CFC: 0; +CQD: 10; +CRC: 0; +CRM: 0; +CTA: 0
+CXT: 0; +DR: 0; +DS: 3,0,2048,6; +EB: 1,0,30; +EFCS: 1; +ER: 0
+ES: 3,0,2; +ESR: 1; +ETBM: 1,1,20; +FAA: 0; +FAP: 0,0,0; +FBO: 0
+FBU: 0; +FCQ: 1,0; +FCR: 0; +FCT: 1E; +FEA: 0; +FFC: 0,0,0,0; +FHS: 0
+FIE: 0; +FIP: 0; +FLI: ""; +FLO: 1; +FLP: 0; +FMS: 0; +FNR: 0,0,0,0
+FNS: ""; +FPA: ""; +FPI: ""; +FPP: 0; +FPR: 8; +FPS: 1; +FPW: ""
+FRQ: 0,0; +FRY: 0; +FSA: ""; +FSP: 0; +ICF: 3,3; +IFC: 2,2; +ILRR: 0
+IPR: 19200; +MA: ; +MR: 0; +MS: ; +MV18R: 0; +MV18S: 0,0,0; +CMUX: C,2
+MODE: 0; +MAMS: 2,1,0,3
+CPAS: 0,1,0,2,1,0,3,1279477291,0,18226048,0,34048,0,0,2050,1397311019,0,1822610
0,0,400,0,0,4,1229079339,0
+CSO: 65535; +CPARM: ""; +CREG: 0,2; +CIMSI: ""; +MNAM: ""; +MNAM2: ""
+MNAM3: ""; +MIPERR: 1; +CPRL1: ""; +CPRL2: ""; +CPRL3: ""; +RESET: ""
+SNAM: 3925868615; +ERTST: 3925868615

OK

ate0
OK //Do not display Command Echo
ate1
OK

at+mode=2
OK

+MBAN: Copyright 2000-2003 Motorola, Inc.

ate?
E: 1
ate0
OK //Do not display Command Echo
ate1
OK

98-08901C65-C 175
AT Commands Reference

[Link] X, Result Code Selection and Call Progress Monitoring Control

This command selects the result codes and monitors the call progress.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

ATX <X0>
<X1>
<X2>
<X3>
<X4>

The following table shows the X parameters.

Table 83. X Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<X0> Send a CONNECT message when a connection is

established by blind dialing. Ignores dial tone and busy
signal.

<X1> Enable additional result code CONNECT <rate>. Disable

dial tone and busy detection.

<X2> Enable additional result codes CONNECT <rate> and

NO DIALTONE. Disable busy detection. Enable dial tone
detection.

<X3> Enable additional result codes CONNECT <rate> and

BUSY. Enable busy detection. Disable dial tone
detection.

<X4> Enable additional result codes CONNECT <rate>, BUSY

and NO DIALTONE. Enable busy and dial tone
detection.

176 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

atx0
OK
atx1
OK
atx2
OK
atx3
OK
atx4
OK

[Link] S0, Automatic Answer

This S-parameter controls the automatic answering feature for the voice/data calls to the SU. If set to 0, automatic answering is
disabled. If set to a non-zero value, it shall cause the SU to answer voice/data calls when the incoming call indication
(RING or +CRING) has occurred the number of times indicated by the value.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

Register Response/Action Remarks

ATS0=<n> OK <n> = 0: Automatic answering is disabled (default).

<n> = 1 to 255: Enable automatic answering on the ring
number specified.

ATS0? Returns the current value.

Example

ATS0?
000
OK
ATS0=001
OK
ATS0?
001
OK

98-08901C65-C 177
AT Commands Reference

[Link] S3, Command Line Termination Character

This Basic S-Register returns the carriage return character value.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

Register Response/Action Remarks

ATS3 13

Example

at+mode=0
OK
ats3?
013
OK

[Link] S4, Response Formatting/Line Feed Code Character

This Basic S-Register provides the response formatting/line feed code character.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

Register Response/Action Remarks

ATS4 10

Example

at+mode=0
OK
ats4?
010
OK

178 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] S5, Command Line Backspace Character

This Basic S-Register provides the backspace character.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

Register Value Remarks

ATS5 8

Example

at+mode=0
OK
ats5?
008
OK

[Link] S6, Pause Before Blind Dialing

This Basic S-Register pauses before blind dialing.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

Register Response/Action Remarks

ATS6 2 to 10
Default value is 2.

Example

at+mode=0
OK
ats6?
002
OK
ats6=005
OK

98-08901C65-C 179
AT Commands Reference

[Link] S7, Number of Seconds to Establish End-to-End Data Connection

This Basic S-Register is used by the IWF to time-out a PSTN data call connection and send a NO CARRRIER result code on
the Um interface.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

Register Response/Action Remarks

ATS7 1 to 255
Default value is 50.

Example

ats7?
050
OK
ats7=120
OK

[Link] S8, Number of Seconds to Pause When “,” Is Encountered in a Dial String.

This Basic S-Register is used by the IWF in multi-stage dialing to time the period of the "," dial modifier.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

Register Response/Action Remarks

ATS8 0 to 255
Default value is 2.

Example

ats8?
002
OK
ats8=017
OK

180 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] S9, Carrier Detect Threshold

This Basic S-Register is used by the IWF as the period in which to detect a PSTN segment carrier and return carrier detection
signaling to the phone.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

Register Response/Action Remarks

ATS9 0 to 255
Default value is 6.

Example

ats9?
006
OK
ats9=009
OK

[Link] S10, Number of 0.1 Seconds from Carrier Loss to Disconnect

This Basic S-Register is used by the IWF to determine the maximum time to remain connected to the PSTN line after detecting
the absence of a received line signal. If this register is set to 255, the IWF assumes a carrier is always present.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

Register Response/Action Remarks

ATS10 1 to 254 Number of 0.1 seconds to

remain connected.
255 Disable carrier detect.
Default value is 14.

Example

ats10?
014
OK
ats10=025
OK

98-08901C65-C 181
AT Commands Reference

[Link] S11, DTMF Tone Duration and Spacing

This Basic S-Register provides the DTMF tone duration and spacing.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

Register Response/Action Remarks

ATS11 50 to 255
Default value is 95.

Example

ats11?
095
OK
ats11=254
OK

[Link] Z, Reset to Default Configuration

This command resets the phone to the default configuration. When this command is received, the phone closes the transport
layer connection, if open.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

ATZ0 OK

Example

at+mode=0
OK
atz0 //Reset the phone to the default configuration
OK

[Link] AT&W

This command stores parameters’ values into their flash memory items. Enable this command to define the parameters’ values
at module power up or after reset.

182 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The information in this section applies to release 3.14 and above.

Note

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT&W[<n>] OK AT&Wn = {AT&W, AT&W0, AT&W1}

or n={NULL, 0, 1}
ERROR

Parameter Description

<n> NV storage target location.

Empty AT&W stores current active S0, $QCVAD and IPR to the NV.
The current active S0 is stored to the user profile ’0’, while current active values of
$QCVAD and IPR are stored to the proper NV items.

0 Store as user profile ’0’

AT&W0 stores the current active configuration of E, Q, V, X, &C &D, S0, S3, S4,
S5, S6, S7, S8, S9, S10, S11 as the user profile ’0’ in the NV.
The default value is 0.

1 Store as user profile ’1’

AT&W1 stores the current active configuration of E, Q, V, X, &C &D, S0, S3, S4,
S5, S6, S7, S8, S9, S10, S11 as the user profile ’1’ in the NV.

The table below summarizes which parameter can be stored or fetch per the used command.

Command (Y=Store to NV, N= Don’t store to NV)

Parameter AT&W AT&W0 AT&W1 AT&Y0 AT&Y1

S0 Y (Note 2) Y Y Y Y

$QCVAD Y N N N N

IPR Y N N N N

E, Q, V, X, &C, &D N Y Y Y Y
S3, S4, S5, S6, S7, S8, S9, S10, S11

98-08901C65-C 183
AT Commands Reference

The command AT&W stores S0 into Profile 0. Even when profile 1 (AT&Y1) is in use and S0 has been changed,
then if AT&W is used, the current S0 is saved to Profile 0 NV.

Note If the module uses profile 1, saving S0 to profile1 can be done using AT&W1.
By default, S0 is taken from Profile 0 and its default value is 0. $QCVAD and IPR are taken from their NV items,
which are the last active values that were stored using AT&W. The default value for $QCVAD is 0 and for IPR is
19200.
The value for E, Q, V, X, &C, &D and S3-S11 depend on the last AT&Y0 or AT&Y1, which selects the active profile.
By default, the active profile is profile 0.
The stored profile will be active in accordance with the AT&Yn settings command. To return the values to their
defaults, use AT&F command (ATZ is improper). To see the active configuration and stored profiles, use AT&V
report command.

Example

at+ipr?
+IPR:19200
OK
at+ipr=2400
OK
/* Change the Terminal baud rate from 19200 to 2400 */
at+ipr?
+IPR:2400
OK
ats0?
000
OK
ats0=5
OK
ats0?
005
OK
at$qcvad?
$QCVAD:0
OK
at$qcvad=2
OK
at$qcvad?
$QCVAD:2
OK
at&w

184 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

OK
Power down the SU.
Power up the SU.
ats0?
005
OK
at+ipr?
+IPR:2400
OK
at$qcvad?
$QCVAD:2
OK

Example 2

at&v
&C: 1; &D: 2; &F: 0; &W: 0; &Y: 0; E: 1; L: 0; M: 0; Q: 0; V: 1; X: 4
Z: 0; S0: 0; S10: 14; S11: 95; S3: 13; S4: 10; S5: 8; S6: 2; S7: 50
S8: 2; S9: 6; S24: 0; S99: 30; S100: 1; +FCLASS: 0; +CFG: ""
+FCC: 0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0; +FIS: 0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0; +CDR: 0; +CDS: 0,1,2048,6
+CFC: 0; +CQD: 10; +CRC: 0; +CLIP: 0; +CRM: 0; +CTA: 20; +CXT: 0; +DR: 0
+DS: 3,0,2048,6; +EB: 1,0,30; +EFCS: 1; +ER: 0; +ES: 3,0,2; +ESR: 1
+ETBM: 1,1,20; +FAA: 0; +FAP: 0,0,0; +FBO: 0; +FBU: 0; +FCQ: 1,0
+FCR: 0; +FCT: 1E; +FEA: 0; +FFC: 0,0,0,0; +FHS: 0; +FIE: 0; +FIP: 0
+FLI: ""; +FLO: 1; +FLP: 0; +FMS: 0; +FNR: 0,0,0,0; +FNS: ""; +FPA: ""
+FPI: ""; +FPP: 0; +FPR: 8; +FPS: 1; +FPW: ""; +FRQ: 0,0; +FRY: 0
+FSA: ""; +FSP: 0; +ICF: 3,3; +IFC: 2,2; +ILRR: 0; +IPR: 19200; +MA:
+MR: 0; +MS: ; +MV18R: 0; +MV18S: 0,0,0; +CMUX: C,2; +MODE: 0
+MAMS: 2,1,0,3; +CPAS: 0,1,0,2; +CSO: 33; +CPARM: ""; +CREG: 0,2; +CIMSI: ""; +MNAM: ""; +MNAM2: ""
+MNAM3: ""; +CPRL1: ""; +CPRL2: ""; +CPRL3: ""; +RESET: ""
+SNAM: 3925868615; +MSCTS: 0; +CTXP: ""; +CMODE: 0; +CFREQ: ""
ACTIVE PROFILE:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2 &Y0
S00:000 S03:013 S04:010 S05:008 S06:002 S07:050 S08:002 S09:006 S10:014 S11:095
STORED PROFILE 0:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2
S00:000 S03:013 S04:010 S05:008 S06:002 S07:050 S08:002 S09:006 S10:014 S11:095
STORED PROFILE 1:

98-08901C65-C 185
AT Commands Reference

E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2
S00:000 S03:013 S04:010 S05:008 S06:002 S07:050 S08:002 S09:006 S10:014 S11:095
OK
at&y1
OK
ats6=9
OK
ats7=6
OK
ats9=11
OK
ats10=20
OK
ats11=200
OK
at&w1
OK
at+reset
OK
at&v
&C: 1; &D: 2; &F: 0; &W: 0; &Y: 1; E: 1; L: 0; M: 0; Q: 0; V: 1; X: 4
Z: 0; S0: 0; S10: 20; S11: 200; S3: 13; S4: 10; S5: 8; S6: 9; S7: 6
S8: 2; S9: 11; S24: 0; S99: 30; S100: 1; +FCLASS: 0; +CFG: ""
+FCC: 0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0; +FIS: 0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0; +CDR: 0; +CDS: 0,1,2048,6
+CFC: 0; +CQD: 10; +CRC: 0; +CLIP: 0; +CRM: 0; +CTA: 20; +CXT: 0; +DR: 0
+DS: 3,0,2048,6; +EB: 1,0,30; +EFCS: 1; +ER: 0; +ES: 3,0,2; +ESR: 1
+ETBM: 1,1,20; +FAA: 0; +FAP: 0,0,0; +FBO: 0; +FBU: 0; +FCQ: 1,0
+FCR: 0; +FCT: 1E; +FEA: 0; +FFC: 0,0,0,0; +FHS: 0; +FIE: 0; +FIP: 0
+FLI: ""; +FLO: 1; +FLP: 0; +FMS: 0; +FNR: 0,0,0,0; +FNS: ""; +FPA: ""
+FPI: ""; +FPP: 0; +FPR: 8; +FPS: 1; +FPW: ""; +FRQ: 0,0; +FRY: 0
+FSA: ""; +FSP: 0; +ICF: 3,3; +IFC: 2,2; +ILRR: 0; +IPR: 19200; +MA:
+MR: 0; +MS: ; +MV18R: 0; +MV18S: 0,0,0; +CMUX: C,2; +MODE: 0
+MAMS: 2,1,0,3; +CPAS: 0,1,0,2; +CSO: 33; +CPARM: ""; +CREG: 0,2; +CIMSI: ""; +MNAM: ""; +MNAM2: ""
+MNAM3: ""; +CPRL1: ""; +CPRL2: ""; +CPRL3: ""; +RESET: ""
+SNAM: 3925868615; +MSCTS: 0; +CTXP: ""; +CMODE: 0; +CFREQ: ""
ACTIVE PROFILE:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2 &Y1

186 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

S00:000 S03:013 S04:010 S05:008 S06:009 S07:006 S08:002 S09:011 S10:020 S11:200
STORED PROFILE 0:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2
S00:000 S03:013 S04:010 S05:008 S06:002 S07:050 S08:002 S09:006 S10:014 S11:095
STORED PROFILE 1:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2
S00:000 S03:013 S04:010 S05:008 S06:009 S07:006 S08:002 S09:011 S10:020 S11:200
OK
at&f
OK
at+reset
OK
at&v
&C: 1; &D: 2; &F: 0; &W: 0; &Y: 0; E: 1; L: 0; M: 0; Q: 0; V: 1; X: 4
Z: 0; S0: 0; S10: 14; S11: 95; S3: 13; S4: 10; S5: 8; S6: 2; S7: 50
S8: 2; S9: 6; S24: 0; S99: 30; S100: 1; +FCLASS: 0; +CFG: ""
+FCC: 0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0; +FIS: 0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0; +CDR: 0; +CDS: 0,1,2048,6
+CFC: 0; +CQD: 10; +CRC: 0; +CLIP: 0; +CRM: 0; +CTA: 20; +CXT: 0; +DR: 0
+DS: 3,0,2048,6; +EB: 1,0,30; +EFCS: 1; +ER: 0; +ES: 3,0,2; +ESR: 1
+ETBM: 1,1,20; +FAA: 0; +FAP: 0,0,0; +FBO: 0; +FBU: 0; +FCQ: 1,0
+FCR: 0; +FCT: 1E; +FEA: 0; +FFC: 0,0,0,0; +FHS: 0; +FIE: 0; +FIP: 0
+FLI: ""; +FLO: 1; +FLP: 0; +FMS: 0; +FNR: 0,0,0,0; +FNS: ""; +FPA: ""
+FPI: ""; +FPP: 0; +FPR: 8; +FPS: 1; +FPW: ""; +FRQ: 0,0; +FRY: 0
+FSA: ""; +FSP: 0; +ICF: 3,3; +IFC: 2,2; +ILRR: 0; +IPR: 19200; +MA:
+MR: 0; +MS: ; +MV18R: 0; +MV18S: 0,0,0; +CMUX: C,2; +MODE: 0
+MAMS: 2,1,0,3; +CPAS: 0,1,0,2; +CSO: 33; +CPARM: ""; +CREG: 0,2; +CIMSI: ""; +MNAM: ""; +MNAM2: ""
+MNAM3: ""; +CPRL1: ""; +CPRL2: ""; +CPRL3: ""; +RESET: ""
+SNAM: 3925868615; +MSCTS: 0; +CTXP: ""; +CMODE: 0; +CFREQ: ""
ACTIVE PROFILE:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2 &Y0
S00:000 S03:013 S04:010 S05:008 S06:002 S07:050 S08:002 S09:006 S10:014 S11:095
STORED PROFILE 0:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2
S00:000 S03:013 S04:010 S05:008 S06:002 S07:050 S08:002 S09:006 S10:014 S11:095
STORED PROFILE 1:
E1 Q0 V1 X4 &C1 &D2
S00:000 S03:013 S04:010 S05:008 S06:002 S07:050 S08:002 S09:006 S10:014 S11:095
OK

98-08901C65-C 187
AT Commands Reference

[Link] S24, Set Number of Seconds Delay Before C18 Enters Sleep Mode

The information in this section applies to release 3.0F and above.

Note

This command activates/disables the sleep mode. The terminal sends ATS24=5, and if there are no radio and UART activities,
the c18 enters sleep mode in 5 seconds.
If terminal has some indication of the CTS pin activity, it can see:
• If +MSCTS=0 (default), the line changes its state periodically. For more information refer to “+MSCTS, Enables/Disable
WAKE_IN Line Control on C18 Sleep Mode” on page 148".
• If +MSCTS=1, the line is switched off at the moment of entering sleep mode and stays off even if c18 is awakened.

Set Command

The Set command sets the amount of time, in seconds; the c18 should wait before entering sleep mode.

Command Response/Action

AT24=[<value>] OK

Read Command

The Read command returns the current value.

Command Response/Action

AT24? <value>
OK

Test Command

The Test command returns the possible value.

Command Response/Action

ATS24=? S24: (list of supported <value>)

OK

188 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the S24 parameters.

Table 84. S24 Parameters

<bcs> Description

<value> Number of seconds (0 <= n <= 255)

0 Disable sleep mode
>0 Enable sleep mode
The default value is 0.

Example

ATS24?
000
OK
ATS24=5
OK
ATS24?
005
OK
ATS24=?
S24: (0-255
OK

[Link] S99, Set Number of m-seconds before sending data to DTE

The information in this section applies to release 3.0F and above.

Note

This command defines the duration in [m-sec] of the delay for DTE waking up.
When ATS99=x, the pulse length is 2x before data transmission begin.
Default value of S99 is 30m-sec.

Set Command

The Set command sets the amount of time, in [m-sec]; the c18 should wait before sending data to DTE.

Command Response/Action

AT99=[<value>] OK

98-08901C65-C 189
AT Commands Reference

Read Command

The Read command returns the current value.

Command Response/Action

AT99? <value>
OK

Test Command

The Test command returns the possible value.

Command Response/Action

ATS99=? S99: : (list of supported <value>)

OK

The following table shows the S99 parameters.

Table 85. S99 Parameters

<bcs> Description

<value> Number of [m-sec] (1 <= n <= 255)

The default value is 30.

Example

ATS99?
030
OK
ATS99=5
OK
ATS99?
005
OK
ATS99=?
S99: (1-255)
OK

190 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] S100, Set Number of Seconds to avoid Frequent Wakeup Interrupts and Low
Throughput from the Last Sent Character to DTE

The information in this section applies to release 3.0F and above.

Note

The S100 use to avoid frequent wakeup interrupts and low throughput, the c18 will use wakeup output indication for data only
after S100 seconds elapsed from the last sent character to DTE.
Default value of ATS100 is 1 second.

Set Command

The Set command sets the amount of time, in seconds; the c18 should avoid frequent wakeup interrupts and low throughput.

Command Response/Action

AT100=[<value>] OK

Read Command

The Read command returns the current value.

Command Response/Action

AT100? <value>
OK

Test Command

The Test command returns the possible value.

Command Response/Action

ATS100=? S100: (list of supported <value>)

OK

The following table shows the S100 parameters.

Table 86. Battery status values

<bcs> Description

<value> Number of seconds] (1 <= n <= 255).

The default value is 1 second.

98-08901C65-C 191
AT Commands Reference

Example

ATS100?
001
OK
ATS100=5
OK
ATS100?
005
OK
ATS100=?
S100: (1-255)
OK

[Link] AT&Y

The information in this section applies to release 3.0F and above.

Note

This command selects power up configuration as user's profile 0 or 1.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT&Y[<n>] OK
or
ERROR

Parameter Description

<n> User's profile number:

0 - Selects power up configuration as user's profile 0
1 - Selects power up configuration as user's profile 1

192 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

at&y0 /* Selects power up configuration as user's profile 0 */

OK

at&y1 /* Selects power up configuration as user's profile 1 */

OK

at&y2
ERROR

4.9.2 Error Handling Commands

[Link] +CMS, Error Codes

This command contains the codes that are returned for extended error status in response to an SMS command that failed. Codes
above 511 are Motorola-specific error codes.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

Table 87. +CMS Error Codes

Code Description

300 ME failure

301 SMS service of ME reserved

302 Operation not allowed

303 Operation not supported

305 Invalid text mode parameter

320 Memory failure

321 Invalid memory index

322 Memory full

330 SMSC address unknown

331 No network service

332 Network timeout

98-08901C65-C 193
AT Commands Reference

Table 87. +CMS Error Codes (Continued)

Code Description

500 Unknown error

...511 Other values in range 256...511 are reserved

512... Manufacturer specific

512 Network busy — MOTOROLA-specific

513 Invalid destination address — MOTOROLA-specific

514 Invalid message body length — MOTOROLA-specific

515 Phone is not in service — MOTOROLA-specific

516 Invalid preferred memory storage — MOTOROLA-specific

517 User terminated — MOTOROLA-specific

[Link] +EB, Break Handling in Error Control Operation

This extended-format compound parameter controls the behavior of the V.42 operation on the PSTN link (if present in the IWF).

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+EB OK
or:
ERROR

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+eb?
+EB: 1,0,30
OK

194 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

at+eb=?
ERROR
at+eb=1,1,250
OK
at+eb?
+EB: 1,1,250
OK

[Link] +CME, Error Codes

This command contains the codes that are returned for extended error status in response to a command that failed. Codes above
100 are Motorola-specific error codes.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

Table 88. +CME Error Codes

Code Description

0 Phone failure

1 No connection to phone

2 Phone-adapter link reserved

3 Operation not allowed

4 Operation not supported

20 Memory full

21 Invalid Index

22 Not found

23 Memory failure

24 Text string too long

25 Invalid characters in text string

26 Dial string too long

27 Invalid characters in dial string

30 No network service

98-08901C65-C 195
AT Commands Reference

Table 88. +CME Error Codes (Continued)

Code Description

31 Network timeout

32 Network not allowed - emergency calls only

100 Unknown

256 Too many active calls — MOTOROLA-specific

257 Call rejected — MOTOROLA-specific

258 Unanswered call pending — MOTOROLA-specific

259 Unknown calling error — MOTOROLA-specific

260 No phone number recognized — MOTOROLA-specific

261 Call state not idle — MOTOROLA-specific

262 Call in progress — MOTOROLA-specific

263 Dial state error — MOTOROLA-specific

270 Dial String contains non-digits while CLIR is on

271 Outgoing calls restricted

272 Outgoing calls restricted , Phonebook only

Example

At+mode=2
OK
at+cmee=2
OK
at+clir?
+CLIR: 1,3
OK
atd+97254414588
+CME ERROR: Dial String contains non-digits while CLIR is on
at+clir=2
OK
atd+97254414588
+CLCC :1,0,2,0,0,"+97254414588",145,"Eli"

196 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

+CLCC :1,0,0,0,0,"+97254414588",145,"Eli"
D: VOICE
OK
+CLCC :1,0,6,0,0,"+97254414588",145,"Eli"

[Link] +CMEE, Report Mobile Equipment

The Set command disables/enables the use of result code +CME ERROR: <err> as an indication of an error relating to the
functionality of the SU. When enabled, SU related errors cause +CME ERROR: <err> final result code instead of the regular
ERROR final result code. For all SMS AT commands, the +CMEE set command disables/enables the use of result code +CMS
ERROR: <err> as an indication of an error relating to the functionality of the SU. When enabled, SU related errors cause +CMS
ERROR: <err> final result code instead of the regular ERROR final result code.
For Accessory AT commands other than the SMS commands, the Read command reads the current setting format of result code.
The Test command returns all supported format values as a compound value.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

At Command Response/Action Remarks

at+cmee=<n> Disables/enables the use of CME <n>

ERROR:<err> result code instead of 0 Disable +CME ERROR: <err>
of ERROR. or +CMS ERROR: <err> result
code. Use ERROR instead.
at+CMEE? Returns the current <n> value. 1 Enable +CME ERROR: <err>
and +CMS ERROR: <err>
at+CMEE=? Returns supported values for <n>. result code. Use numeric <err>
values. Refer to Table 87,
“+CMS Error Codes” on
page 193, and Table 88, “+CME
Error Codes” page 195.
2 Enable +CME ERROR: <err>
and +CMS ERROR: <err>
result code. Use verbose <err>
values. Refer to Table 87,
“+CMS Error Codes” on
page 193, and Table 88, “+CME
Error Codes” on page 195.

Example

at+cmee?
+CMEE: 000
OK

at+cmee=?
+CMEE: (0-2)

98-08901C65-C 197
AT Commands Reference

OK

at+cmee=1
OK

at+cmee?
+CMEE: 1
OK

at+cmee=2
OK
at+cmee?
+CMEE: 2
OK

4.9.3 MNAM Programming

This command enables you to read and set the NAM parameters.

[Link] +MNAM

This command gets or sets the NAM parameters as shown in Table 89.

Table 89. NAM Parameters Relevant to +MNAM

Parameter Name Parameter Values Description Mutual Field for All NAMs
1 0-32767 AMPS (Analog) HOME_SID
2 0-255 Option Byte 1
3 0-10 Mobile Identification Number (MIN)
4 0-10 Mobile Directory Number (MDN)
5 0-255 Station Class Mark (SCM).
6 0-15 Access Overload Code (ACCOLC)
7 0-9 Service Level Yes
8 0-255 Option Byte 2 Yes
9 0-255 Option Byte 3 Yes

The following table shows the CDMA P2K 1x NAM option byte definitions.
Table 90. CDMA P2K 1x NAM Option Byte Definitions

lsb=0 1x Bit
msb <-- 11110000 --> lsb Bit Definition
msb=7 Status

Option byte 1:

0 Min Mark not active

198 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 90. CDMA P2K 1x NAM Option Byte Definitions (Continued)

1 Markov test override LSB not active

2 Disallow non-Home side foriegn SID in not active

PSCAN

3 Markov test override not active

4 Markov test override MSB not active

5 (Reserved) End to End Signalling Mark not active

6 (Reserved) Preferred System Mark not active

7 (Reserved) Local Use Mark Always =1 for [Link]

markets

Option byte 2:

0 (Reserved) Lock Disable not active

1 (Reserved) Service Level Disable not active

2 (Reserved) Auto Recall not active

3 Single System Scan not active

4 Portable Data Logging not active

5 Call timers for originations only Always =0 for [Link] markets

6 Enable Test Menu / 2 second # to suspend not active

7 7 -Display call processing statistics not active

Option byte 3:

0 Unused not active

1 Selectable System Scan Disable not active

2 Unused not active

3 Unused not active

4 (Reserved) Auto Redial Disable not active

5 Test Mobile Enable / Auto Answer not active 1 = Enabled, 0 = Disabled

1x = unimportant (’1’ or ’0’)

6 NAMs active - lsb Active 0 = 1 NAM, 1 = 2 NAMs

120x = single NAM only

98-08901C65-C 199
AT Commands Reference

Table 90. CDMA P2K 1x NAM Option Byte Definitions (Continued)

7 NAMs active - msb Always =0 2 NAMs max

Option byte 4:

0 (Reserved) Word Sync Scan Disable not active

1 Data Menu Pre-arrangement Enable not active

2 Handset Test Mode Disable not active

3 CAMPS - turn on CAMPS functionality not active

4 SMS: Add local time offset to timestamp Always =0 for [Link] markets
Enable

5 Long DTMF Enable Always =1 Enables flex control

6 3W Booster Enable not active

7 (Reserved) Motorola Enhanced Scan not active

Enable

Option byte 5:

0 Config bit for mob term while NID roamer Always =1 for [Link]
markets

1 Config bit for mob term while SID roamer Always =1 for [Link] markets

2 Config bit: mob term using home SID, NID Always =1 for [Link] markets
pair

3 Voice Privacy Bit. Used for Lucent Interop Active 1 = Enabled

0 = Disabled

4 (Reserved) Extended Address Method not active

Enable

5 Preferred mode - lsb Active see table below

6 Preferred mode - msb Active see table below

7 Force Preferred Vocoder Mode not active

200 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the options for optional byte 5: bits 5 and 6.

Table 91. Option byte 5 - bits 5 and 6

lsb bit 5 0 1 0 1

msb bit 6 0 0 1 1

mode CDMA only CDMA Preferred Analog only Not allowed

Mode Activation

Mode = 0

Read Command

AT Command Response/Action

AT+MNAM? Parameter Value Description:

< AMPS (Analog) HOME_SID >
< Option Byte 1 >
< Mobile Identification Number (MIN) >
< Mobile Directory Number (MDN) >
< Station Class Mark (SCM)>
< Access Overload Code (ACCOLC) >
< Service Level >
< Option Byte 2 >
< Option Byte 3>.
with:
OK - The command is executed successfully.

Set Command

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+MNAM= < AMPS (Analog) OK • In case the previous value is the

HOME_SID > , < Option Byte 1 > same and you do not want to change
The command is executed successfully.
,< Mobile Identification Number it, write a comma sign (',') instead
ERROR and then continue writing the rest of
(MIN) >,< Mobile Directory Number
<name of the wrong parameter> (Refer the parameters.
(MDN) >,< Station Class Mark
to “Appendix A”, page 335). • Number of parameters entered must
(SCM)>,< Access Overload Code
(ACCOLC) >,< Service Level >,< The parameter was out of range or the be nine exactly.
Option Byte 2 >,< Option Byte 3>. numbers entered or one of the • To make sure the changes are deter-
parameters are greater or smaller than mined in the NV - turn the phone Off
the existing ones. See Table 89. and then restart it.
This feature is Flex dependent.

98-08901C65-C 201
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MNAM2

This command gets or sets the NAM2 parameters as shown in Table 92.

Table 92. NAM2 Parameters Relevant to +MNAM2

Parameter Name Parameter Values Description Mutual Field for All NAMS
1 0-1023 AMPS initial paging channel
2 0-9999 AMPS First Dedicated Channel System A Yes
3 0-9999 AMPS First Dedicated Channel System B Yes
4 0-9999 AMPS Number Of Channels To scan Yes
5 0-255 Option Byte 4 Yes
6 0-255 Option Byte 5
7 0-7 Slot cycle index (SCI)
8 0-32767 System ID (SID)
9 0-65535 Network ID (NID)
10 0-3 Mobile country code (MCC)

Mode Activation

Mode = 0

Read Command

AT Command Response/Action

AT+MNAM2? Parameter Value Description:

< AMPS initial paging channel>
< AMPS First Dedicated Channel
System A>
< AMPS First Dedicated Channel
System B>
< AMPS Number Of Channels To scan>
< Option Byte 4>,
< Option Byte 5>
< Slot cycle index (SCI)>
< System ID (SID) >
< Network ID (NID)>
< Mobile country code (MCC)>
with:
OK - The command executed
successfully.

202 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Set Command

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+MNAM2=< AMPS initial paging OK • In case the previous value is the

channel> , < AMPS First Dedicated same and you do not want to
The command executed successfully.
Channel System A> ,< AMPS First change it, write a comma sign (',')
ERROR instead and then continue writing
Dedicated Channel System B>,<
<name of the wrong parameter> (Refer the rest of the parameters.
AMPS Number Of Channels To
to “Appendix A”, page 335). • Number of parameters entered must
scan>,< Option Byte 4>,< Option
Byte 5>,< Slot cycle index (SCI)>,< The parameter was out of range or the be ten exactly.
System ID (SID) >,< Network ID numbers entered or one of the • To make sure the changes are
(NID)>,< Mobile country code parameters are greater or smaller than determined in the NV - turn the
(MCC)> existing ones. See Table 92. phone Off and restart it.

[Link] +MNAM3

This command gets or sets the NAM3 parameters as shown in Table 93.

Table 93. NAM3 Parameters Relevant to +MNAM3

Parameter Name Parameter Values Description
1 00-99 imsi 11 12
2 0-8 System mode
3 0-2 vocoder type
4 0-111 true imsi address number
5 0-1 true imsi status
6 1- Programmed true imsi programmed/deprogrammed
0- Deprogrammed
7 0000000000-9999999999 true imsi mobile identification number
8 000-999 true imsi mobile country number
9 00-99 true imsi 11 12
10 0000-1023 cdma primary channel system A
11 0000-1023 cdma primary channel system B
12 0000-1023 cdma secondary channel system A
13 0000-1023 cdma secondary channel system B

98-08901C65-C 203
AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

Read Command

AT Command Response/Action

AT+MNAM3? Parameter Value Description:

<imsi 11 12>
<System mode >
<vocoder type >
<true imsi address number >
<true imsi status >
<true imsi programmed/deprogrammed >
<true imsi mobile identification number >
<true imsi mobile country number >
<true imsi 11 12>
<cdma primary channel system A >
<cdma primary channel system B >
<cdma secondary channel system A >
<cdma secondary channel system B >
with:
OK -The command executed
successfully.

204 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Set Command

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+MNAM3=<imsi 11 12>, OK • In case the previous value is the same and

you do not want to change it, write a
<System mode >, The command was executed
comma sign (',') instead and then continue
<vocoder type >,<true imsi successfully.
writing the rest of the parameters.
address number >, ERROR
• If parameter number ’6’ (<true imsi
<true imsi status >, <name of the wrong parameter> (Refer to programmed/deprogrammed >) is set to
<true imsi programmed/ “Appendix A”, page 335). ’0’, then True Imsi will be deprogrammed
deprogrammed >, The parameter was out of range or the ("true imsi mobile identification number"
<true imsi mobile numbers entered or one of the will be set with the four least-significant
identification number>, parameters are greater or smaller than digits set to ESN p and converted directly
<true imsi mobile country the existing ones. See Table 93. from binary to decimal, modulo 10000,
number >, "true imsi mobile country number " will be
set to ’0’ ," true imsi 11 12" will be set to
<true imsi 1112>,
zero).
<cdma primary channel In order to program the True imsi ,< true
system A >, imsi programmed/deprogrammed > must
<cdma primary channel be set to 1 (see IS683A , page 3-1 , para-
system B >, graph 20).
<cdma secondary channel • Number of parameters entered must be 10
system A >, exactly.
<cdma secondary channel • To make sure the changes are determined
system B > in the NV - turn the phone Off and then
restart it.

[Link] +SNAM

Selects/reads the current active NAM to which the NAM data will be written/retrieved using AT+MNAM [x].

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

read: SNAM: 1
AT+SNAM? OK - The command executed
successfully.
ERROR - in case a syntax mistake.

set: OK - The command executed The number of the maximum allowed NAM
AT+SNAM= < active nam> successfully. profiles is currently two.
ERROR - in case a syntax mistake. To choose the maximum allowed NAM
profile, bits ’6’ and ’7’ of option byte ’3’
must be configured as follows:
1. If bit 6 = 0 and bit 7=0 then a single
NAM profile is allowed.
2. If bit 6 = 1 and bit 7=0 then two NAM
profiles are allowed.

98-08901C65-C 205
AT Commands Reference

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

test: SNAM: 1-2 Get Maximum Allowed NAM's, get legal

AT+SNAM=? boundary for this command ,(option byte 3)
OK The command executed successfully. bit 6=1 bit 7=0
ERROR in case a syntax mistake.

4.9.4 +CPARM

The information in this section applies to release 3.06 and above.

Note

This command gets or sets the cellular system parameters that described in Table 94.

Table 94. Cellular System Parameters Relevant for +CPARM

Parameter Name Parameter Values Description
1 0-32767 Cellular System ID
2 0-65535 Cellular Network ID
3 0-7 Slot Cycle Index
4 0-15 Access Overload Class
5 0-1 The Cellular band as described in 3GPP2 C.S0002
6 0-2047 Primary channel A
7 0-2047 Secondary channel B
8 0-2047 Secondary channel A
9 0-2047 Secondary channel B
10 0-999 Lock Code
11 0-999999 Security Code
12 0-255 Station Class Mark

206 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

read: Parameter Value Description - <Lock code> field can be fixed 4 digit
AT+CPARM? < Cellular System ID > number or it can start with initial 4 digit
< Cellular Network ID > number (e.g 1234), then changed to the
last 4 digit of the MDN (after MDN is
< Access Overload class >
changed).
< The Cellular band >
This feature is Flex dependent.
< Primary channel A > (N/A)
< Primary channel B > (N/A)
< Secondary channel A > (N/A)
< Secondary channel B > (N/A)
< Lock Code >.
< Security Code >.
< Station Class Mark >.

OK
The command executed successfully.
ERROR

set: OK The command executed successfully. In case the previous value is the same and
AT+CPARM = ERROR you don't want to change it,
<SID>, write a comma sign (',')instead and carry
<NID>, on writing the rest of the parameters.
<SCI>, - In case the lock code is in "follow MDN"
mode then the change will take effect only
<ACCLOC>,
until the next MDN change.
<Cellular Band (N/A)>,
<PchA (N/A)>,
<PchB (N/A)>,
<SchA (N/A)>,
<SchB (N/A)>,
<Lock>,
<Sec>,
<SCM>

Test: (0-32767),(0-65535),(0-7),(0-15),(0-1),(0-
AT+CPARM=? 2047) ,(0-2047) ,(0-2047) ,(0-2047),(0-
9999),(0-999999),(0-255)

The primary,secondary channels and band_class fields,specified in the AT+CPARM command will
form the "CDMA Preferred Set"of the SU for the initial search to acquire a CDMA Pilot Channel after
power on. No other CDMA channels will be used for the initial search.
Note

This command is not supported in SW ver C18_X_2.8_3.0.6.0R.

Note

98-08901C65-C 207
AT Commands Reference

Example

(Change the 4th parameter "ACCLOC" from 2 to 0)

at+cparm?
+CPARM: 8465,65535,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,3872,000000,106
OK
at+cparm=,,,0,,,,,,,,
OK
at+cparm?
+CPARM: 8465,65535,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,3872,000000,106
OK
At+cparm=?
+CPARM: (0-32767),(0-65535),(0-7),(0-15),(0-1),(0-2047) ,(0-2047) ,(0-2047) ,(0-2047),(0-9999),(0-999999),(0-255)
OK

4.9.5 +MPOD, Power Off Delay

This command changes the power off delay settings when ignition is off.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2
Supported on [Link] SW version from 03.12 and above.

Note

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+MPOD=<mode> OK Sets the power off delay when

or: ignition is off:
ERROR 0 - powers down immediately
+CME ERROR: <err> 1 - powers down after 15
minutes
2 - powers down after 30
minutes
3 - powers down after 60
minutes
4 - working continuously

AT+MPOD? +MODE: <current POD> Returns current power off delay

or: mode
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>

AT+MPOD =? +MPOD: (range of <mode>s) Returns the list of available

modes for this interface.

208 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

at+mpod?
+MPOD: 4
OK
at+mpod=3
OK
at+mpod?
+MPOD: 3
OK
at+mpod=?
+MPOD:(0-4)
OK

4.9.6 PRL Commands

[Link] +CPRL1, Set/Get PRL Header

This command either sets or gets the PRL header parameters.

• When changing the list id (first parameter), the PRL tables reset to their default values.
• The commands +cprl1, +cprl2 and +cprl3 manage the PRL.
Note • The user is required to set the current nam using the command AT+SNAM, otherwise the changes/
read will occur for the current nam. For each NAM the PRL max buffer size is 6KB for both the
Acquisition table and the System table.

Mode Activation

Mode=0

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CPRL1? +cprl1: <list id>,<preferred

only>,<default roam ind>,<current
num>,<buffer size>,<number of
Acquisition row>,< number of system
row>

98-08901C65-C 209
AT Commands Reference

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CPRL1=<list id>,<preferred OK • If the list id is changed, the current

only>,<default roam ind> Or PRL tabels are cleared and set to
CPRL error (see Appendix A) the default PRL.
• In case the previous value is the
same and you do not want to
change it, write a comma sign (',')
instead and carry on writing the
rest of the parameters.
• The number of parameters
entered must be three exactly.

+CPRL1=? +CPRL1:(0-65535), (0,1), (0-255)

OK

The default PRL data is a single row for each one of the tables as follows:
• Acquisition default row: type - 1 (Cellular Analog), data - 0 (System A).
Note • System default row: SID - 0, NID - 65535, Preferred/Negative - 1 (Preferred), GEO region - 0
(New), Priority - 0 (Same), Acq. Index - 0, Roaming Indicator - 0 (On).

The following table shows the +cprl1 parameters.

Table 95. +cprl1 Parameters

<Parameter> Description Remark

<list id> The PRL version.

<preferred only> If TRUE then limits the registration on the system,

which is preferred in the PRL system table.

<default roam ind> The indicator used when you are registered to the
default system:
0 - On
1 - Off
2 - Flashing
3 - Out of Neighborhood
4 - Out of Building
5 - Preferred System
6 - Available System
7 - Alliance Partner
8 - Premium Partner
9 - Full Service
10 - Partial Service
11 - Banner On
12 - Banner Off
255

<current num> The current NAM (need to be set by the user with Read only, Set by
AT+SNAM) +snam

210 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 95. +cprl1 Parameters (Continued)

<buffer size> Currently used PRL buffers (in bytes). Read only

<number of Acquisition Currently sets acquisition rows in acquisition table. Read only
row>

< number of system Currently sets system rows in system table. Read only
row>

[Link] +CPRL2, Managing PRL Acquisition Table

This command enables the user to control the PRL acquisition table, as follows:
• Returns the number of the current rows in the table
• Returns specific row parameters
• Updates a specific row in the table or adds a specific row to the table.
• This command changes the amount of parameters depending on the acquisition row type (3rd
parameter).

Note • The commands +cprl1, +cprl2 and +cprl3 manage the PRL.
• The user is required to set the current nam using the command AT+SNAM, otherwise the changes/
read will occur for the current nam. For each NAM the PRL max buffer size is 6KB for both the
Acquisition table and the System table.

Mode Activation

Mode=0

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+cprl2? +CPRL2: <number of current Acq. • Returns the number of rows.

Row> • The maximum row index is the
number of current rows minus one.

+cprl2=0,<Row ind> +CPRL2: <Row ind>,<Acq. This is a read command (first

type>,<data>[,<data>[…]] parameter is 0).
• It returns the parameters of the row
of the given row index.
• When acquisition type is 2,3,5 or 6,
then there can be more then one
data fields, although the data fields
are occupied within parentheses.

+cprl2=1,<Row ind + 1>, OK This is a set command (first

<Aqc. Type>,<data>[,<data>[…]] Or parameter is 1).
CPRL error (see appendix A) • If row index equals to <numbers of
current Acq. Row>, then a new row
is inserted.

+cprl2=? +CPRL2: 0,(0-<max current Acq <max current Acq Row> is the index
Row>) Or 1,(0-<max current Acq Row row.
+ 1>),(1-6),(0-1175)[,(0-1175)...]

98-08901C65-C 211
AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +cprl2 parameters.

Table 96. +cprl2 Parameters

<Parameter> Description Remark

<number of current The number of the actual row in the The same as the 6th parameter given by
Acq. Row> acquisition table. at+cprl1?

<Row ind> The index of the row Starts from 0

<Aqc. Type> The type of acquisition (the channel group) • Group 1-4: are 800Mhr group channels
1 - Cellular Analog • Group 5-6: are the 1900Mhr group channel
2 - Cellular CDMA (Standard Channels) • Group 1, 4: have 1 data field
3 - Cellular CDMA (Custom Channels) • Group 2: has 2 data fields
4 - Cellular CDMA Preferred • Group 5: has up to 6 data fields
5 - PCS Blocks • Group 3, 6: have up to 10 data fields
6 - PCS channels

212 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 96. +cprl2 Parameters (Continued)

<data>

Type Data

0 (Reserved) N/A.

1 (Cellular Analog) 0 (System A) or

1 (System B) or
3 (System A or B)

2 Cellular CDMA Data1 Data2

(Standard
Channels)

0 (System A) or 1 (Primary CDMA) or

1 (System B) or 2 (Secondary CDMA) or
3 (System A or B) 3 (Primary or Secondary).

3 Cellular CDMA SystemA:

(Custom Channels) 1-311, 689-694, 1013-1023.
System B:
356-644, 739-777.

4 (Cellular CDMA 0 (System A) or

Preferred) 1 (System B) or
3 (System A or B)

5 (PCS Blocks). 0 (block A)

1 (block B)
2 (block C)
3 (block D)
4 (block E)
5 (block F)
or instead:
7 (block W) as wildcard.

6 (PCS Channels) 25 - 1175

In PCS block, when choosing Wildcard, all other block data are ignored.

Note

98-08901C65-C 213
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +CPRL3, Managing PRL System Table

This command enables the user to control the PRL System table, as follows:
• Returns the number of the current rows in the table
• Returns specific row parameters
• Updates a specific row in the table or adds a specific row to the table
• The commands +cprl1, +cprl2 and +cprl3 manage the PRL.
• The user is required to set the current nam using the command AT+SNAM, otherwise the changes/
Note read will occur for the current nam. For each NAM the PRL max buffer size is 6KB for both the
Acquisition table and the System table.

Mode Activation

Mode=0

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+cprl3? +CPRL3: <number of current • Returns the number of rows.

Sys. Row> • The maximum row index is the current
number of rows minus one.

+cprl3=0,<Row ind> +cprl3: <Row This is a read only mode.

ind>,<sid>,<nid>,<preferred/ • It returns the parameters of the row of the
negative>,<Geo. given row index.
Region>,<priority>,<Acq. • Always returns all eight parameters.
Index>,<roam ind.>
• If row is negative, the last <priority> and
<roam ind> parameters shall be ignored.

+cprl3=1,<Row ind + OK This is a set command.

1>,<sid>,<nid>,<preferred/ Or • If a row index equals to <numbers of current
negative>,<Geo. CPRL error (see appendix A) Sys. Row>, then a new row is inserted.
Region>,<priority>,<Acq. • The first row is always set to <Geo. Region>
Index>,<roam ind.> = 0.
• If a row is changed from preferred to
negative, the <priority> and <roam ind> are
ignored.
• If a row is changed from negative to
preferred, then you must enter valid values
for the fields <priority> and <roam ind>.
• If row is negative: <priority> and <roam ind>
cannot be changed.

+cprl3=? +CPRL3: 0,(0-<max current Sys • <max current Acq Row> is the index row
Row>) Or 1,(0-<max current Sys • <max current Sys Row> is the index row
Row + 1>),(0-32767),(0-
65535),(0,1),(0,1),(0,1),(0-<max
current Acq Row>),(0-255)
OK

214 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +cprl3 parameters.

Table 97. +cprl3 Parameters

Parameter Description Remark

<number of current Sys. The number of the actual row in the system The same as the 7th parameter given
Row> table by at+cprl1?

<Row ind> The index of the row Starts from 0

<sid> System ID
0-32767

<nid> Network ID 65535 is a Wildcard, which means it is

0-65535 registered on every founded NID.

<preferred/negative> Choose if the system row is Preferred or • Preferred – this is a valid row to be
Negative checked while seeking the PRL for a
1 – Preferred system to register on.
0 – Negative • Negative – this row will be ignored
while seeking for a system.

<Geo. Region> Geographical region: The value of the first row in the system
0 – new table is always 0.
1 – same

<priority> The priority of the system against other This field is actual only if the row is not
system rows in the same area. Negative.
0 - Same
1 – More

<Acq. Index> Acquisition table row index Must have a valid row index in the
acquisition table.

<roam ind.> The Roaming Indicator to be used when This field is actual only if the row is not
the registration is made on this system row Negative.
(SID,NID and channel):
0 - On
1 - Off
2 - Flashing
3 - Out of Neighborhood
4 - Out of Building
5 - Preferred System
6 - Available System
7 - Alliance Partner
8 - Premium Partner
9 - Full Service
10 - Partial Service
11 - Banner On
12 - Banner Off
255

98-08901C65-C 215
AT Commands Reference

[Link] CPRL Error Result Codes

The following table shows the CPRL Error Result Codes.

Table 98. CPRL Error Result Codes

Code String Error Results

83 DS_ATCOP_CURRENT_PRL_IS_INVALID

84 DS_ATCOP_INVALID_WRITE_INTO_THE_PRL

85 DS_ATCOP_BAD_LIST_ID

86 DS_ATCOP_BAD_PREFERRED_ONLY

87 DS_ATCOP_BAD_DEFAULT_ROAMING_INDICATOR

88 DS_ATCOP_MISSING_CMD_TYPE

89 DS_ATCOP_BAD_COMMAND_TYPE

90 DS_ATCOP_FAIL_TO_READING_ACQUSITION_RECORD

91 DS_ATCOP_ACQUSITION_INDEX_ABOVE_THE_CURRENT_AVAILABLE_RECORDS

92 DS_ATCOP_ACQUSITION_INDEX_ABOVE_THE_MAXIMUM_ALLOWED_RECORDS

93 DS_ATCOP_BAD_ACQUSITION_INDEX

94 DS_ATCOP_BAD_ACQUSITION_TYPE

95 DS_ATCOP_BAD_ACQUSITION_DATA

96 DS_ATCOP_BAD_ACQUSITION_CELLULAR_CHANNEL

97 DS_ATCOP_BAD_ACQUSITION_CDMA_BLOCK

98 DS_ATCOP_FAIL_TO_READ_SYSTEM_RECORD

99 DS_ATCOP_SYSTEM_INDEX_ABOVE_THE_CURRENT_AVAILABLE_RECORDS

100 DS_ATCOP_SYSTEM_INDEX_ABOVE_THE_MAXIMUM_ALLOWED_RECORDS

101 DS_ATCOP_BAD_SYSTEM_INDEX

102 DS_ATCOP_BAD_SYSTEM_SID

103 DS_ATCOP_BAD_SYSTEM_NID

104 DS_ATCOP_BAD_SYSTEM_NEG_PREF

105 DS_ATCOP_BAD_SYSTEM_GEO_REG

216 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 98. CPRL Error Result Codes (Continued)

106 DS_ATCOP_BAD_SYSTEM_PRI

107 DS_ATCOP_BAD_SYSTEM_ACQ_REC

108 DS_ATCOP_BAD_SYSTEM_ROAM_IND

109 DS_ATCOP_NOT_ENOUGH_PARAMETERS

110 DS_ATCOP_TOO_MANY_PARAMETERS

111 DS_ATCOP_INDEX_MISSING

112 DS_ATCOP_VALUE_MISSING

113 DS_ATCOP_ADD_NEW_PARAMETER_WITHOUT_VALUE

114 DS_ATCOP_ALGORITHM_CONFLICT

115 DS_ATCOP_ACQ_REC_RESERVED

116 DS_ATCOP_ACQ_REC_NONE

117 DS_ATCOP_UNKNOWN_CURRENT_NAM

118 DS_ATCOP_UNKNOWN_SYSTEM_PARAMETER

119 DS_ATCOP_MUST_TO_INSERT_PRI_AND_ROAM_IND_VALUES

120 DS_ATCOP_EXCEEDED_PRL_SIZE

4.10 UI

4.10.1 +MH Handset Status/Control

[Link] +MHMN, Home Network Name

This command returns the radio’s home network name.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MHMN? +MHMN: <name> Returns the radio’s home network

name.

98-08901C65-C 217
AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +MHMN parameters.

Table 99. +MHMN Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<name> A quoted string indicating home network name.

Example

AT+MHMN?
+MHMN: “Home Only”

[Link] +MHIG, Set Ignition State

This command allows an intelligent car kit to indicate the ignition state of the vehicle to the SU. This allows the SU to turn on
and off with ignition, or to enter a power saving state when the ignition has been turned off. The actual operation depends on
the SU.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MHIG=<state> OK if no error Sets ignition state.

The following table shows the +MHIG parameters.

Table 100. +MHIG Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<state> 0 Vehicle ignition off

1 Vehicle ignition on

Example

AT+MHIG=1
OK

[Link] +CKPD, Keypad Control

This command allows the emulated pressing of keys as if entered from the SU keypad or from a remote handset. The keycodes
used by this command are virtual keycodes, shown in See Table 101, which may not be supported by all SUs. If a key is not
supported by an SU, the SU will return +CME ERROR: indicating that error 25 (Invalid character) has occurred.
This command is provided primarily to support test efforts, and to allow the emulation of a handset device by a peripheral. This
command is not intended to be used by accessory devices to access items within SU menus. Use the commands intended for
manipulating features for this purpose, to preserve compatibility across SUs and SU versions.

218 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.
The following table shows the virtual keycodes.

Table 101. Virtual Keycodes

Character ASCII Description

# 35 Hash/Pound key

* 42 Star key

0..9 48..57 Number keys

V/v 86/118 Down arrow

^ 94 Up arrow

[ 91 Left softkey

:| 58,124 Right softkey

] 93 Center softkey

E/e 69/101 End key

S/s 83/115 Send key

P/p 80/112 Power key

M/m 77/109 Menu key

:S/:s 58,83/58,115 Smart key

:Z/:z 58,90/58,122 Single Volume key

U/u 85/117 Side Volume Up key

D/d 68/100 Side Volume Down key

:U/:u 58,85/58/117 Side Volume Up key (No Scroll)

:D/:d 58,68/58,100 Side Volume Down key (No Scroll)

:M/:m 58,77/58, 109 Feature key to access SMS

:V/:v 58,86/58,118 Feature key to access voice mail

:P/:p 58,80/58,112 Feature key to access phone book

:F/:f 58,70/58,102 Menu Scroll Forward

98-08901C65-C 219
AT Commands Reference

Table 101. Virtual Keycodes (Continued)

Character ASCII Description

:B/:b 58,66/58/98 Menu Scroll Backward

Q/q 81/113 MUTE key

:K/:k 58,75/58,107 Multiband Knifeswitch

:A/:a 58,65/58,97 Voice Annotator key

:P/:p 58,80/58,112 Show Service Dialing Numbers

X/x 88/120 Option key

:Q/:q 58,81/58,113 Fast Access key

C/c 67/99 Clear key

:I/:i 58,73/58,105 Invalid key

:X/:x 58,88/58/120 Joystick Up

:C/:c 58,67/58,99 Joystick Down

:L/:l 58,76/58,99 Joystick Left

:R/:r 58,82/58,114 Joystick Right

:$ 36 Speaker

:H/:h 58,72/58,104 Headset Single position

:J/:j 58,74/58,106 Headset Dual position

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CKPD=<"keys">[,<time>[,<pause>]] OK if key press accepted Allows the emulated pressing of keys.

+CME ERROR: <err> if rejected
+CKEV: if key press echo is enabled
and phone is not locked

The following table shows the +CKPD parameters.

Table 102. +CKPD Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<"keys"> A virtual keycode.

220 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 102. +CKPD Parameters (Continued)

<Parameter> Description

<time> Time for which to hold the key, in 0.1 second intervals

<pause> Time to pause between key presses, in 0.1 second

intervals

Example

at+mode=2
OK
at+cmer=3,2,0,2,0 //Report key press events
OK
at+ckpd="#"
OK
+CKEV: "#",1
+CKEV: "#",0
at+ckpd="E"
OK
+CKEV: "E",1
+CKEV: "E",0
at+ckpd=35
OK
+CKEV: "#",1
+CKEV: "#",0
at+ckpd=69
OK+CKEV: "E",1
+CKEV: "E",0

98-08901C65-C 221
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MKPD, Auxiliary Keypad Control

This command enables the accessories to control the press and release of key presses. The keycodes used by this command are
virtual keycodes, shown in Table 101, “Virtual Keycodes,” on page 219, which may not be supported by all SUs. If a key is not
supported by an SU, the SU returns +CME ERROR: indicating that error 25 (Invalid character) has occurred.
Only a single key may be pressed at a given time. Sending in a new key press without releasing the previous key will result in
a the previous key being automatically released.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MKPD=<key>,<state> OK if key press accepted Allows the accessories to control the

+CME ERROR: <err> if rejected press.
+CKEV: if key press echo is enabled
and phone is not locked

The following table shows the +MKPD parameters.

Table 103. +MKPD Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<keys> A virtual keycode.

<state> Key press state.

0 Key released
1 Key pressed

Example

AT+MKPD=1,1
OK

+CKEV: 1,1 //If +CMER is configured to echo and phone not locked
.
.
AT+MKPD=1,0
OK

+CKEV: 1,0 //If +CMER is configured to echo and phone not locked

222 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] +CMER Keypad Mode, Set/Request Local Key Press Echo

This command enables an external accessory to receive key press information from the SU internal keypad. This is used in some
cases to track user activity for redisplay on a vehicle system, or to perform accessory-specific menu operations.
This command is used for more than just enabling/disabling keypad event reporting. Information on the other event
reporting modes is contained in other sections.

Note

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CMER? +CMER: Returns current event reporting

<mode>,<keyp>,<disp>,<ind>,<bfr> settings.

+CMER=? +CMER: (list of <modes>s), (list of Returns the list of supported event
<keyp>s), (list of <disp>s), (list of reporting settings.
<ind>s), (list of <bfr>s)

+CMER=<mode>[,<keyp>[,<disp>[,<i OK Sets the event reporting mode.

nd>[,<bfr>]]]]

The following table shows the +CMER parameters.

Table 104. +CMER Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<keyp> 0 Buffer unsolicited result codes in SU

1 Discard unsolicited result codes in on-line mode
2 Buffer result codes in on-line mode
3 Forward unsolicited result codes

<mode> 0 Do not report keypad events

1 Discard unsolicited result codes in on-line mode
2 Buffer result codes in on-line mode

<disp> 0 No display of event reporting

<ind> 0 Do not report indicator events

1 Report indicator events not caused by +CIND
2 Report all indicator events

<bfr> 0 Clear buffer when <mode> 1-3 is entered

1 Flush buffer when <mode> 1-3 is entered

98-08901C65-C 223
AT Commands Reference

Example

AT+CMER=?
+CMER: (0,3),(0,1,2),(0),(0,1,2),(0)

AT+CMER?
+CMER: 0,0,0,0,0

AT+CMER=3,2,0,2,0
OK

[Link] +MCHS, Channel Status

This private AT command reports radio’s channel status. This provides information about the channel that the SU is currently
tuned to, or in the case that the SU is not in service, information that the SU is not currently tuned to a channel. This command
will send asynchronous updates when the channel state changes, if requested.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MCHS? +MCHS: <status>

+MCHS=?

+MCHS=<mode> OK

The following table shows the +CMER parameters.

Table 105. <mode> Values for +MCHS

<mode> Description

0 Disable output of unsolicited channel status messages

1 Enable output of unsolicited channel status messages

Table 106. <status> Values for +MCHS

<state> Description

“NS” SU currently is not in service in any mode.

“A” SU is on an AMPS (analog) channel

“CDMA” SU is on a CDMA (IS-95) channel

224 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 106. <status> Values for +MCHS (Continued)

<state> Description

“TDMA” SU is on a TDMA (IS-136) channel

“GSM” SU is on a GSM channel

“iDEN” SU is operating on an iDEN channel

“UMTS” SU is operating on a UMTS mode channel (Europe WCDMA)

“ARIB” SU is operating on an ARIB mode channel (Japan WCDMA)

Example

AT+MCHS=?
+MCHS: (0,1)
OK
AT+MCHS?
+MCHS: “NS”
OK
AT+MCHS=1
OK

98-08901C65-C 225
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MGCB, Get Current Band

This command returns the current cellular band for which the radio is registered to.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MGCB? +MGCB: <band> <band> - the current cellular band

represented as a string

Table 107. <band> Values for +MGCB

<mode> Description

800 SU is on 800 MHz cellular band

900 SU is on 900 MHz cellular band

1800 SU is on 1800 MHz (1.8 GHz) cellular band

1900 SU is on 1900 MHz (1.9 GHz) cellular band

Example

AT+MGCB?
+MGCB: “1900”
OK

4.10.2 Unsolicited UI Status Messages

[Link] +MLKC, Phone Lock Status Change Event

This unsolicited message is sent when the asynchronous phone lock status change event reporting is enabled and the phone lock
status is changed, either via AT commands (See “+MLCK, Phone Lock Status Change Event” on page 167, and “+MPIN,
Unlock Phone” on page 167) or via the phone’s UIS.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MLKC=<mode> +MLKC: <status> Enable/disable the asynchronous

phone lock status change reporting.

226 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +MLKC parameters.

Table 108. +MLKC Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<mode> 0 Disable asynchronous reporting

1 Enable asynchronous reporting

<status> 0 Phone is Unlocked

1 Phone is Locked

Example

AT+MLKC=1
OK

AT+MPIN?
+MPIN: READY
OK

+MLKC: 1 //User locked phone via keypad

+MLKC: 0 //User unlocked phone via keypad

AT+MLCK=“1234”
OK

+MLKC: 1

[Link] + MMRR, Motorola Master Reset Reporting

This unsolicited message is sent to the TE by the SU if a master reset occurs, and master reset events reporting is enabled. The
TE is able to enable or disable this reporting.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MMRR=<mode> OK Enables/disables the reporting of

master reset occurrences in the SU.

98-08901C65-C 227
AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +MMRR parameters.

Table 109. +MMRR Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<mode> 0 Disable master reset event reporting.

1 Enable master reset event reporting.
Default is 0.

Example

AT+MMRR=1
OK //Master reset event
+MMRR

[Link] + CIEV, Indicator Reporting

This command sends an usolicited message when display indicator reporting is enabled by +CMER, and an indicator (for
example, the Voice Mail icon) changes on the SU’s display.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

NA +CIEV: <ind>,<value> This is an unsolicited message.

The following table shows the +CIEV parameters.

Table 110. +CIEV Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<ind> Indicates the indicator order number as defined in

Table 16, “+CIND Available Indicators,” on page 58. The
indicator order number is 0-based for Motorola Telematics
devices and 1-based for all other devices.

<value> The value of the indicator.

For binary indicators:
0 OFF
1 ON.
Non-binary integers can have any non-negative integer
value.

228 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] + CKEV, Key Press Echo Output

This command sends an unsolicited message when local key press echo is enabled and a key is pressed on the SU keypad. The
identity of the key is broadcast to all accessories, along with information about whether the key was pressed or released. This
can be configured to send only key presses from the SU keypad, or from accessories as well as the keypad.
When the phone is locked, if the identity of the key pressed is a digit or a softkey, the “@” character is used in the message event
instead of the actual key being pressed, so that no passwords or codes entered by the user can be monitored or stolen by attached
accessories.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

NA +CKEV: <key>,<press> This is an unsolicited message.

The following table shows the +CKEV parameters.

Table 111. +CKEV Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<key> The key that changed state, as defined in Table 101,

“Virtual Keycodes,” on page 219.

<press> 0 Key was released

1 Key was pressed

[Link] + MUPB, Phone Book Event

This command is sent by the SU when a phone book entry is accessed or modified by the user or an accessory.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MUPB=<n> OK if parameter accepted Enables/disables phone book event

+MUPB: <event>,<index> reporting.

98-08901C65-C 229
AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +MUPB parameters.

Table 112. +MUPB Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<n> 0 Phone Book Event Reporting Off

1 Phone Book Event Reporting On

<event> The type of operation performed on the location

1 Stored (new)
2 Modified
3 Cleared

Example

at+mode=2
OK
+MBAN: Copyright 2000-2002 Motorola, Inc.
at+mupb?
ERROR
at+mupb=1
OK
+MUPB: 1,10,"DC"
+MUPB: 2,10,"DC"

[Link] +MMCR, Motorola Master Clear Reporting

If reporting of master clear event is enabled and master clear occurs in the SU, the SU sends an unsolicited message to the TE
to indicate this event. The TE shall be able to enable or disable this reporting.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MMCR=<mode>

Table 113. +MMCR <mode> values

<mode> Description

0 Disable master clear event reporting (default)

1 Enable master clear event reporting.

230 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

at+mode=2
OK
AT+MMCR=1
OK
.....<master clear event>....
+MMCR

4.11 NOP - COMPATIBLE

4.11.1 "Ignored" (Compatible Only) Commands

[Link] L, Monitor Speaker Loudness

This command monitors the speaker volume.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

ATL <L0>
<L1>
<L2>
<L3>

The following table shows the L parameters.

Table 114. L Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<L0> Low speaker volume

<L1> Low speaker volume

<L2> Medium speaker volume

<L3> High speaker volume

98-08901C65-C 231
AT Commands Reference

Example

at+mode=0
OK
atl1
OK
atl2
OK
atl3
OK

[Link] M, Monitor Speaker Mode

This command monitors the speaker mode.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

ATM <M0>
<M1>

The following table shows the M parameters.

Table 115. M Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<M0> Speaker off

<M1> Speaker on until carrier reported (support of this feature

is optional)

Example

atm0
OK
atm1
OK

232 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] P, Select Pulse Dialing

This command selects pulse dialing.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

ATP OK

Example

atp
OK

4.12 FAX

4.12.1 Fax Commands

The following table shows a list of all the Fax commands.

Table 116. Fax Commands

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CFC, Um Interface Fax Compression <value> Activation Mode = 0.

<value>
0 No compression
1 V.42bis compression with
parameters as set by the +CDS
command
2 Modified Read compression.

+FKS, Terminate Session Activation Mode = 0.

+FIE, Procedure-Interrupt-Enable Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FIS, Current-Session Negotiation Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FLI, Local-ID String Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FLO, Flow-Control-Select Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FLP, Indicate-Document-to-Poll Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FMS, Minimum-Phase-C-Speed Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

98-08901C65-C 233
AT Commands Reference

Table 116. Fax Commands (Continued)

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+FNR, Negotiation-Message-Reporting Activation Mode = 0.

Parameter

+FNS, Nonstandard-Frame FIF Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FPA, Selective Polling Address Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FPI, Local-Polling ID-String Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FPR, Serial-Port Rate Control Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FPS, Page Status Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FPW, Password Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FRY, ECM-Retry Value Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FSA, Subaddress Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FSP, Request-to-Poll Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FHS, Call-Termination-Status Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FFC, Format-Conversion Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FEA, Phase-C Received EOL-Alignment Activation Mode = 0.

Parameter

+FCT, DTE Phase-C Timeout Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FCS, Current-Session Results Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FCR, Capability-to-Receive Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FCQ, Copy-Quality-Checking Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

234 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 116. Fax Commands (Continued)

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+FCC, DCE-Capabilities Parameters Activation Mode = 0.

VR Vertical-resolution
subparameter
<BR> Bit-rate subparameter
0 2400 bits/s
1 4800 bits/s
2 7200 bits/s
3 9600 bits/s
WD Page-width subparameter
[LN] Page-length subparameter
[DF] Data-compression-format
subparameter
[EC] Error-correction
subparameter
BF Binary-file-transfer
subparameter
ST Scan-time-per-line
subparameter

+FBU, HDLC-Frame-Reporting Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FBS, Buffer Size; Read-Only Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

+FBO, Phase-C Data-Bit-Order Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

FAP, Addressing and Polling Capabilities Activation Mode = 0.

Parameter

+FAA, Adaptive-Answer Parameter Activation Mode = 0.

See “+FCLASS, Service-Class

Selection Parameter”, below.

+FCLASS, Service-Class Selection Parameter Mobile returns ERROR Activation Mode = 0.

for +FCLASS=1
0 Class -0
1 Class-1 support unavailable
2.0 Class-2.0 fax service
(EIA/TIA-592)

+FMR, Report Revision ID Activation Mode = 0.

For more information see “+GMR,

+CGMR, +FMR, Request Revision”
on page 42.

98-08901C65-C 235
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +IPR, Local DTE-DCE Serial Port Rate

This extended-format numeric parameter specifies the data rate at which the MT2 accepts commands, in addition to 1200 bps
or 9600 bps (as required in EIA/TIA-602). It may be used to select operations at rates at which the MT2 is not capable of
automatically detecting the data rate being used by the TE2. Seetings can be saved using AT&W command.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+IPR=X OK X = 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800,

or: 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200
Error The Rm default rate is 19200 bps.

+IPR? <value>

+IPR=? <value> range (300, 600, 1200, 2400,

4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600,
115200)

Example

at+ipr?
+IPR: 19200
OK

[Link] +IFC, Local DTE-DCE Flow Control

This extended-format compound parameter controls the operation of local flow control between the TE2 and MT2 [1]. Hardware
and software flow control is supported for both Async and Packet services.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+IFC=<m>,<n> OK m 0-3
or: The default is 2.
ERROR
n 0-2
The default is 2.

236 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example
AT+IFC?
+IFC: 2,2
OK
at+ifc=2,3
ERROR
at+Ifc=2,2
OK

4.13 INTERFACE

4.13.1 Interface Commands

[Link] +MODE, Select Interface Mode

This command selects an operating mode on the selected serial connection. The response to the command (“OK” or “ERROR”)
is returned in the current protocol format.
After the response code is transmitted (and acknowledged, if necessary) the connection changes to the new mode.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+MODE? +MODE: <mode> Returns the current setting of

interface mode.

AT+MODE=<mode> OK Sets the interface mode to <mode>,

or: An ERROR is returned if the interface
ERROR does not support that mode, or if the
interface does not enable the mode to
be changed.

AT+MODE=? +MODE: (0-16) Returns the list of available modes for

this interface.

98-08901C65-C 237
AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +Mode parameters.

Table 117. +MODE Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<mode> 0 - Default mode. The default for an RS-232 connection,

either Qcom or IS-707a (CDMA). This is the mode that
Is available to a computer connection.
1 -Reserved Test Commands.
2 -Motorola Accessory Mode. This mode provides access
only to the AT command set.
3-reliable accessory
4-GEMCore
5-Multiplexor
6-Authenticating reliable accessory
7-GPS accessory
8-change USB config
9-phone test framework
10-MP3-Lite accessory
11-Datalogging
12-Network Monitor
13-TCP/IP/PPP
14-WATT protocol (primarily for Telematics devices)
15-reserved
16-Telematics device with no protocol

Modes 1, 3-16 is for Special Use Mode, getting into these modes while using a terminal will cause
connection failure between terminal and UUT. To reconnect you must power cycle the UUT. The 0,2
mode are the only compatible for AT Command use.
Note

Example

AT+MODE=?
+MODE: (0-16)
AT+MODE?
+MODE: 0
at+mode=2
OK
+MBAN: Copyright 2000-2003 Motorola, Inc.
AT+MODE?
+MODE: 2

238 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] $QCCLR, Clear Mobile Error Log

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command clears the mobile error log.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCCLR $QCCLR:
OK

$QCCLR=? $QCCLR:
OK

Example

at$QCCLR
$QCCLR:
OK

[Link] +ILRR, TE2-MT2 Local Rate Reporting

This extended-format numeric parameter controls whether the extended-format +ILRR:<rate> information text is transmitted
from the MT2 to the TE2.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+ILRR Mobile accepts only “OFF”

Example

at+ilrr?
+ILRR: 0
OK
at+ilrr=1
ERROR

98-08901C65-C 239
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +ICF, TE2-MT2 Character Framing

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This extended-format compound parameter determines the local serial port start-stop (asynchronous) character framing that the
MT2 uses while accepting TE2 commands, and while transmitting information text and result codes to the TE2, if this is not
determined automatically. (Refer to “+IPR, Local DTE-DCE Serial Port Rate” on page 236).

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+ICF OK Set to default (default is 3,3)

+ICF=<value1>,<value2> OK QUALCOMM Rm interface is fixed at

or: 8 data bits. No parity, 1 stop bit.
ERROR Error is returned for any other
parameters.
Value 1 - can get only 3
Value 2 - can get between 0-3

+ICF? +ICF: <value1>,<value2>

OK

+ICF=? +ICF: (3-3),(0-3)

OK

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+icf?
+ICF: 3,3
OK
at+icf=?
+ICF: (3-3),(0-3)
OK
at+icf=3,1
OK
at+icf?
+ICF: 3,1
OK

240 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] +CTTY, change TTY mode - Tele Typewriter

Activation, deactivation, and status query are supported. The Set command tells the c18 which TTY settings to request. The Set
command, in query mode, interrogates the SU current TYY status. The Test command returns values supported by the TA as a
compound value.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Set On Error: <err> <mode>

+CTTY=<mode> When 0 - Voice mode
Command successful:<OK> 1 - TTY mode
2 - VCO mode
3 - HCO mode

Read +CTTY:<mode>
+CTTY?

Test +CTTY: (list of supported <Mode>s) +CTTY: (0,1,2,3)

+CTTY?

4.14 INFORMATION AND IDENTIFICATION

4.14.1 Information and Identification Commands

[Link] +CIMSI, Set and Query the Active IMSI

This command enables a terminal to set the MT2 active IMSI. The new IMSI is saved in the non-volatile memory. The SU is
automatically reset after the new IMSI is written. The ESN cannot be changed.
As a response to the terminal initiating ‘AT+CIMSI?’, the MT2 returns its IMSI and ESN parameters.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Commands Response/Action Remarks

AT+CIMSI = <IMSI> OK The command enables a terminal to

set the MT2 active IMSI.

AT+CIMSI? MT2 returns its IMSI and ESN Queries the MT2 IMSI and ESN
parameters. parameters.

98-08901C65-C 241
AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +CIMSI parameters.

Table 118. +CIMSI Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<IMSI> 15digits, ASCII -15 digits representing MT2 International

Identification.

<ESN> 32 bit, HEX - A 32 bit number assigned by the MT2

manufacturer, uniquely identifying MT2.

The IMSI structure is:

242 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

AT+CIMSI?
CIMSI: 4407770100, ‘0x1A76AB1F’
OK

AT+CIMSI=4407770222
OK

AT+CIMSI?
CIMSI: 4407770222, ‘0x1A76AB1F’
OK

[Link] +MOON, Motorola ON Status

This command enables the accessory to obtain information about the current operating mode of the SU. This information may
also be sent as an unsolicited response when the operating mode of the SU changes. Information about the phone power state
can also be obtained through low-level protocol messages.

Mode Activation

Mode = 2.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MOON? +MOON: <mode> Returns the SU’s current operating

OK mode, if the current mode is in the SU
Operating Modes table, or simply
“OK” if the current operating mode
returned by the DL is not in the SU
Operating Modes table.

+MOON=? +MOON: (list of <mode>s) Returns a list of operating modes

supported by the SU.

The following table shows the +MOON parameters.

Table 119. +MOON Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<mode> 0 Powered on (ME is ready to receive accessory

commands from the TA/TE)

Example

AT+MOON?
+MOON: 0

98-08901C65-C 243
AT Commands Reference

[Link] $QCSCRM, Enable/Disable Mobile from SCRM’ing

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command enables/disables the mobile from SCRM’ing (SCRM, Supplemental Channel Request Message).

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCSCRM OK Set the default to 1.

$QCSCRM=X OK Command only applies to SO 33

or: calls. This value is stored in NV.
ERROR 0 Mobile never SCRMs
1 Mobile can SCRM as needed.
The default is 1.

$QCSCRM? $QCSCRM: X
OK

$QCSCRM=? $QCSCRM: (0-1)

OK

Example

AT+MODE=0
OK
AT$QCSCRM?
$QCSCRM: 1
OK
AT$QCSCRM=0
OK

[Link] $QCMDR=, Set Medium Data Rate (MDR) (HSPD) Setting

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command sets the Medium Data Rate (MDR) (also known as HSPD) setting.

244 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCMDR=<MDR mode> OK - set the MDR mode.

or: - take effect after PUD.
ERROR - set to "0" and made PUD will set it to
"1"..

$QCMDR? $QCMDR: <MDR mode>

OK

$QCMDR=? $QCMDR: (0-3)

OK

If $QCMIP=1 then mdr mode is always set to "3" (SO 33 if available).

Note

Table 120. $QCMDR Parameters

<Parameter> Description

MDR mode 0 - MDR Service Only. The mobile will originate with SO
22 or SO 25.
The mobile will not negotiate to any other service
option if SO 22 and SO 25
are unavailable.
1 - MDR Service, if available. The mobile will originate
with SO 22 or SO 25, but
will negotiate to a Low-Speed Packet service option if
MDR is not available.
The mobile will not negotiate to SO 33.
2 - SPD only. The mobile will originate a Low-Speed
Packet call only. The
mobile will not negotiate to SO 22, SO 25, or SO 33.
3 - SO 33, if available. The mobile will negotiate to MDR
or Low-Speed Packet
service options if SO 33 is not available

98-08901C65-C 245
AT Commands Reference

Example

AT$QCMDR?
$QCMDR: 3
OK
AT$QCMDR=2
OK

[Link] $QCDMR=, Set DM Baud Rate

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command sets the DM baud rate (for use with Diagnostic Monitor only).

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCDMR=<DM baud rate> OK Set DM baud rate values:.

or: 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200,
ERROR 230400

$QCDMR? $QCDMR: <DM baud rate>

OK

$QCDMR=? $QCDMR: (19200, 38400, 57600,

115200, 230400, 460800)
OK

The parameter option "460800" cannot be set.

Note

246 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

at$QCDMR?
$QCDMR: 19200
OK
AT$QCDMR=?
$QCDMR: (19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 230400, 460800)
OK
AT$QCDMR=38400
OK

[Link] +GOI, Device Identification

This command causes the MT2 to transmit one or more lines of information text, determined by the manufacturer, which permit
the MT2 user to identify the device, based on the ISO system for registering unique object identifiers. Typically, the text consists
of a single line containing numeric strings delimited by period characters.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+GOI —

4.15 DATA CAPABILITY

4.15.1 Data Capability Commands

[Link] $QCQNC, Enable/Disable Quick Net Connect (QNC)

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command enables/disables Quick Net Connect (QNC).

98-08901C65-C 247
AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCQNC OK Set to default (default is 1)

$QCQNC=X OK 0 Disable QNC capability. This

or: means that packet Originations
ERROR will use the Packet Data Service
Option number.
1 Enable QNC capability. This
means that Packet Originations
will use the Async Data Service
Option number.

$QCQNC? $QCQNC: X
OK

$QCQNC=? $QCQNC: (0-1)

OK

Example

AT$QCQNC?
$QCQNC: 1
OK
AT$QCQNC=0 // Disable QNC capability.
OK

[Link] $QCDMG, Transition to Diagnostics Monitor Operation

This command enables the transition to Diagnostics Monitor (DM) operation.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCDMG OK The phone serial port is transitioned

to DM mode. DM mode runs at
38.4 Kbps and uses a proprietary
half-duplex protocol.

248 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] $qctrtl=X, R-SCH Throttling Enable/Disable

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command enables/disables IS2000 mobiles from throttling the R-SCHF. The R-SCH is throttled when the assigned R-SCH
rate is considered “too high” and could over utilize the CPU.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT$QCTRTL OK Set to default (default is 1)

AT$QCTRTL=X OK 0 Mobile never throttles R-SCH

Or 1 Mobile can throttle R-SCH as
ERROR needed.
The default is 1.
This command only applies to SO 33
calls. This value is stored in NV.

AT$QCTRTL? $QCTRTL: X
OK

AT$QCTRTL=? $QCTRTL: (0-1)

OK

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at$qctrtl?
$QCTRTL: 0
OK
at$qctrtl=?
$QCTRTL: (0-1)
OK
at$qctrtl=1
OK

98-08901C65-C 249
AT Commands Reference

[Link] $QCSO=X, Service Option Set Settings

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command sets the service option settings. The QUALCOMM mobile is capable of using pre-IS707 (IS-99 and IS-653) and
IS-707 service options.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT$QCSO OK Set to default (default is 0)

at$qcso=X X=0 Use pre-IS-707 Service Option

numbers (only affects Rate Set 1
Service Option numbers)
X=1 Use proprietary Service Option
numbers.
RS1: Async 4
G3 Fax 5
Packet 7
RS 2: Async 0x8021
G3 Fax 0x8022
Packet 0x8020
X=2 Use IS-707/IS-707A Service
Option numbers (default for
HSPD builds)

AT$QCSO? $QCSO: X
OK

AT$QCSO=? $QCSCRM: (0-1)

OK

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at$qcso=?
$QCSO: (0-2)
OK
at$qcso=1
OK
at$qcso?
$QCSO: 1
OK

250 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] $QCMIPT, Enables/Disables RFC2002bis Authentication

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command enables/disables the use of rfc2002bis authentication.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCMIPT OK Set to default (default is 0).

$QCMIPT=<auth indicator> OK 0 - Use of rfc2002bis

or: authentication is disabled.
ERROR Rfc2002 style authentication is
used instead.
1 - Use of rfc2002bis authentication is
enabled.
Note: This AT command is for test
purposes only and should not be
changed by the mobile phone user.

$QCMIPT? $QCMIPT: <auth indicator>

OK

$QCMIPT=? $QCMIPT: (0-1)

OK

Example

at$QCMIPT?
$QCMIPT: 0
OK
AT$QCMIPT=?
$QCMIPT: (0-1)
OK

98-08901C65-C 251
AT Commands Reference

[Link] $QCMIPP, Select MIP User Profile To Be Active.

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command selects the MIP user profile to be active. It takes a profile number between 0 and 5. This value is stored in NV.
This AT command is expected to be used by users to configure Dial-Up Networking.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCMIPP OK Set to default (default is 0)

$QCMIPP=<profile> OK
or:
ERROR

$QCMIPP? $QCMIPP: <profile>

OK

$QCMIPP=? $QCMIPP: (0-5)

OK

Example

AT$QCMIPP?
$QCMIPP: 0
OK
AT$QCMIPP=?
$QCMIPP: (0-5)
OK

[Link] $QCMIP, Enables/Disables Mobile IP

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command enables/disables Mobile IP functionality in the mobile.

252 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCMIP OK Set to default

or: The default value is 0.
ERROR Note: When the AT$QCMIP value is
changed to 1 or 2, this modifies the
value of AT+CRM to 2. AT+CRM with
a value of 2 enables network model
operation. Changing the value to 0
will reset the AT+CRM to its original
value.

$QCMIP=<value> OK 0 Mobile IP disabled, Simple IP

Or only.
ERROR 1 Mobile IP preferred. In the
initial MIP registration, if the
network does not support
Mobile IP, then the mobile
automatically reverts to
Simple IP (forces a PPP
renegotiation by sending a
LCP C-Req). However, if a
Mobile IP session is
registered and then the
mobile enters a network that
does not support Mobile IP,
the mobile will drop the
session and inform the upper
layers of the failure (for
example, by dropping DCD to
a laptop).
2 Mobile IP only. The mobile will
make data calls only when
Mobile IP is supported in the
network.
During a MIP session, if the
mobile hands off to a network
that does not support MIP,
then the mobile will drop the
session and inform the upper
layers of the failure (for
example, by dropping DCD to
a laptop). This value is stored
in NV.

$QCMIP? $QCMIP: <value>

OK

98-08901C65-C 253
AT Commands Reference

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCMIP=? $QCMIP: (0-2)

OK

Example
AT$QCMIP?
$QCMIP: 0
OK
AT$QCMIP=?
$QCMIP: (0-2)
OK

[Link] +MIPERR, Mobile IP Error Report

This command returns an extended error report when Mobile IP session is failed. The error report (max 20 errors) provides
detailed description of the failure reason.
The errors format can be textual or numeric.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+MIPERR=[<n>] OK n=1, numeric default

n=2, text

AT+MIPERR + MIPERR: : <time of received error>, max 20 errors

< ERROR (string or value) > See example below
OK <time of received error>:
xx:yy:zz:aaa
xx-hour:0-24
yy-min
zz-sec
aaa-msec
Note: after power cycle, the list resets

AT+MIPERR? + MIPERR: <n>

OK

AT+MIPERR =? + MIPERR: (List of supported <n>) 1 or 2

OK

254 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

• The +MIPERR error list is cleared only on a power cycle or when AT+RESET command is executed.
• The +MIPERR list does not include multiple occurrences of the same error code in a row. If the same error occurs
Note in one attempt, then only the time is updated but a new instance is not added to the list.
• The list of error reports includes a report of MIP success also:
MIP_REGISTRATION_ACCEPTED_…. (error number 0 or 1), whenever an MIP data session gets connected..

Error List

The following shows the available errors.

Table 121. Error List

Error
Error String Remarks
Value

MIP_REGISTRATION_ACCEPTED 0 MIP success

MIP REGISTRATION ACCEPTED SIMULTANEOUS BINDINGS 1 MIP success-

UNSUPPORTED one server only

MIP RRQ SEND FAILED 256 Fail due to C-18 internal error

MOBILE IP NOT SUPPORTED 257

1XRTT PACKET SERVICE IS NOT AVAILABLE 258

NO SERVICE 259

COULD NOT ACQUIRE TRAFFIC CHANNEL 260 No rf channel capacity

MOBILE NOT REGISTERED 261

REGISTRATION REQUEST REJECTED BY BASE STATION 262

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:REASON UNSPECIFIED 64

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:ADMINISTRATIVELY 65

PROHIBITED

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:INSUFFICIENT 66 NO PDSN CAPACITY

RESOURCES

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:MOBILE FAILED 67 AUTHENTICATION FAILURE

AUTHENTICATION

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:HA FAILED 68 AUTHENTICATION FAILURE

AUTHENTICATION

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:REQUESTED LIFETIME 69

TOO LONG

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:POORLY FORMED 70

REQUEST

98-08901C65-C 255
AT Commands Reference

Table 121. Error List (Continued)

Error
Error String Remarks
Value

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:POORLY FORMED REPLY 71

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:REQUESTED 72

ENCAPSULATION UNAVAILABLE

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:RESERVED AND 73

UNAVAILABLE

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:REQUESTED REVERSE 74

TUNNEL UNAVAILABLE

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:REVERSE TUNNEL 75

MANDATORY, T BIT NOT SET

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:MOBILE NODE TOO 76

DISTANT

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:INVALID CARE-OF 77

ADDRESS

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:REGISTRATION TIMEOUT 78

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:HOME NETWORK 80

UNREACHABLE

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:HOME AGENT HOST 81

UNREACHABLE

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:HOME AGENT PORT 82

UNREACHABLE

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:HOME AGENT 88

UNREACHABLE

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:FOREIGN AGENT 98

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:UNKNOWN CHALLENGE 104

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:MISSING CHALLENGE 105

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:STALE CHALLENGE 106

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:REASON UNSPECIFIED 128

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:ADMINISTRATIVELY 129

PROHIBITED

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:INSUFFICIENT 130 NO PDSN CAPACITY

RESOURCES

256 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 121. Error List (Continued)

Error
Error String Remarks
Value

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:MOBILE FAILED 131 AUTHENTICATION FAILURE

AUTHENTICATION

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:FA FAILED 132 AUTHENTICATION FAILURE

AUTHENTICATION

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:REGISTRATION 133

IDENTIFICATION MISMATCH

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:POORLY FORMED 134

REQUEST

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:TOO MANY 135

SIMULTANEOUS MOBILITY BINDINGS

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:UNKNOWN HOME AGENT 136

ADDRESS

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:REQUESTED REVERSE 137

TUNNEL UNAVAILABLE

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:REVERSE TUNNEL 138

MANDATORY , T BIT NOT SET

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:REQUESTED 139

ENCAPSULATION UNAVAILABLE

Example

AT+ MIPERR?
+ MIPERR:1 * this is the default numeric state
OK
* set the MIPERR for numeric mode *
AT+ MIPERR=1
OK
AT+ MIPERR?
+ MIPERR:1
OK
AT+MIPERR
+ MIPERR: "[Link].500", 257, "[Link].634",258, "[Link].278","0
OK
* Set the MIPERR for text mode *
AT+ MIPERR=2

98-08901C65-C 257
AT Commands Reference

OK
AT+ MIPERR?
+ MIPERR:2
OK
AT+MIPERR
+ MIPERR: "[Link].500"," MOBILE IP NOT SUPPORTED", "[Link].634","1XRTT PACKET SERVICE IS NOT
AVAILABLE ", "[Link].278", "MIP_REGISTRATION_ACCEPTED"
OK
* Get range of the command *
AT+ MIPERR =?
+ MIPERR: (1-2)

[Link] $QCPKND, Enable/Disable Automatic Packet Detection

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command enables/disables automatic packet detection after a dial command.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCPKND OK Set to default (default is 0)

$QCPKND=<flag> OK Enables/disable the Packet No Dail

or:
ERROR

$QCPKND? $QCPKND: <flag>

OK

$QCPKND=? $QCPKND: (0-1)

OK

258 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the $QCPKND parameters.

Table 122. $QCPKND Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<n> 0 Disable Packet No Dial. If a PPP packet is received

by the mobile without a just prior dial command (that
is, AtdX #), then the mobile will originate a Packet (or
QNC) data call.
1 Enable Packet No Dial. Reception of a PPP packet
without a just prior dial command will NOT Originate
a PPP packet (or QNC) call.

Example

AT$QCPKND?
$QCPKND: 1
OK
AT$QCPKND=?
$QCPKND: (0-1)
OK

[Link] $QCVAD=, Prearrangement Setting

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command responds to a page message that has a voice service option with a page response that has a data service option.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT$QCVAD OK Set to default (default is 0)

AT$QCVAD=<n> OK
or:
ERROR

AT$QCVAD? $QCVAD: <n>

OK

AT$QCVAD=? $QCVAD: (0-4)

OK

98-08901C65-C 259
AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the $QCVAD= parameters.

Table 123. $QCVAD= Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<n> 0 Off
1 Fax for next call
2 Fax for all calls
3 Async for next call
4 Async for all calls

Example

at$QCVAD?
$QCVAD: 0
OK
AT$QCVAD=?
$QCVAD: (0-4)
OK
AT$QCVAD=1
OK

[Link] $QCMTOM, Originate Mobile-to-Mobile Packet Data Call

This command originates a Mobile-to-Mobile Packet Data call using a QUALCOMM proprietary Service Option number.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCMTOM OK The complete command is

or: AT$QCMTOM = <number>, where
ERROR <number> is the phone number to
dial. This command originates a
Mobile-to-Mobile Packet Data call
using the QUALCOMM-proprietary
Service Option number 0x8003. This
is a Rate Set 1 call.

The following table shows the $QCMTOM parameters.

Table 124. $QCMTOM Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<number> The phone number to dial.

260 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

at$QCMTOM
OK

[Link] +CTA, Set/Read/Test Um Packet Data Inactivity Timer

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command sets/reads/tests the Um packet data inactivity timer.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CTA OK Set to default (default is 0)

+CTA=<value> OK Set the release traffic channel timer

or: when no data is receive/transmit.
ERROR 0 - means the timer is disable

+CTA? +CTA: <value>

OK

+CTA=? +CTA: (0-255)

OK

The following table shows the +CTA parameters.

Table 125. +CTA Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<value> 0 Traffic Channel not released during inactivity

periods.
1-255 Release the Traffic Channel after <value>
1-second intervals have elapsed since last
sending or receiving RLP data frames on the Um
interface.
Default is 0.

Example

at+mode=0

98-08901C65-C 261
AT Commands Reference

OK
at+cta?
+CTA: 0
OK
at+cta=?
+CTA: (0-255)
OK
at+cta=59
OK
at+cta?
+CTA: 59
OK

[Link] +CAD?, Query Analog or Digital Service

This command queries the analog or digital service.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CAD? OK Not implemented on the inferior digital

or: technology. If both CDMA and AMPS
ERROR are available, then 1 is returned.

The following table shows the +CAD? parameters.

Table 126. +CAD? Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<value> 0 If no service is available.

1 If CDMA Digital service is available.
2 If TDMA Digital service is available.
3 If Analog service is available (values 4 to 255 are
reserved).

262 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+cad?
+CAD: 1
OK

[Link] +CDR, Um Interface Data Compression Reporting

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command controls whether the extended-format +CDR: intermediate result code is transmitted by the MT2. The result code
is the same as for the TIA/EIA/ IS-131 +DR: result code.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CDR OK Data compression reporting

or: intermediate codes:
ERROR +DR:NONE Data compression is
not in use
+DR:V42B V.42bis is in use in
both directions
+DR:V42B RD V.42bis is in use in
receive direction
only
+DR:V42B TD V.42bis is in use in
transmit direction
only
- Set to default (default is 0)

+CDR=X OK Set if compression reporting is on of

or: off.
ERROR

+CDR? +CDR: X Returns if compression reporting is

OK enable.

+CDR=? +CDR: (0-1)

OK

Example

98-08901C65-C 263
AT Commands Reference

at+mode=0
OK
at+cdr?
+CDR: 0
OK
at+cdr=?
+CDR: (0-1)
OK
at+cdr=1
OK

[Link] +CDS, Um Interface Data Compression

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command controls the V.42bis data compression function on the Um interface. The command format is the same as for the
TIA/EIA/IS-131 +DS command.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+CDS OK Set to default (default is 0,1,2048,6)

AT+CDS=<direction>, OK Controls the V.42bis data

<compression_negotiation>, Or compression function on the Um
<max_dict>,<max_string> ERROR interface.

AT+CDS=? +CDS: (0-0),(1-1),(512-65535),(6- Displays the supported values for

250) <direction>,
OK <compression_negotiation>,
<max_dict>, and <max_string>

AT+CDS? +CDS: <direction>, Displays the current settings

<compression_negotiation>,
<max_dict>,<max_string>
OK

264 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +CDS parameters.

Table 127. +CDS Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<direction> Specifies the desired directions of operations of the data

compression function from the DTE’s point of view.
0 Negotiated, no compression (V.42bis P0=0)

<compression_ Specifies whether the DCE should continue to operate if

negotiation> the desired result is not obtained.
1 Disconnect if V.42 bis is not negotiated by the
remote DCE as specified in <direction>.

<max_dict> Specifies the maximum number of dictionary entries

which should be negotiated.
512-65563

<max_string> Specifies the maximum string length to be negotiated

(V.42bis P2).
6-250

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+cds?
+CDS: 0,1,2048,6

OK
at+cds=?
+CDS: (0-0),(1-1),(512-65535),(6-250)

OK
at+cds=0,1,4096,250
OK
at+cds?
+CDS: 0,1,4096,250

OK

98-08901C65-C 265
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +CRM, Set Rm Interface Protocol

This command enables the user to set the protocol on the Rm interface.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CRM OK A mobile station returns ERROR if it

or: is provided with a value that is not
ERROR within the valid range.

The following table shows the +CRM parameters.

Table 128. +CRM Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<value> 0 Asynchronous Data or Fax

1 Packet data service, Relay Layer Rm interface
2 Packet data service, Network Layer Rm
interface, PPP
Note: The default value for the +CRM parameter is 0 if
this value is supported by the MT2. If 0 is not supported,
the default +CRM value will be manufacturer-specific.

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+crm?
+CRM: 2
OK
at+crm=?
+CRM: (0-2)

OK
at+crm=0
ERROR
at+crm=1
ERROR
at+crm=2
OK

266 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] +CQD, Command State Inactivity Timer

This command sets the timer value that specifies the period of inactivity before a Data call is released.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action

+CQD=<value> OK
or:
ERROR

The following table shows the +CQD parameters.

Table 129. +CQD Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<value> 0 Ignored
1-255 Release call after 5x<value> seconds have
elapsed without activity.
Default value is 10. (50 seconds)

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+cqd?
+CQD: 10
OK
at+cqd=?
ERROR
at+cqd=5
OK

98-08901C65-C 267
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +CMIP?, Mobile Station IP Address

This read-only command returns the mobile station’s temporary IP address.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action

+CMIP? OK
or:
ERROR

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+cmip?
OK

[Link] +CBIP?, Base Station IP Address

This read-only command returns the base station’s temporary IP address.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action

+CBIP? OK
or:
ERROR

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+cbip?
OK

268 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] +CMUX, Select Multiplex Option

This command sets the multiplex option to be proposed during the service negotiation procedures for connecting a STU-III
secure service option.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action

AT+CMUX=<n> OK
or:
ERROR

The following table shows the +CMUX parameters.

Table 130. +CMUX Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<n> 1 Multiplex Option 1

2 Multiplex Option 2

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+cmux?
+CMUX: C,2
OK
at+cmux=?
+CMUX: (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, A, B, C, D, F),(1, 2)
OK
at+cmux=B,1
OK
at+cmux?
+CMUX: B,1
OK

98-08901C65-C 269
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +CFG, Configuration String

This command enables the storage of a string (up to and including the termination character) by the MT2 and its transmission
to the base station prior to dialing. Each transmission of an AT+CFG command from the TE2 replaces the contents of the
previous string. The string may be up to 248 characters.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+CFG OK <string>
or: The string may be up to 248
ERROR characters.

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+cfg?
+CFG: ""
OK
at+cfg="*43"
OK
at+cfg?
+CFG: "*43"
OK

[Link] +CXT, Cellular Extension

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command controls the handling of unrecognized commands by the MT2. After establishing the transport layer connection
and transmitting the configuration information, the MT2 sends the unrecognized command to the IWF. The default mode on
power on is AT+CXT=0.

270 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+CXT OK
Set to default (default is 0)

+CXT=<value> OK If the TE2 issues AT+CXT=0, the

Or MT2 returns the ERROR result code
ERROR when it is in the command state and it
receives an unrecognized AT
command on the Rm interface.
If the TE2 issues AT+CXT=1, the
MT2 opens a transport layer
connection to the IWF if it receives an
unrecognized command on the Rm
interface.

+CXT? +CXT: 0
OK

+CXT=? +CXT: (0-1)

OK

The following table shows the +CXT parameters.

Table 131. +CXT Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<value> 0 Do not pass unrecognized commands to the IWF.

1 When detecting an unrecognized AT command,
open transport layer connection and pass the
unrecognized command to the IWF.

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+cxt?
+CXT: 0
OK
at+cxt=?
+CXT: (0-1)
OK
at+cxt=1
OK

98-08901C65-C 271
AT Commands Reference

[Link] MV18S, V.18 Selection

This command controls the manner of operation of the V.18 capabilities (if present in the IWF).

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+MV18S=[<mode>[, OK Controls the manner of operation of

<dflt_ans_mode>[,<fbk_time_enable> the V.18 if present in the DCE
]]]

AT+MV18S=? ERROR Displays available value ranges

AT+MV18S? +MV18S: <mode>,<dflt_ans_mode>, Displays the current settings

<fbk_time_enable>
OK

The following table shows the +MV18S parameters.

Table 132. +MV18S Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<mode> Specifies the calling mode of operation.

0 Disables V.18 operation
1 V.18 operation, auto detect mode
2 V.18 operation, connect in 5-bit mode
3 V.18 operation, connect in DTMF mode
4 V.18 operation, connect in EDT mode
5 V.18 operation, connect in V.21 mode
6 V.18 operation, connect in V.23 mode
7 V.18 operation, connect in Bell 103-type mode

<dflt_ans_mode> Specifies the preferred fallback mode of operation when

the DCE is operating as the call receiver.
0 Disables V.18 answer operation
1 no default specified (auto detect)
2 V.18 operation connect in 5-bit mode
3 V.18 operation connect in DTMF mode
4 V.18 operation connect in EDT mode

<fbk_time_enable> Specifies the enabling of re-acquisition after 2 seconds

of no transmission.
0 Disable
1 Enable

272 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+mv18s?
+MV18S: 0,0,0
OK
at+mv18s=?
ERROR
at+mv18s=7,4,1
OK
at+mv18s=8,4,1
ERROR
at+mv18s=7,4,0
OK
at+mv18s?
+MV18S: 7,4,0
OK

[Link] +MV18R, V.18 Reporting Control

This command controls whether the extended-format +MV18R: result code is transmitted from the IWF to the mobile station.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MV18R OK
or:
ERROR

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+mv18r?
+MV18R: 1
OK
at+mv18r=0
OK

98-08901C65-C 273
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +MS, Modulation Selection

This command controls the manner of operation of the modulation capabilities in the IWF.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MS

[Link] +MR, Modulation Reporting Control

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command controls whether the extended-format +MCR:<carrier> and +MRR:<rate> intermediate result codes are
transmitted from the IWF to the mobile station.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MR OK Set to default (default is 0)

+MR=X OK Set on/off the option to transmit

or carrier and rate to the mobile station.
ERROR

+MR? +MR: X
OK

Example

AT+MODE=0
OK
AT+MR?
+MR: 0

OK
AT+MR=1
OK

274 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

AT+MR?
+MR: 1

OK
AT+MR
OK
AT+MR?
+MR: 0

OK

[Link] +MA, Modulation Automode Control

This command lists the modulations that the base station may use to connect with the remote DCE in Automode operation, for
answering or originating data calls, as additional alternatives to the modulation specified in the +MS command.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+MA

[Link] +ETBM, Data Handling

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command designates the action for data that remains in the DCE internal buffers when a call is terminated. For example,
discard, attempt delivery until remote disconnect, and so on.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+ETBM OK Set to default (default is 1,1,20)

98-08901C65-C 275
AT Commands Reference

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+ETBM=<pending_TD> OK Controls the handling of data

[,<pending_RD>],[<timer>] Or remaining in the DCE (IWF) buffers
ERROR upon call termination.
Aysnc: Required
Packet Data: Optional
Remote: Yes

AT+ETBM? +ETBM:<pending_TD>, Displays the current settings.

<pending_RD>,<timer>
OK

The following table shows the +ETBM parameters.

Table 133. +ETBM Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<pending_TD> Specifies how previously-transmitted data remaining in

the DCE buffers should be handled when the local DTE
disconnects the call.
0 Discard all buffered data immediately and
disconnect.
1 Attempt delivery until all data is delivered and
acknowledged (ignore timer). If the remote DCE
disconnects, discard the remaining data.
2 Attempt delivery until all data is delivered and
acknowledged. If the timer expires or the remote
DCE disconnects, discard the remaining data.

<pending_RD> Specifies how previously-received data remaining in the

DCE buffers should be handled when the remote DCE
disconnects the call.
0 Discard all buffered data immediately and
disconnect.
1 Attempt delivery until all data is delivered and
acknowledged (ignore timer).If the local DTE
disconnects, discard the remaining data.
2 Attempt delivery until all data is delivered. If the
timer expires or the local DTE disconnects, discard
the remaining data.

<timer> Sets a maximum time limit on how long the DCE will
attempt to deliver the buffered data before abandoning
the attempt and discarding the remaining data.
0-30 Delivery time in seconds
Other Higher values may be supported

276 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

at+etbm?
+ETBM: 1,1,20

OK
at+etbm=1,1,30
OK
at+etbm?
+ETBM: 1,1,30

OK

[Link] +ESR, Selective Repeat Option Controller

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command controls the use of the selective repeat (SREJ) option in V.42 on the PSTN link (if present in the IWF).

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+ESR OK Set to default (default is 1)

+ESR=<value> OK Controls the V.42bis data.

or:
ERROR

+ESR? +ESR: <value>

OK

The following table shows the +ESR parameters.

Table 134. +ESR Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<value> Specifies the SREJ value.

0 Do not use SREJ.
1 Use SREJ if available in remote DCE. If not, continue without it.
2 Use SREJ if available in remote DCE. If not, disconnect.

98-08901C65-C 277
AT Commands Reference

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+esr?
+ESR: 2
OK
at+esr=1
OK
at+esr?
+ESR: 1
OK

[Link] +ES, Error Control Selection

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command controls the manner of operation of the V.42 protocol on the PSTN link (if present in the IWF).

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+ES OK Set to default. (default is 3,0,2)

AT+ES=<orig_rqst>[,<orig_fbk> OK Controls the V.42bis data.

[,<ans_fbk>]] Or
ERROR

AT+ES? +ES:<orig_rqst>,<orig_fbk>, Displays the current error control

<ans_fbk> settings.
OK

278 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +ES parameters.

Table 135. +ES Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<orig_rqst> Specifies the initial requested mode of operation when the

DCE operates as the originator.
0 Direct mode
1 Initiate call with Buffered mode only
2 Initiate V.42 without Detection Phase.
3 Initiate V.42 with Detection Phase
4 Initiate Alternative Protocol

<orig_fbk> Specifies the acceptable fallback mode of operation

when the DCE operates as the originator.
0 Error control optional (either LAPM or alternative
acceptable). If error control is not established,
maintain DTE-DCE data rate and use V.14 buffered
mode with flow control during non-error-control
operation.
1 Error control optional (either LAPM or alternative
acceptable). If error control is not established,
change the DTE-DCE data rate to match the line
rate and use Direct mode.
2 Error control required (either LAPM or alternative
acceptable). If error control is not established,
disconnect.
3 Error control required (only LAPM acceptable). If
error control is not established, disconnect.
4 Error control required (only alternative acceptable).
If error control is not established, disconnect.

<ans_fbk> Specifies the acceptable fallback mode of operation

when the DCE operates as the destination.
0 Direct mode.
1 Error control disabled, use Buffered mode.
2 Error control optional (either LAPM or alternative
acceptable). If error control is not established,
maintain the DTE-DCE data rate and use the V.14
buffered mode with flow control during
non-error-control operation.
3 Error control optional (either LAPM or alternative
acceptable). If error control is not established,
change the DTE-DCE data rate to match the line
rate, and use Direct mode.
4 Error control required (either LAPM or alternative
acceptable). If error control is not established,
disconnect.
5 Error control required (only LAPM acceptable). If
error control is not established, disconnect.
6 Error control required (only alternative acceptable).
If error control is not established, disconnect.

98-08901C65-C 279
AT Commands Reference

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+es?
+ES: 3,0,2

OK
at+es=4,3,2
OK
at+es?
+ES: 4,3,2

OK

[Link] +ER, Error Control Reporting

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command controls whether the extended-format +ER: intermediate result code is transmitted from the IWF over the Um
interface.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+ER OK Set to default (default is 0)

+ER=<value> OK See parameter table.

or:
ERROR

+ER? +ER: <value>

OK

280 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +ER parameters.

Table 136. +ER Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<value> 0 Error control reporting disabled

1 Error control reporting enabled

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+er=1
OK
at+er?
+ER: 1

[Link] +DS, Compression

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command controls the V.42bis data compression function on the PSTN link if provided in the IWF.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+DS OK Set to default (Default is 3,0,2048,6)

AT+DS=<direction>, OK Controls the V.42bis data

<compression_negotiation>, or compression function on the PSTN
<max_dict>,<max_string> ERROR link if provided in the IWF.

AT+DS? +DS: <direction>, Displays the current settings.

<compression_negotiation>,
<max_dict>,<max_string>
OK

98-08901C65-C 281
AT Commands Reference

The following table shows the +DS parameters.

Table 137. +DS Parameters

<Parameter> Description

<direction> Specifies the desired direction of operations of the data

compression function from the DTE’s point of view.
0 Negotiated, no compression (V.42bis P0=0).
1 Transmit only.
2 Receive only.
3 Both directions, accept any direction.
Default is 3.

<compression_ Specifies whether the DCE should continue to operate if

negotiation> the desired result is not obtained.
0 Do not disconnect if V.42 bis is not negotiated by the
remote DCE as specified in <direction>.
1 Disconnect if V.42 bis is not negotiated by the
remote DCE as specified in <direction>.
Default is 0.

<max_dict> Specifies the maximum number of dictionary entries

which should be negotiated.
512-65563
Default is determined by the manufacturer.

<max_string> Specifies the maximum string length to be negotiated

(V.42bis P2).
6-250
Default is 6.

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+ds?
+DS: 3,0,2048,6
OK
at+ds=?
ERROR
at+ds=1,1,2048,250
OK
at+ds?
+DS: 1,1,2048,250
OK

282 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] +DR, Compression Reporting

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command controls whether the extended-format +DR: intermediate result code is transmitted from the IWF over the Um
interface.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+DR OK Set to default (default is 0)

+DR=<value> OK Data compression reporting

or: intermediate codes.
ERROR +DR:NONE Data compression
is not in use.
+DR:V42B V.42bis is in use in
both directions.
+DR:V42B RD V.42bis is in use in
receive direction
only.
+DR:V42B TD V.42bis is in use in
transmit direction
only..

+DR? +DR: <value>

OK

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+dr=?
ERROR
at+dr=1

OK
at+dr?
+DR: 1
OK

98-08901C65-C 283
AT Commands Reference

[Link] +EFCS, FCS Values

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command controls the use of the 32-bit frame check sequence option in V.42 on the PSTN link (if present in the IWF).

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

+EFCS OK Set to default (default is 1)

+EFCS=<value> OK <value>
or: Frame check sequence values.
ERROR 0 Use 16 bit FCS.
1 Use 32-bit FCS, if available in
the remote DCE, otherwise
use 16-bit FCS.
2 Use 32-bit FCS if available in
the remote DCE..

+EFCS? +EFCS: <value>

OK

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at+efcs?
+EFCS: 0
OK
at+efcs=1
OK
at+efcs?
+EFCS: 1
OK

284 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

4.16 TCP/IP

4.16.1 TCP/IP Commands

[Link] $QCPREV, Protocol Revision In Use

This command returns the protocol revision in use.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCPREV OK Returns one of the following codes:

or: 1 JSTD008
ERROR 3 IS_95A
4 IS_95B
6 IS_2000

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at$qcprev
$QCPREV: 4
OK

[Link] $QCRLPD, Dump RLP Protocol Statistics

This command dumps the RLP statistics in ASCII format to the TE2. This does not apply to RLP 3 statistics (see $QCRL3D).

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCRLPD OK
or:
ERROR

98-08901C65-C 285
AT Commands Reference

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at$qcrlpd
$QCRLPD:
Rx Data Cnt :00E7 Tx Data Cnt :0118Single Naks :0000 Double Naks :0000Triple Naks :0000 ReXmits
:0003Seq Timeout Cnt :0000 ReXmits Missed :0000ReXmits Not Found:0000 Largest ReXmit :0001Fill Frames Rx'ed:0000
Idle Fr Errs :0000Full Type Errs :0000 Rx Seg Frame Errs:0000Erasures :0040 Lrgst Cntg. Erase:0001Generic Errors
:0000 Last RTT :000BResets :0000Last Call Synced:ESTABLISHED
OK

[Link] $QCRLPR, Reset RLP Protocol Statistics

This command zeroes all the RLP statistics counters. This does not apply to RLP 3 statistics (Refer to “$QCRL3R, Reset RLP 3
Protocol Statistics” on page 292).

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCRLPR OK
or:
ERROR

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at$qcrlpr
$QCRLPR:
OK
at$qcrlpd
$QCRLPD:
Rx Data Cnt :0000 Tx Data Cnt :0000Single Naks :0000 Double Naks :0000Triple Naks :0000 ReXmits
:0000Seq Timeout Cnt :0000 ReXmits Missed :0000ReXmits Not Found:0000 Largest ReXmit :0000Fill Frames Rx'ed:0000
Idle Fr Errs :0000Full Type Errs :0000 Rx Seg Frame Errs:0000Erasures :0000 Lrgst Cntg. Erase:0000Generic Errors
:0000 Last RTT :0000Resets :0000Last Call Synced:RLP_NOT_ESTABLISHED
OK

286 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] $QCPPPD, Dump PPP Protocol Statistics

This command dumps the PPP statistics in ASCII format to the TE2.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCPPPD Ok
or:
ERROR

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at$qcpppd
$QCPPPD:
In LCP :0007 Out LCP :0009In IPCP :0019 Out IPCP :0019Um Framed Pkts :0000 Rm Framed Pkts
:0000Um Unframed Pkts :0000 Rm Unframed Pkts :0000Um Total Pkts :0000 Rm Total Pkts :0000In Unicast :00C3
Out Unicast :00FBIn Discards :0000 Out Discards :0000In Errors :0000 Out Errors :0000In Unknown :0000
In Checksum :0000InOctets : 00001113 OutOctets : 00000DE6InGoodOctets: 00001113
OK

[Link] $QCPPPR, Reset PPP Protocol Statistics

This command zeroes all the PPP statistics counters.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCPPPR OK
or:
ERROR

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at$qcpppr
$QCPPPR:

98-08901C65-C 287
AT Commands Reference

OK
at$qcpppd
$QCPPPD:
$QCPPPD:
In LCP :0000 Out LCP :0000In IPCP :0000 Out IPCP :0000Um Framed Pkts :0000 Rm Framed Pkts
:0000Um Unframed Pkts :0000 Rm Unframed Pkts :0000Um Total Pkts :0000 Rm Total Pkts :0000In Unicast :0000 Out
Unicast :0000In Discards :0000 Out Discards :0000In Errors :0000 Out Errors :0000In Unknown :0000 In
Checksum :0000InOctets : 00000000 OutOctets : 00000000InGoodOctets: 00000000
OK

[Link] $QCIPD, Dump IP Protocol Statistics

This command dumps the IP statistics in ASCII format to the TE2.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCIPD OK
or:
ERROR

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at$qcipd
$QCIPD:
IP:
InReceives :00AD InHdrErrors :0000InUnknownProtos:0000 InDelivers :00ADOutPackets :00E3ICMP:InMsgs
:0000 OutMsgs :0000InInvalid :0000 InBroadcast :0000InChecksum :0000 InEchoRequest :0000InTimestamp
:0000 InInfoRequest :0000
OK

288 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

[Link] $QCIPR, Reset IP Protocol Statistics

This command zeroes all the IP statistics counters.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCIPR OK
or:
ERROR

Example

at+mode=0OKat$qcipr$QCIPR:OKat$qcipd$QCIPD:IP:InReceives :0000 InHdrErrors :0000InUnknownProtos:0000

InDelivers :0000OutPackets :0000ICMP:InMsgs :0000 OutMsgs :0000InInvalid :0000 InBroadcast
:0000InChecksum :0000 InEchoRequest :0000InTimestamp :0000 InInfoRequest :0000
OK

[Link] $QCUDPD, Dump UDP Protocol Statistics

This command dumps the UDP statistics in ASCII format to the TE2.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCUDPD OK
or:
ERROR

Example

at$qcudpd
$QCUDPD:
InDatagrams :0000 OutDatagrams :0000InErrors :0000
OK

98-08901C65-C 289
AT Commands Reference

[Link] $QCUDPR, Reset UDP Protocol Statistics

This command zeroes all the UDP statistics counters.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCUDPR OK
or:
ERROR

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at$qcudpr
$QCUDPR:
OK
at$qcudpd
$QCUDPD:
InDatagrams :0000 OutDatagrams :0000InErrors :0000
OK

[Link] $QCTCPD, Dump TCP Protocol Statistics

This command dumps the TCP statistics in ASCII format to the TE2.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCTCPD OK
or:
ERROR

290 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at$qctcpd
$QCTCPD:
ActiveOpens :0001 PassiveOpens :0000AttemptFails :0000 EstabResets :0000InSegs :009C OutSegs
:00D1RetransSegs :0000 InErrs :0000OutRsts :0000 RxOutOfOrderSeg:0000Payload Sent : 0000012BPayload
Received: 000001BEBackoffs : 0000000000
OK

[Link] $QCTCPR, Reset TCP Protocol Statistics

This command zeroes all the TCP statistics counters.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCTCPR OK
or:
ERROR

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at$qctcpr
$QCTCPR:
OK
at$qctcpd
$QCTCPD:ActiveOpens :0000 PassiveOpens :0000AttemptFails :0000 EstabResets :0000InSegs :0000 OutSegs
:0000RetransSegs :0000 InErrs :0000OutRsts :0000 RxOutOfOrderSeg:0000Payload Sent : 00000000Payload
Received: 00000000Backoffs : 0000000000
OK

98-08901C65-C 291
AT Commands Reference

[Link] $QCRL3D, Dump RLP 3 Protocol Statistics

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command dumps the RLP 3 statistics in ASCII format to the TE2. This does not apply to other versions of RLP (Refer to
“$QCRLPD, Dump RLP Protocol Statistics” on page 285).

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCRL3D OK
or:
ERROR

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at$qcrl3d
$QCRL3D:
Rx Data Cnt :00001783 Tx Data Cnt :00000B47
Single Naks :00000005 Double Naks :00000000
Triple Naks :00000000 Rx Naks :00000034
Tx Total Bytes :0001003B Rx Total Bytes :000301E7
ReXmits Not Found:00000000 Fill Frames Rx'ed:00000A9E
Rlp Erasures :00000000 Mux Erasures :00000186
Lrgst Cntg. Erase:00000004 Last RTT :00000000
Resets :00000002 Aborts (Nak) :00000000
Rlp State :00000000
Last Call Synced:RLP_NOT_ESTABLISHED

[Link] $QCRL3R, Reset RLP 3 Protocol Statistics

The information in this section applies to release 3.0B and above.

Note

This command zeroes all of the RLP 3 statistics counters. This does not apply to other versions of RLP (Refer to “$QCRLPR,
Reset RLP Protocol Statistics” on page 286).

292 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

$QCRL3R OK
or:
ERROR

Example

at+mode=0
OK
at$qcrl3r
$QCRL3R:
OK
Rx Data Cnt :00000000 Tx Data Cnt :00000000
Single Naks :00000000 Double Naks :00000000
Triple Naks :00000000 Rx Naks :00000000
Tx Total Bytes :00000000 Rx Total Bytes :00000000
ReXmits Not Found:00000000 Fill Frames Rx'ed:00000000
Rlp Erasures :00000000 Mux Erasures :00000000
Lrgst Cntg. Erase:00000000 Last RTT :00000000
Resets :00000000 Aborts (Nak) :00000000
Rlp State :00000000
Last Call Synced:RLP_NOT_ESTABLISHED
OK

98-08901C65-C 293
AT Commands Reference

4.17 MOBILE IP
Mobile IP provides a method of allowing IP traffic to find nodes, whose point of attachment to the Internet changes. An IP
address implies a geographical or topological location for a particular node. For example, all of the IP packets with a destination
address of 911.50.x.x will be forwarded to New York, as all of the addresses in this block belong to NYPD. If a mobile wants
to use one of these addresses and connects to the Internet via an other Internet Service Provider (ISP), then that address would
be topologically incorrect, and the packets would never find the mobile in question, as they would be sent to the NYPD network,
and not to the network that belongs to the ISP where the mobile has attached itself. Mobile IP provides a mechanism for forward-
ing these packets to the mobile node, regardless of its location.

Visited Network Home Network

M obile Term inal
N ode
3 IP “Tunnel Internet” 2

4 – R esponse from 5
M obile Term inal
Foreign Agent U nit
H om e Agent of the
M obile U nit

1 – Send data to the m obile unit

“H om e System ”

Fix Term inal

(C orresponding N ode )

Figure 3. Mobile IP System Scheme

4.17.1 +MIPERR, Mobile IP Error Report

This command returns an extended error report when Mobile IP session is failed. The error report (maximum 20 errors) provides
detailed description of the failure reason. The errors format can be textual or numeric.

294 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Mode Activation

Mode = 0

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

AT+MIPERR=[<n>] OK n=1 numeric default

n=2 text

AT+MIPERR + MIPERR: : <time of received error> , Maximum 20 errors, see example

< ERROR (string or value) > below.
OK <time of received error>:
xx:yy:zz:aaa
xx-hour:0-24
yy-min
zz-sec
aaa-msec
Note: after power cycle the list
resets.

AT+MIPERR? + MIPERR: <n>

OK

AT+MIPERR =? + MIPERR: (List of supported <n>) 1 or 2

OK

• The +MIPERR error list is cleared only on a power cycle or when AT+RESET command is executed.
• The +MIPERR list does not include multiple occurrences of the same error code in a row. If the same error occurs
Note in one attempt, then only the time is updated but a new instance is not added to the list.
• Supported and tested in 04.07 SW version and above.
• The list of error report will include also a report of MIP success: MIP_REGISTRATION_ACCEPTED_…. (error
number 0 or 1) ,whenever an MIP data session gets connected.

Table 138 shows all possible errors.

Table 138. Error List

ERROR
ERROR STRING REMARKS
VALUE

MIP_REGISTRATION_ACCEPTED 0 MIP success

MIP REGISTRATION ACCEPTED SIMULTANEOUS BINDINGS UNSUPPORTED 1 MIP success - one

server only

MIP RRQ SEND FAILED 256 fail due to C-18

internal error

MOBILE IP NOT SUPPORTED 257

1XRTT PACKET SERVICE IS NOT AVAILABLE 258

98-08901C65-C 295
AT Commands Reference

Table 138. Error List (Continued)

NO SERVICE 259

COULD NOT ACQUIRE TRAFFIC CHANNEL 260 No rf channel

capacity

MOBILE NOT REGISTERED 261

REGISTRATION REQUEST REJECTED BY BASE STATION 262

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:REASON UNSPECIFIED 64

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:ADMINISTRATIVELY PROHIBITED 65

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:INSUFFICIENT RESOURCES 66 NO PDSN

CAPACITY

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:MOBILE FAILED AUTHENTICATION 67 AUTHENTICATION

FAILURE

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:HA FAILED AUTHENTICATION 68 AUTHENTICATION

FAILURE

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:REQUESTED LIFETIME TOO LONG 69

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:POORLY FORMED REQUEST 70

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:POORLY FORMED REPLY 71

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:REQUESTED ENCAPSULATION 72

UNAVAILABLE

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:RESERVED AND UNAVAILABLE 73

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:REQUESTED REVERSE TUNNEL 74

UNAVAILABLE

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:REVERSE TUNNEL MANDATORY, T BIT 75

NOT SET

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:MOBILE NODE TOO DISTANT 76

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:INVALID CARE-OF ADDRESS 77

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:REGISTRATION TIMEOUT 78

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:HOME NETWORK UNREACHABLE 80

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:HOME AGENT HOST UNREACHABLE 81

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:HOME AGENT PORT UNREACHABLE 82

296 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 138. Error List (Continued)

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:HOME AGENT UNREACHABLE 88

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:FOREIGN AGENT 98

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:UNKNOWN CHALLENGE 104

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:MISSING CHALLENGE 105

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY FA:STALE CHALLENGE 106

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:REASON UNSPECIFIED 128

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:ADMINISTRATIVELY PROHIBITED 129

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:INSUFFICIENT RESOURCES 130 NO PDSN

CAPACITY

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:MOBILE FAILED AUTHENTICATION 131 AUTHENTICATION

FAILURE

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:FA FAILED AUTHENTICATION 132 AUTHENTICATION

FAILURE

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:REGISTRATION IDENTIFICATION 133

MISMATCH

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:POORLY FORMED REQUEST 134

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:TOO MANY SIMULTANEOUS MOBILITY 135

BINDINGS

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:UNKNOWN HOME AGENT ADDRESS 136

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:REQUESTED REVERSE TUNNEL 137

UNAVAILABLE

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:REVERSE TUNNEL MANDATORY , T BIT 138

NOT SET

MIP REGISTRATION DENIED BY HA:REQUESTED ENCAPSULATION 139

UNAVAILABLE

Example

AT+ MIPERR?
+ MIPERR:1 * this is the default numeric state
OK
* set the MIPERR for numeric mode *
AT+ MIPERR=1

98-08901C65-C 297
AT Commands Reference

OK
AT+ MIPERR?
+ MIPERR:1
OK
AT+MIPERR
+ MIPERR: "[Link].500", 257, "[Link].634",258, "[Link].278","0
OK
* Set the MIPERR for text mode *
AT+ MIPERR=2
OK
AT+ MIPERR?
+ MIPERR:2
OK
AT+MIPERR
+ MIPERR: "[Link].500"," MOBILE IP NOT SUPPORTED", "[Link].634","1XRTT PACKET SERVICE IS NOT
AVAILABLE ", "[Link].278", "MIP_REGISTRATION_ACCEPTED"
OK
* Get range of the command *
AT+ MIPERR =?
+ MIPERR: (1-2)
OK

298 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

4.17.2 $QCMIPREG

This command configures the Mobile IP related parameters that are common to all the MIP user profiles currently saved inside
the c18 NVM.

Mode Activation

Mode = 0.

AT command Response Remark

AT$QCMIPREG=<max OK Maximum allowed retries is 0-2

allowed retries>,<retry retry timeout:
timeout>,<PRE - registration retry timeout = <value>*250 msec + 1000 msec
timeout in minutes>,<send
PRE - registration timeout in minutes: 0-63
RRQ only if there has been
minutes
traffic>,<dormant handoff QC
optimization> Send RRQ only if there was traffic
• 0 - send RRQ in any case
• 1 - send RRQ only if data was transferred
since last RRQ.
Dormant handoff QC optimization
• 0 - disable QC optimization
• 1 - enable QC optimization

AT$QCMIPREG? $QCMIPREG: <max allowed

retries>,<retry timeout>,<PRE -
registration timeout in
minutes>,<send RRQ only if
there has been
traffic>,<dormant handoff QC
optimization>
OK

AT$QCMIPREG =? $QCMIPREG: (0-2),(0-4),(0- Shows the legal value ranges for:

63),(0-1),(0-1) • < for Max allowed retries>
OK • <retry timeout>
• <PRE - registration timeout in minutes>
• <send RRQ only if there has been traffic>
• <dormant handoff QC optimization>

The values set by this AT command are common to all six Mobile IP user profiles.

Note

98-08901C65-C 299
AT Commands Reference

4.17.3 $QCMIP, Enable /Disable Mobile IP

This command enables or disables the support for Mobile IP.

AT$QCMIP=<Val>

Val Definition

0 Mobile IP Disabled. Simple IP Only. This is the default.

1 Mobile IP Preferred.
In the initial MIP registration, if the network does not support MIP, then the mobile automatically
reverts to Simple IP (forces a PPP renegotiation by sending a LCP C-Req).
However, if the mobile enters a network that does not support an MIP, after the MIP session was
registered, the mobile will drop the session and will inform the upper layers of the failure.

2 Mobile IP only.
The mobile will make data calls only when MIP is supported in the network. During an MIP
session, if the mobile hands off to a network that does not support MIP, the mobile will drop the
session and will inform the upper layers of the failure (for example, by dropping DCD). This value
is stored in NV.

• When the AT$QCMIP value is changed to ’1’ or to ’2’, the value of AT+CRM is changed to ’2’. AT+CRM with a
value of ’2’ enables network model operation. Changing the value to ’0’ will reset the AT+CRM to its original
value.
Note
• When the AT$QCMIP value is changed to ’1’ or to ’2’, the value of AT$QCMDR is changed to ’3’. AT$QCMDR=3
means that the mobile tries Service Option number 33 when it is in a cdma2000 network that advertises P_REV6
or higher. When AT$QCMIP>0 and an attempt is made to set AT$QCMDR to less than ’3’, the mobile will return
ERROR.
• When the AT$QCMIP value is set to ’1’ or to ’2’, the value of AT$QCPKND is changed to ’0’. This means that the
mobile must see a dial string (such as #777 – the actual string is configurable) on the serial interface before it
originates packet data calls. When AT$QCMIP>0 and an attempt is made to set AT$QCPKND to ’1’, the mobile
will return ERROR.

Type of
AT Command Response/Action
Command

Set AT$QCMIP=< value> OK

OR ERROR

Read AT$QCMIP? $QCMIP: <value>

OK

Test AT$QCMIP=? $QCMIP: (0-2)

OK

300 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Example

AT$QCMIP=1 // Set to Mobile IP preferred

OK
$QCMIP?
$QCMIP: <value>
OK
$QCMIP=?
$QCMIP: (0-2)
OK

4.17.4 $QCMIPP, Select MIP User Profile

This command selects one of the MIP user profiles as the current active profile. The command chooses a profile number between
’0’ and ’5’. This value is stored in NV. $QCMIPP command is used for configuring Dial-Up Networking.

AT$QCMIP=<Val>

<Val> Definition

0 Select User Profile 0 (default)

1 Select User Profile 1

2 Select User Profile 2

3 Select User Profile 3

4 Select User Profile 4

5 Select User Profile 5

Type of
AT Command Response/Action
Command

Set AT$QCMIPP=< val> OK

OR ERROR

Read AT$QCMIPP? $QCMIPP: <val>

OK

Test AT$QCMIPP=? $QCMIPP: (0-5)

OK

98-08901C65-C 301
AT Commands Reference

Example

AT$QCMIPP=1 // Set to select MIP user profile 1

OK
If no error occurred, the MIP profile 1 is selected.

4.17.5 $QCMIPT, Enable the Use of [Link] Authentication

This command enables or disables the use of rfc2002bis authentication, which is a required part of the Registration Request
(RRQ). A bug exists in RFC 2002 where it fails to include the SPI in the calculation of the MN-HA authenticator. RFC 2002bis
fixes this bug and most existing Mobile IP implementations. Follow the RFC 3 2002bis in this matter.
When AT$QCMIPT=1, the mobile will use RFC 2002bis style authentication. When AT$QCMIPT=0, the Mobile will use RFC
2002 style authentication.
This AT command is for test purposes only. It is expected that carriers will not allow users to use this AT command
to change the Mobile IP configuration, and that this will be changed only through the use of service provisioning
tools for modifying the value of the corresponding NV item.
Note

AT$QCMIPT=<Val>

<Val> Definition

0 Use of rfc2002bis authentication is disabled, rfc2002 style authentication is used instead.

1 Use of rfc2002bis authentication is enabled.

Type of
AT Command Response/Action
Command

Set AT$QCMIPT=< val> OK

OR ERROR

Read AT$QCMIPT? $QCMIPT: <val>

OK

Test AT$QCMIPT=? $QCMIPT: (0-1)

OK

Example

AT$QCMIPT=1 Use of rfc2002bis authentication is enabled.

OK

302 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

4.17.6 $QCMIPEP, Enable or Disable Currently Active Profile

This command enables or disables the currently active profile details.

Disabling a profile is not the same as erasing a profile. Disabling a profile makes the profile unavailable for use until it is re-
enabled. It only takes a single numeric argument (either ’0’ or ’1’), which indicates whether or not a profile is enabled (0 indi-
cates it should be disabled).

AT$QCMIPEP=<Val>

<Val> Definition

0 Disable the currently active profile (profile is unavailable until it is re-enabled.

1 Enable the currently active profile.

Type of
AT Command Response/Action
Command

Set AT$QCMIPEP=< val> OK

OR ERROR

Read AT$QCMIPEP? $QCMIPEP: <val>

OK

Test AT$QCMIPEP=? $QCMIPEP: (0-1)

OK

Example

AT$QCMIPEP=1 Enable the currently active profile

OK

98-08901C65-C 303
AT Commands Reference

4.17.7 $QCMIPGETP, Return All Info for the Specified Profile Number

This command returns all the information corresponding to the particular profile number entered. If a profile number is not
entered then the AT command will return all the information corresponding to the currently active profile. If a profile corre-
sponding to a particular profile number does not exist, then an error is returned.

AT$QCMIPGETP=<Val>

<Val> Definition

Default (Blank) returns all information corresponding to the currently active profile.

0 Return all information corresponding to profile 0. If no profile 0, return error.

1 Return all information corresponding to profile 1. If no profile 1, return error.

2 Return all information corresponding to profile 2. If no profile 2, return error.

3 Return all information corresponding to profile 3. If no profile 3, return error.

4 Return all information corresponding to profile 4. If no profile 4, return error.

5 Return all information corresponding to profile 5. If no profile 5, return error.

Type of
AT Command Response/Action
Command

Set AT$QCMIPGETP=< val> (See response in example)

OK
OR ERROR

Read AT$QCMIPGETP? ERROR

Test AT$QCMIPGETP=? $QCMIPGETP: (0-5)

OK

Example

AT$QCMIPGETP=1 //Return all information corresponding to profile 1

Profile1 Enabled
NAI:user@[Link]
Home Addr: [Link]
Primary HA: [Link]
Secondary HA: [Link]
MN-AAA SPI: 2
MN-HA SPI: 3

304 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Rev Tun: 0
MN-AAA SS: Unset
MN-HA SS: Unset

4.17.8 $QCMIPNAI, Set the NAI for the Currently Active Profile

This command sets the NAI for the currently active profile. It takes two arguments, a string corresponding to the NAI to be
stored and a number (either ’0’ or ’1’) indicating whether or not to commit this value to NV, where zero indicates not to commit
to NV.

AT$QCMIPNAI=<String>, <Val>

String Definition

The string is the Network Access Identifier (NAI). This is essentially the user identifier for logging into the Mobile
IP Home Agent (HA). If the NAI string contains a comma, it must be enclosed in double quotes.

<Val> Definition

0 Do not commit to NV RAM. Values will be deleted at the end of the subsequent session or if
$QCMIPP is executed.

1 Commit to NV RAM

Type of
AT Command Response/Action
Command

Set AT$QCMIPNAI=<String>, <Val> OK

OR ERROR

Read AT$QCMIPNAI? $QCMIPNAI: <String>, <Val>

OK

Test AT$QCMIPNAI=? $QCMIPNAI: (20,21,23-7E), (0-1)

OK

Example

AT$QCMIPNAI="DIAD12345@[Link]", 1 //Set the NAI and commit to NV RAM

OK

98-08901C65-C 305
AT Commands Reference

4.17.9 $QCMIPRT, Set the Reverse Tunneling for the Currently Active Profile

This command sets the reverse tunneling for the currently active profile. It takes two arguments, both numbers (either ’0’ or
’1’). The first argument indicates whether reverse tunneling should be requested, and the second argument indicates whether or
not to commit this value to NV. In both cases zero indicates a negative.

AT$QCMIPRT=<Val1>,<Val2>

<Val1> Definition

0 Do not request reverse tunneling

1 Request reverse tunneling

<Val2> Definition

0 Do not commit to NV RAM. Values will be deleted at the end of the subsequent session or if
$QCMIPP is executed.

1 Commit to NV RAM

Type of
AT Command Response/Action
Command

Set AT$QCMIPRT=<Val1>,<Val2> OK
OR ERROR

Read AT$QCMIPRT? $QCMIPRT: <Val1>,<Val2>

OK

Test AT$QCMIPRT=? $QCMIPRT: (0-1),(0-1)

OK

Example

AT$QCMIPRT=1,1 set the reverse tunneling of the currently active profile and put in NV
OK
• For this AT command and all other $QCMIP commands that take string arguments, the double quotes ( ) are only
required if the string contains a comma. The double quotes identify the string as being a single argument to the
AT command and not two comma-separated arguments.
Note
• For this AT command and for all of the following AT commands: if the value provisioned is not committed to NV,
the temporary values will be deleted at the end of the following call, or if $QCMIPP is called.

306 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

4.17.10 $QCMIPMASS, Set MN-AAA Shared Secrets for the Currently Active Profile

This command sets the MN-AAA shared secrets for the currently active profile. $QCMIPMMASS command takes two argu-
ments, a string corresponding to the shared secret to be stored and a number (either ’0’ or ’1’) indicating whether or not to
commit this value to NV, where zero indicates not to commit to NV.

AT$QCMIPMASS=<String>, <Val>

String Definition

The string is the MN-AAA shared secret for the currently active profile. This is essentially the user password for
logging into the Mobile network. If the string contains a comma, it must be enclosed in double quotes.

<Val> Definition

0 Do not commit to NV RAM. Values will be deleted at the end of the subsequent session or if $QCMIPP
is executed.

1 Commit to NV RAM

Type of
AT Command Response/Action
Command

Set AT$QCMIPMASS=<String>, <Val> OK

OR ERROR

Read AT$QCMIPMASS? $QCMIPMASS: Set

OK

Test AT$QCMIPMASS=? $QCMIPMASS: (20,21,23-7E), (0-1)

OK

Example

AT$ QCMIPMASS =shared secret,1

OK

98-08901C65-C 307
AT Commands Reference

4.17.11 $QCMIPMHSS, Set MN-HA Shared Secrets for the Currently Active Profile

This command sets the MN-HA shared secrets for the currently active profile. AT$QCMIPMMHSS AT command takes two
arguments, a string corresponding to the shared secret to be stored and a number (either ’0’ or ’1’) indicating whether or not to
commit this value to NV, where zero indicates not to commit to NV.

AT$QCMIPMHSS=<String>, <Val>

String Definition

The string is the MN-HA shared secret for the currently active profile. This is essentially the user password for
logging into the Mobile network. If the string contains a comma, it must be enclosed in double quotes.

<Val> Definition

0 Do not commit to NV RAM. Values will be deleted at the end of the subsequent session or if $QCMIPP
is executed.

1 Commit to NV RAM

Type of
AT Command Response/Action
Command

Set AT$QCMIPMHSS=<String>, <Val> OK

OR ERROR

Read AT$QCMIPMHSS? $QCMIPMHSS: Set

OK

Test AT$QCMIPMHSS=? $QCMIPMHSS: (20,21,23-7E), (0-1)

OK

Example

AT$ QCMIPMHSS =shared secret,1

OK

308 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

4.17.12 $QCMIPMASPI, Set MN-AAA SPIs

This command sets the MN-AAA SPIs for the currently active profile. This AT command takes two arguments, both numbers.
The first is the SPI value and the second is a number (either ’0’ or ’1’) indicating whether or not to commit this value to NV,
where zero indicates not to commit to NV.

AT$QCMIPMASPI=<SPI>, <Val>

SPI Definition

The Security Parameter Index (SPI) specifies the particular secret and algorithm (shared between the
Mobile and the AAA Server) that must be used to perform the authentication. This SPI can be set to a
value from 0 to 4294967295.

<Val> Definition

0 Do not commit to NV RAM. Values will be deleted at the end of the subsequent session or if
$QCMIPP is executed.

1 Commit to NV RAM

Type of
AT Command Response/Action
Command

Set AT$QCMIPMASPI=<Val1>,<Val2> OK
OR ERROR

Read AT$QCMIPMASPI? $QCMIPMASPI:

<Val1>,<Val2>
OK

Test AT$QCMIPMASPI=? $QCMIPMASPI: (0-1),(0-1)

OK

Example

AT$QCMIPMASPI =10,1
OK

98-08901C65-C 309
AT Commands Reference

4.17.13 $QCMIPMHSPI, Set MN-HA SPIs

This command sets the MN-HA SPIs for the currently active profile. This AT command takes two arguments, both numbers.
The first is the SPI value and the second is a number (either 0 or 1) indicating whether or not to commit this value to NV, where
zero indicates not to commit to NV.

AT$QCMIPMHSPI=<SPI>, <Val>

SPI Definition

The Security Parameter Index (SPI) specifies the particular secret and algorithm (shared between the
Mobile and the HA) that must be used to perform the authentication. This SPI can be set to a value from
0 to 4294967295.

<Val> Definition

0 Do not commit to NV RAM. Values will be deleted at the end of the subsequent session or if
$QCMIPP is executed.

1 Commit to NV RAM

Type of
AT Command Response/Action
Command

Set AT$QCMIPMHSPI=<Val1>,<Val2> OK
OR ERROR

Read AT$QCMIPMHSPI? $QCMIPMHSPI: <Val1>,<Val2>

OK

Test AT$QCMIPMHSPI=? $QCMIPMHSPI: ( 0-4294967295), (0-1)

OK

Example

AT$QCMIPMHSPI =10,1
OK

310 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

4.17.14 $QCMIPPHA, Set the IP Addresses of the Primary HA

This command sets the IP addresses of the mobile’s primary HA for the currently active profile. This command takes two argu-
ments, a string corresponding to the IP address of the HA to be stored and a number (either ’0’ or ’1’) indicating whether or not
to commit this value to NV, where zero indicates not to commit to NV.

AT$QCMIPPHA=<String>, <Val>

STRING Definition

The IP address should be formatted in the standard dotted-decimal notation, for example, [Link].

<Val> Definition

0 Do not commit to NV RAM. Values will be deleted at the end of the subsequent session or if
$QCMIPP is executed.

1 Commit to NV RAM

Type of
AT Command Response/Action
Command

Set AT$QCMIPPHA==<String>, OK
<Val> OR ERROR

Read AT$QCMIPPHA? AT$QCMIPPHA: =<String>, <Val>

OK

Test AT$QCMIPPHA=? AT$QCMIPPHA :(0-255).(0-255).(0-255).(0-255) ), (0-

1)
OK

Example

AT$QCMIPPHA =[Link],1
OK

98-08901C65-C 311
AT Commands Reference

4.17.15 $QCMIPSHA, Set the IP Addresses of the Secondary HA

This command sets the IP addresses of the mobile’s secondary HA for the currently active profile. This command takes two
arguments, a string corresponding to the IP address of the HA to be stored and a number (either ’0’ or ’1’) indicating whether
or not to commit this value to NV, where zero indicates not to commit to NV.

AT$QCMIPSHA=<String>, <Val>

STRING Definition

The IP address should be formatted in the standard dotted-decimal notation, for example, [Link].

Val Definition

0 Do not commit to NV RAM. Values will be deleted at the end of the subsequent session or if
$QCMIPP is executed.

1 Commit to NV RAM

Type of
AT Command Response/Action
Command

Set AT$QCMIPSHA==<String>, OK
<Val> OR ERROR

Read AT$QCMIPSHA? AT$QCMIPSHA: =<String>, <Val>

OK

Test AT$QCMIPSHA=? AT$QCMIPSHA :(0-255).(0-255).(0-255).(0-255) ), (0-

1)
OK

Example

AT$QCMIPSHA =[Link],1
OK

312 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

4.17.16 $QCMIPHA, Set the IP Addresses of the Mobile Home Address

This command sets the IP addresses of the mobile’s home address for the currently active profile. This command takes two
arguments, a string corresponding to the IP address of the HA to be stored and a number (either ’0’ or ’1’) indicating whether
or not to commit this value to NV, where zero indicates not to commit to NV.

AT$QCMIPHA=<String>, <Val>

STRING Definition

The IP address should be formatted in the standard dotted-decimal notation, for example, [Link].

Val Definition

0 Do not commit to NV RAM. Values will be deleted at the end of the subsequent session or if
$QCMIPP is executed.

1 Commit to NV RAM

Type of
AT Command Response/Action
Command

Set AT$QCMIPHA==<String>, OK
<Val> OR ERROR

Read AT$QCMIPHA? AT$QCMIPHA: =<String>, <Val>

OK

Test AT$QCMIPHA=? AT$QCMIPHA :(0-255).(0-255).(0-255).(0-255) ), (0-1)

OK

Example

AT$QCMIPHA =[Link],1
OK

98-08901C65-C 313
AT Commands Reference

4.18 SLEEP MODE

If the c18 has no accessories, it is able to enter sleep mode (current save mode). In sleep mode, the radio is switched to minimum
activity, the clock is removed from the RF section and it is reduced from 19.2MHz to 32KHz in the Logic section.
The unit can be configured to sense UART Rx line Edge Interrupt during sleep mode or can be configured to periodically exit
sleep mode and detect UART Rx line data.
Using the Sleep Mode Timer is recommended, for the AT command handler, to enter sleep mode after entering IDLE state. For
example, if the terminal sends ATS24=5 and there are no radio and UART activities, the c18 enters sleep mode after five
seconds.
In the case of a call (MO/MT) of type (Voice, CSD, Fax, SMS or Packet), the unit exits sleep mode, but reserves the right to
reenter sleep mode whenever it detects it is possible. Reentering sleep mode does not terminate an SO33 session.
Sleep Mode Timer is irrelevant in the following cases:
• SMS sending because of signaling activities. After sending SMS and entering Idle state, the module reenters Sleep Mode.
Furthermore, Sleep Mode Timer is irrelevant to SMS receive. The S24 Timer is relevant to AT command only.
• Keypad Press. The Keypad Press also activate the "BACKLIGHT" Timer then enters sleep mode. For example, if BACK-
LIGHT Timer is Zero after Key Press, the default time interval is 7 [sec] until IDLE state and then the unit enters sleep mode.
• Packet Dormant. The S24 Timer is relevant to AT command only. The Packet Call Dormant Timer stays awake for Dormant
Timer BACKLIGHT Timer in total before entering sleep mode. When setting "BACKLIGHT" Timer to Zero after entering
Dormant state, the BACKLIGHT Timer duration will be eliminated before entering sleep mode.
Changing the Ignition line to Active state will put the module out off sleep mode since ignition handles properly only in Car Kit
(ZIHF) mode, and in this mode the sleep mode is not allowed.
During sleep mode, the RS232 should not respond to any commands from the DTE device. UART is disabled and no response
will be received via the RX Line except Rx Interrupt.
While the unit connects to a terminal via USB, it shell exit sleep mode since the USB requires the 48Mhz clock to be active and
the processor driver to be running.
The Platform 2000 architecture has been designed to support sleep mode and low power operations.

314 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

4.18.1 Sleep Mode - Process Diagram

On the ADB, the WAKE_UP line is marked as "WAKE_IN" on connector P107.

P ow er O n / R eset

ATS24 AT C om m and
1 E n d D a ta > S 1 0 0
TX buf > 0
D TE W akeup 2
L in e ( O U T P U T ) W a it s 9 9
A T S 9 9 /1 0 0 (m s e c )
AT C om m and

T X D a ta
No

1. W a k e u p in p u t lin e – h ig h
D T E ( T e r m in a l) 2. S24>0
3. R S 2 3 2 lo w p o w e r f la g s – t r u e
4. T X – c o m p le t e
RX UART 5. R X - E m p ty
D C E w a k e u p lin e
( I N P U T ) in t e r r u p t in t e r r u p t
( IN P U T )

AT+M SCTS
Yes
AT C om m and
W a it 2 4 s e c o n d s

+M SCTS=1
E x it S le e p M o d e
No
C T S L in e
Yes ( A c t iv a t e d )
C lo c k ( 3 2 M H z )

TX>0 S le e p in g
Y e s A c t iv a t e

No
E x it S le e p M o d e
C T S D e a c tiv a t e
C T S L in e
( A c t iv a te d )
C lo c k ( 1 9 M H z )

Figure 4. Sleep Mode - Process Diagram

98-08901C65-C 315
AT Commands Reference

4.18.2 Software Interface Data Requirements

The software interface is based on the RS232 DMSS, Transport module AT command interface and application.

4.18.3 Communication Interface Data Requirements

The RS232 communication with all its functionality lines are supported. The WAKE_UP line is supported as follows:
• Default value of S24 is ’0’ (also after power-up). The Value is not saved after power cycle.
• Setting the S24 with value greater than 255, returns an error.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

ATS24=[<Value>] OK

ATS24? <Value> • 0 - disable sleep mode

• n - number of seconds (1 <= n <= 255)

ATS24=? (0-255)

There are two options to wake up the c18, as follows:

Option 1:(AT+MSCTS=0)

At the beginning of your work, activate the sleep mode by sending ATS24=n (n=1,2,3,4 seconds). To disable sleep mode, use
ATS24=0. Verify that AT+MSCTS? returns zero. The c18 will de-assert the CTS each time the unit enters sleep and will assert
the CTS when it is awaken. When TxD/RxD data is present, the c18 will exit sleep mode. When the TxD/RxD data transmission
ends, the c18 will wait S24 seconds and will reenter sleep mode.

316 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Figure 5 shows the sleep mode timing diagram.

“Sleep cycles” “Sleep cycles”

C18 Fast Clock State (*)

sleep sleep sleep sleep sleep sleep

awake awake awake awake awake awake awake

RS232 CTS line “+”
“0”
“-”
CTS (CONN PIN) “+”
(28 – 28)
(36 – 9) “0” active
active active active active active active
(70 – 15)

Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive

“+”
C18 TxD “0”
“-”
Start S24 Timer End S24 Timer
Clear S24 Timer Start S24 Timer

Figure 5. Sleep Mode Timing Diagram

(*) "Sleep cycles" are used for representation only, for the Main Clock Status when S24>0.
• ATS24 factory preset value is ’0’. This value is not saved in the NV. The value of ATS24 can be changed but will
be lost after power recycling.

Note • DTE should look for active CTS before sending data (HW flow control).
• DTE UART should not send any character to c18, if CTS is inactive, otherwise this character might be lost. If the
DTE processor handles the flow control, and not its UART, and there is a gap between checking the CTS state
and sending the start bit, c18 might set CTS inactive during this gap, and the character sent to c18 might be lost.

98-08901C65-C 317
AT Commands Reference

Option 2: (AT+MSCTS=1)

At the beginning of your work, activate the sleep mode by sending ATS24=n (n=1,2,3,4 seconds) and set AT+MSCTS=1.
Whenever the DTE wants to send data, it will pull WAKE_UP line to low, will wait 30 ms (wakeup time required for the c18)
and then will start sending data.
The WAKE_UP line should remain low during the entire data sending period. When the WAKE_UP line is low, the CTS is
activated and the c18 is not allowed to enter sleep mode.

CTS (CO N N PIN)

(28 – 28)
(36 – 9)
(70 – 15)

30 (msec )

Figure 6. Waking Up the c18 when DTE Wants to Send Data

4.18.4 Waking Up the DTE

At the beginning of your work activate the sleep mode by sending ATS24=n (n=1,2,3,4 seconds). The c18 will generate a
wakeup pulse for data sent to DTE in packet mode and in CSD mode. When c18 is awake and wants to send data to DTE, c18
will configure the WAKE_UP line as output and then will activate (poll to LOW) the WAKE_UP line to interrupt the DTE.
After S99 [msec] from WAKE_UP activation, c18 will deactivate (bring to HIGH) the WAKE_UP line. Only then, the c18 will
initialize data transmission. The value of S99 is determined by ATS99 (the default value is 30 [msec]). When c18 data trans-
mission ends, the c18 starts the S100 Timer, during which any new TxD data block will not generate a new WAKE_UP pulse.
The new data will be transmitted immediately without delay.
If the new TxD data block arrives after the S100 Timer expires, the new TxD data block will be delayed for a period of S99
[msec], during which the c18 will generate a pulse in the WAKWE_UP line, with the exact S99 [msec] duration. After the pulse
ends, the c18 will transmit the new TxD data block.

M ore than Less than M ore than

S 100 (sec) S 100 (sec) S100 (sec)

C 18 Tx D ata

W ake up line
36 PIN J 102-15
28 PIN P 111-9
S99 (msec )
70 PIN J 110-16
S99 (msec ) S99 (msec )

Figure 7. Waking Up the DTE when Data is Present Using the WAKE_UP Line

318 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

The c18 generates a wakeup pulse whenever asynchronous data is sent to DTE. For example, +CIEV, +CLCC,
+CCWA, +CMTI, +CMTI, +CDS, +CLIP, ,+COLP, +CRC, +CREG and +CNMI

Note

4.18.5 ATS24

This command activates or disables the sleep mode.

c18 shall receive a request to activate or deactivate the sleep mode (when ATS24 is ’0’, the c18 cannot enter sleep mode. When
ATS24 is greater than ’0’, the c18 will enter sleep mode after S24 seconds of inactivity).
The default value of S24 is ’0’ (also after power-up). The value is not saved after power cycle. Setting S24 with a value greater
than 255, returns an error.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

<value>:
ATS24=[<Value>] OK • 0 - disable sleep mode
• n - number of seconds (0 < n <= 255)

ATS24? <Value>

ATS24=? (0-255)

[Link] Processing

The Set command instructs c18 to wait <value> seconds (after all low-power flags and all conditions enabled c18 to enter sleep
mode (see Figure 4 on page 315) and then to enter sleep mode. To disable sleep mode, <value> should be equal to 0.

[Link] Outputs

The Read command returns the current value.

98-08901C65-C 319
AT Commands Reference

4.18.6 ATS99

This command sets the value of the delay before sending data to DTE.
c18 shall receive the value to define the duration in [msec] of the delay for DTE wakeup. Default value of S99 is 30 [msec] (also
after power-up). The value is not saved after power cycle. Setting S99 with a value greater than 255 or with ’0’ returns an error.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

<value>:
ATS99=[<Value>] OK
1 <= value <= 255

ATS99? <Value>

ATS99=? (0-255)

[Link] Processing

The Set command instructs the c18 that the delay before data sending to the DTE should be <value> ms. This command defines
a period of time between sending the wakeup pulse signal and sending the data to DTE. The default value of the delay should
be 30 ms.

[Link] Outputs

The Read command returns the current value.

320 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

4.18.7 ATS100

The S-Reg S100 is used to avoid frequent wakeup interrupts and low throughput. The c18 will use wakeup output indication for
data only after S100 seconds, elapsed from the last sent character to the DTE. The default value of ATS100 is 1[sec] (also after
power-up).
The value is not saved after power cycle. Setting S100 with a value greater than 255, or with ’0’ returns an error.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

<value>:
ATS100=[<Value>] OK
1 <= value <= 255

ATS100? <Value>

ATS100=? (0-255)

[Link] Processing

When data sending completes, the c18 should wait S100 seconds, during which a new TX Buffer will be immediately transferred
with a minimal delay (without wakeup output pulse). When S100 timer elapsed, new TX buffer will be delayed for S99 [msec],
during which a wakeup pulse will be generated. When the pulse is completed, the TX buffer will be transmitted.

[Link] Outputs

The Read command returns the current value.

4.18.8 +MSCTS, Enables/Disable WAKE_IN Line Control on C18 Sleep Mode

The information in this section applies to releases 3.0F and above or 4.08 and above.

Note

This command instructs the c18 to detect or to ignore the WAKE_IN line state changes and defines the behavior of the RS232
CTS line when the c18 is in sleep mode (or in normal mode). This command also affects RS232 CTS line behavior during
wakeup/sleep periods.
When MSCTS is set to ’1’, the WAKE_IN line enables the DTE to be constant awake by shorting the WAKE_IN line to ground
causing the CTS line to be constant asserted. When the DTE disconnects the WAKE_IN from ground (put it back to HIGH) the
DCE (c18) can enter sleep mode according to S24 time and the CTS line becomes constant deasserted.
• The command MSCTS=1 is functional only when S24>0.
• When MSCTS is set to ’0’, the WAKE_IN line is changed by the DTE and ignored by the DCE (c18).
Note

98-08901C65-C 321
AT Commands Reference

Set Command

The Set command configures the c18 CTS behavior and WAKE_IN line interrupt handling.
Mode=0

Command Response/Action

AT+MSCTS=<control> OK

Read Command

The Read command returns the current control value.

Command Response/Action

AT+MSCTS? +MSCTS: <current control>

OK

Test Command

The Test command returns the possible control values.

Command Response/Action

AT+MSCTS=? +MSCTS:(0-1)
OK

The following table shows the +MSCTS parameters.

Table 139. +MSCTS Parameters

<bcs> Description

0 (default) In active mode, when S24 is set to ’0’, the CTS is used
as normal RS232 H/W Flow Control so CTS is usually
asserted when RS232 is operational. Line WAKE_IN
input changes are ignored by DTE (c18).
In Sleep Mode, when S24>0, the CTS follow the Main
Clock state, as follows:
• When the Main Clock is fast, the RS232 CTS line is
asserted.
• When the Main Clock is slow, the RS232 CTS line is
deasserted.
• Line WAKE_IN input changes are ignored by DTE
(c18).

322 98-08901C65-C
 AT Commands Reference

Table 139. +MSCTS Parameters (Continued)

<bcs> Description

1 RS232 CTS line state depends on the WAKE_IN line

state, as follows:
• When WAKE_IN line is active (short to ground), the
RS232 CTS line is constant asserted and the c18 will
be stayed awake all that time.
• When WAKE_IN line is inactive (open - high), the
RS232 CTS line is deasserted all that time (inactive),
and c18 can enter sleep mode according to the S24
value.

Example

AT+MSCTS =?
+MSCTS:(0-1)
OK
AT+MSCTS?
+MSCTS:0
OK
AT+MSCTS =1
OK
AT+MSCTS?
1
OK

[Link] Processing

The Set command instructs the c18 that CTS should or should not be activated when the unit exits sleep mode.
• When the DTE uses the wakeup line, the recommend value is AT+MSCTS=1.

Warning
! • When the DTE is not connected to the wakeup line, do not use this command.
• Using AT+MSCTS=1 will deactivate the CTS after c18 has entered sleep mode, and the DTE will not be able to
communicate with c18 until power on.
To enable communication between the DTE and c18 when DTE’s power is off:
• Change the DTE flow control to NONE, and then send AT+FCLASS=2.0;+IFC=0,0.
• Wait for OK and then send AT+IFC=2,2.
• Wait for OK and then change the DTE flow control to HW.

[Link] Outputs

• The Read command returns the current control value.

• The Test command returns the possible control values.

98-08901C65-C 323
 5. USING THE COMMANDS

5.1 POWER UP/POWER DOWN SUMMARY

Figure 8. below summarizes the AUDIO_OUT_ONOFF, KEYB_DRV, RS232 lines (Rx, CTS, DSR, DCD, RI, Tx, RTS,
DTR) state while the c18-OEM-Module is powered up and powered down.
The c18-OEM-Module was placed inside the ADB board. The ADB board was connected to a PC running Hyper Terminal at a
baud rate of 19200, and Hardware Flow Control.
The ADB was constantly POWERED ON from the Laboratory power supply with +4.3 v and GND leads.

Test Cases

1. The PWR button was pressed for 2 seconds, then released to power up.
2. The PWR button was pressed for 2 seconds, then released to power down.

Power Up Summary

1. A pulse of 2 seconds on the AUDIO_OUT_ON\OFF line (by momentary contact with ground) powers up the phone. As a
result, the CTS line controlled by the DCE (c18 Module) has an increase in its TTL level for about 6-7 seconds. During
this period the phone does not respond to AT commands.
2. When the TTL level of the CTS decreases, the phone responds to AT commands.
3. When releasing the PWR button on the rising edge of the AUDIO_OUT_ON_OFF line, the KEYB_DRV (pin 70 on the
70-pin connector) line changes from High to Low. This indicates that the c18 has started working.

Power Down Summary

1. A pulse of 2 seconds on the AUDIO_OUT_ONOFF line (by momentary contact with ground) powers down the phone. As
a result, after 3-8 seconds (5 seconds on average), the KEYB_DRV line changes from Low to High. This indicates that the
c18 is OFF.

Figure 8. Power Up/Power Down

98-08901C65-C 325
Using the Commands

P1 board with ADB P1 (RS-232 sampled at their TTL levels (KEYD_DRV line was not supported by the ADB).
.

Figure 9. TTL Levels While the c18 is Powered from Off to On

Figure 10. TTL Levels while the c18 is Powered from On to Off

326 98-08901C65-C
 Using the Commands

Results: P2 board with ADB P2 -RS-232 levels

Figure 11. c18 Power Up from Off to On

RS-232 lines sampled after TTL to RS-232 converter.

Note

Figure 12. c18 Power Down from On to Off

RS-232 lines sampled after TTL to RS-232 converter.

Note

98-08901C65-C 327
Using the Commands

5.2 COMMANDS USAGE

5.2.1 Feedback from the System

This section provides general guidelines and some detail in regard to how to achieve various c18 functionality using the features
of the c18 and the commands that are described in Chapter 4, “AT Commands Reference”, page 39.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

at+cgmr Returns the core software version +CGMR: "c18_X_0.9.0R"

string of the software contained within
the SU.

at+cgmi Provides hardware information. +CGMI: Motorola CE, Copyright

2000.

at+cnum Provides the subscriber number. AT+CNUM

+CNUM: ,2173848500,

at+cops? Provides network operator For example: +COPS:

information. MA Type: CDMA
Tag Name: ,
Network ID: 01
System ID: 8465

at+csq Provides the signal strength Signal Quality Measure <SQM>:

indication. 0-31 Signal Quality Measurement
(see the note on page 330).
99 SQM is not known or is not
detectable.
All other values are reserved.

at+cmee=1 or 2 Reports a mobile equipment error. It 0 Disabled.

is recommended that this parameter 1 Enabled.
always be set to 2. 2 Enabled.

at+cmer Reports mobile equipment events to For example,

the TE. AT+CMER=0,0,1,1,0.

[Link] Test Results

The following table shows the test results for the CSQ, CIND and MSSI commands.

Table 140. Test Results

Power CSQ CIND MSSI
-120 99 1 1
-118 99 1 1
-116 3 1 1
-114 3 1 1

328 98-08901C65-C
 Using the Commands

Table 140. Test Results (Continued)

Power CSQ CIND MSSI
-112 4 1 1
-110 8 1 1
-108 8 1 1
-106 9 1 1
-105 9 1 1
-104 10 1 1
-102 11 2 25
-100 13 2 25
-98 14 2 25
-96 15 3 56
-95 16 3 56
-94 16 3 56
-92 17 3 56
-90 19 4 75
-88 20 4 75
-86 21 4 75
-85 21 4 75
-84 22 4 75
-82 23 5 90
-80 24 5 90
-78 26 5 90
-76 27 5 90
-75 28 5 90
-74 29 5 90
-72 31 5 90
-70 31 5 90
-68 31 5 90
-65 31 5 90
-60 31 5 90
-55 31 5 90
-50 31 5 90
-45 31 5 90
-40 31 5 90
-35 31 5 90
-21 31 5 90

98-08901C65-C 329
Using the Commands

5.3 ESTABLISHING A VOICE CALL

The following procedure lists the basic commands that must be sent to the c18 to establish a voice call.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Power up the c18.

At+mode=2 Moves the mode to 2 for a voice call. OK.

ATD (phone number) Dials the phone number (voice call). D:VOICE
or: For example: OK
AT*D (phone number) ATD123456;
or: ATD>102;
ATD> <index> or:
or: ATD>”DAN”
ATD> <”name”> or:
or: ATDS=1;
ATDS=n (n=0 to 3) or:
or: ATDS=0
ATD><"LIST TYPE">,INDEX ATD>"DC",1

Atdl Redials the last number. D:VOICE

OK

Ath Hangs up. Note: In Multi-party calls, the ATH

ends all the calls.
At+chld = 12: which releases a
second call in multiparty
conversation.

In a voice call, when the other side hangs up, DTE receives a “NO CARRIER" message. Only the second OK in a
voice call notifies the user that the call was established.

Note

5.4 ANSWERING A VOICE CALL

The following procedure lists the basic commands that must be sent to the c18 to answer a voice call.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Power up the c18.

ata Answers the call.

330 98-08901C65-C
 Using the Commands

5.5 FINDING A PHONE BOOK ENTRY

The following procedure lists the basic commands that must be sent to the c18 to find a phone book entry.

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Power up the c18.

at+cpbs=“ME“ Enables the SU internal phone book

memory.

at+cpbf= “Name” The c18 shows the number to the NAME A string of up to 3 characters.
specified position +cpbf: xxx, “phone <xxx> The position in the memory.
number“, yyy, “Name of the entry“. 0-100 The phone memory.
<yyy> 129 Normal number.
145 International number.

5.6 WRITING A PHONE BOOK ENTRY

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Power up the c18.

at+cpbs=“ME“ Enables the SU internal phone book

memory.

at+cpbw=xxx,“Phone number“, yyy, The c18 writes the number to the <xxx> The position in the memory.
“Name of the entry“ specified position. 0-100 The phone memory.
<yyy> 129 Normal number.
145 International number.
If xxx is left empty, the entry is written
to the next free place.

98-08901C65-C 331
Using the Commands

5.7 READING A PHONE BOOK ENTRY

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Power up the c18.

at+cpbs=“ME“ Enables the SU internal phone book

memory.

at+cpbr= xxx The c18 shows the number on the <xxx> The position in the memory.
specified position 0-100 The phone memory.
+CPBR: xxx, “phone number“, yyy, <yyy> 129 Normal number.
“Name“. 145 International number.

5.8 PHONE BOOK FUNCTION

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

at+cpbs=”NN” This should be the first AT command “FD” SIM fix dialing phone book.
used to select the phone book. “LD” Last dialing phone book.
“ME” ME phone book.
“DD” Direct-dial phone book.
“RC” ME received calls list.
“MC” ME missed calls list.

at+cpbs? For example, +CPBS: “ME”

at+cpbs=? +CPBS:
(“FD”,”LD”,”ME”,”MT”,”SM”,”DD”,"RC"
,"MC")
List of supported memory.

at+cpbr= xxx For example: <xxx> A number from 0 to 100, used

at+cpbr=101 to read from ME phone
+CPBR: 101,”123456”,129,”AVI” books.
A number from 101 to 220,
used to read from SIM phone
books.

332 98-08901C65-C
 Using the Commands

5.9 SENDING AN SMS

AT Command Response/Action Remarks

Power up the c18.

at+csms=<service> Selects the message service <Service>

response: 0 for phase 2
+CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm> The only <service> supported in the
c18 is 128 (manufacturer specific).
+CSMS: 001,001,001
OK. <mt>,<mo>,<bm>
0 Not supported
1 Supported

at+cpms=”sm” Selects the preferred message <mem1> The memory from which
AT+CPMS=<mem1>[,<mem2>[,<me storage response: SMSs are read and
m3>]] +CPMS:<used1>,<total1>,<used2>,< deleted.
AT+CPMS=”IM”,”OM”,”IM” total2>,<used 3>,<total3> <mem2> The memory to which
+CPMS: 2,10,3,10,2,10 SMSs are written and sent.
+CPMS: 001,0015,001,015 <mem3> The memory to which
OK. received SMSs are stored.

AT+CMGW=<da><CR> at+cmgw="054414588" The message body ends with ^Z

text is entered<ctrl-Z/ESC> > Hi Eli (CTRL Z).
> How Are you?
> By
>+CMGW: 103OK

AT+CMSS=<index> +CMSS=<index>
+CMSS: 4
OK

98-08901C65-C 333
 F. APPENDIX A

A.1 MNAM ERROR RESULTS

Table 141 in this appendix provides a list of the MNAM error results.

Table 141. MNAM Error Results

Code String Error Results

51 BAD AMPS HOME SYSTEM ID

52 BAD OPTION BYTE 1

53 BAD MIN

54 BAD MDN

55 BAD SCM

56 BAD AOC

57 BAD SERVICE LEVEL

58 BAD OPTION BYTE 2

59 BAD OPTION BYTE 3

60 BAD AMPS INIT PAGING CH

61 FIRST DED. CONTROL CH. SYS. A

62 FIRST DED. CONTROL CH. SYS. B

63 BAD NUMBER OF CHANNELS TO SCAN

64 BAD OPTION BYTE 4

65 BAD OPTION BYTE 5

66 BAD CDMA SLOT CYCLE INDEX

67 BAD CDMA SID 1

98-08901C65-C 335
Appendix A

Table 141. MNAM Error Results (Continued)

Code String Error Results

68 BAD CDMA NID 1

69 BAD IMSI MCC

70 BAD IMSI 11 12

71 BAD SYSTEM MODE

72 BAD VOCODER TYPE

73 BAD TRUE IMSI ADDR. NUM.

74 BAD TRUE IMSI STATUS

75 BAD TRUE IMSI PROG/DEPROG

76 BAD TRUE IMSI MIN

77 BAD TRUE IMSI MCC

78 BAD TRUE IMSI 11 12

79 BAD CDMA PRIMARY CH. SYS. A

80 BAD CDMA PRIMARY CH. SYS. B

81 BAD CDMA SECONDARY CH. SYS. A

82 BAD CDMA SECONDARY CH. SYS. B

336 98-08901C65-C
 7. INDEX

$QCPREV, Protocol Revision In Use 285

A $QCQNC, Enable/Disable Quick Net Connect (QNC)
247
Access Control Commands 167
$QCRL3D, Dump RLP 3 Protocol Statistics 292
Activation Mode 38
$QCRL3R, Reset RLP 3 Protocol Statistics 292
AT Commands
$QCRLPD, Dump RLP Protocol Statistic 285
Answering Voice Calls 330
$QCRLPR, Reset RLP Protocol Statistics 286
Definitions 38
$QCSCRM, Enable/Disable Mobile from SCRM’ing 244
Establishing Voice Calls 330
$qcso=X, Service Option Set Settings 250
Feedback 328
$QCTCPD, Dump TCP Protocol Statistics 290
Finding Phone Book Entries 331
$QCTCPR, Reset TCP Protocol Statistics 291
Formatting Rules 34
$qctrtl=X, R-SCH Throttling Enable/Disable 249
Introduction 33
$QCUDPD, Dump UDP Protocol Statistics 289
Phone Book Function 332
$QCUDPR, Reset UDP Protocol Statistics 290
Protocol 33
$QCVAD=, Prearrangement Setting 259
Reading Phone Book Entries 332
&C, Circuit 109 (Received Line Signal Detector)
Response Rules 35
Behavior 145
Sending an SMS 333
&D, Circuit 108 (Data Terminal Ready) Behavior
Using 325
146147
Writing Phone Book Entries 331
&F, Set to Factory Defined Configuration 169
AT Commands List
&V, Dump Configuration Parameters 169
Alphabetical 5
+CAD?, Query Analog or Digital Service 262
Functionality 16
+CBIP?, Base Station IP Address 268
AT Commands Reference
+CCFC, Call Forwarding Number and Conditions 7479
$QCCAV, Answer Incoming Voice Call 54
+CCLK, Read Set System Date and Time 113
$QCCLR, Clear Mobile Error Log 239
+CDR, Um Interface Data Compression Reporting 263
$QCDMG, Transition to Diagnostics Monitor Operation
+CDS, Um Interface Data Compression 264
248
+CDV, Dial Command for Voice Calls 55
$QCDMR=, Set DM Baud Rate 246
+CFC, Um Interface Fax Compression 233
$QCIPD, Dump IP Protocol Statistic 288
+CFG, Configuration String 270
$QCIPR, Reset IP Protocol Statistics 289
+CGMI, Request Manufacturer ID 40
$QCMDR=, Set Medium Data Rate (MDR) (HSPD)
+CGMM, Request Model 40
Setting 244
+CGMR Request Revision 42
$QCMIP, Enable /Disable Mobile IP 300
+CGSN, Request Product Serial Number Identification
$QCMIP, Enables/Disables Mobile IP 252
43
$QCMIPP, Select MIP User Profile To Be Active. 252
+CHLD, Call Related Supplementary Services 75
$QCMIPREG 299
+CHUP, End Call, Hang Up 51
$QCMIPT, Enables/Disables RFC2002bis
+CHV, Hang-up Voice Call 55
Authentication 251
+CIMI, Request IMSI 45
$QCMTOM, Originate Mobile-to-Mobile Packet Data
+CLCC, List Current Calls 85
Call 260
+CLIP, Calling Line Identification Presentation 72
$QCPKND, Enable/Disable Automatic Packet Detection
+CLIR, Calling Line Identification Restriction 88
258
+CME, Error Codes 195
$QCPPPR, Reset PPP Protocol Statistics 287
+CMEE, Report Mobile Equipment 197

98-08901C39-C 337
Index

+CMGD, Delete Message 115 +FCR, Capability-to-Receive Parameter 234

+CMGL, List Messages 123 +FCS, Current-Session Results Parameter 234
+CMGR, Read Message 127 +FCT, DTE Phase-C Timeout Parameter 234
+CMGW, Write Message to Memory 133136 +FEA, Phase-C Received EOL-Alignment Parameter
+CMIP?, Mobile Station IP Address 268 234
+CMS, Error Codes 193 +FFC 234
+CMSS, Send Message From Storage 117 +FFC, Format-Conversion Parameter 234
+CMTI, Unsolicited Result Code (SMS Message +FHS, Call-Termination-Status Parameter 234
Receipt) 122 +FIE, Procedure-Interrupt-Enable Parameter 233
+CMUT, Muting Voice Calls 166 +FIS, Current-Session Negotiation Parameter 233
+CMUX, Select Multiplex Option 269 +FKS, Terminate Session 233
+CNMI, New Message Indication to the TE 114 +FLI, Local-ID String Parameter 233
+CNUM, Subscriber Number 46 +FLO, Flow-Control-Select Parameter 233
+COLP, Connected Line Identification 78 +FLP, Indicate-Document-to-Poll Parameter 233
+COPS, Operator Selection 140 +FMI, Request Manufacturer ID 39
+CPAS, Phone Activity Status 83 +FMM, Request Model 40
+CPBF, Select Phone Book Memory 103 +FMR, Report Revision ID 235
+CPBR, Read Phone Book Entries 99 +FMR, Request Revision 42
+CPBS, Select Phone Book Memory 98 +FMS, Minimum-Phase-C-Speed Parameter 233
+CPBW, Write Phone Book Entry 104 +FNR, Negotiation-Message-Reporting Parameter 234
+CPMS Preferred Message Storage 118 +FNS, Nonstandard-Frame FIF Parameter 234
+CPRL1, Set/Get PRL Header 209 +FPA, Selective Polling Address Parameter 234
+CPRL2, Managing PRL Acquisition Table 211 +FPI, Local-Polling ID-String Parameter 234
+CPRL3, Managing PRL System Table 214 +FPR, Serial-Port Rate Control Parameter 234
+CQD, Command State Inactivity Timer 267 +FPS, Page Status Parameter 234
+CRC, Cellular Result Codes 69 +FPW, Password Parameter 234
+CREG, Network Registration Status 138 +FRY, ECM-Retry Value Parameter 234
+CRING, Incoming Call Notification RING 71 +FSA, Subaddress Parameter 234
+CRM, Set Rm Interface Protocol 266 +FSP, Request-to-Poll Parameter 234
+CRTT, Ring Type Selection (P2K Compatible) 150 +GCAP, Request Overall Capabilities 144
+CSCS, Select TE Character Set 44 +GMI, Request Manufacturer ID 39
+CSDH, Show Text Mode Parameters 121 +GMM, Request Model 40
+CSMS, Select Message Service 117 +GMR, Request Revision 42
+CSO, Specify the Service Option 62 +GOI, Device Identification 247
+CSQ, Query Received Signal Quality 141 +GSN, Request TA Serial Number ID 43
+CSS?, Serving System 56 +ICF, TE2-MT2 Character Framing 240241
+CTA, Set/Read/Test Um Packet Data Inactivity Timer +IFC, Local DTE-DCE Flow Control 236
261 +ILRR, TE2-MT2 Local Rate Reporting 239
+CVHU, End Call, Hang Up 50 +IPR, Local DTE-DCE Serial Port Rate 236
+CXT, Cellular Extension 270 +MA Audio Control Commands 157
+DR, Compression Reporting 283 +MA, Modulation Automode Control 275
+DS, Compression 281 +MAFVL, Set/Request Fixed Audio Level 165
+EB, Break Handling in Error Control Operation 194 +MAID, Get Accessory Feature Review 47
+EFCS, FCS Values 284 +MAMS, Set Audio Mode Selection 163
+ER, Error Control Reporting 280 +MAPC, Audio Path Change Event 162
+ES, Error Control Selection 278 +MAPS, Hands-free Audio Processing 158
+ESR, Selective Repeat Option Controller 277 +MAPTH, Set/Request Audio Path 164
+ETBM, Data Handling 275 +MARD, Enable/Disable Auto-Redial 54
+FAA, Adaptive-Answer Parameter 235 +MARS, Motorola Auto-Redia Status Reporting 53
+FBO, Phase-C Data-Bit-Order Parameter 235 +MASS, Hands-free Audio Processing 157
+FBS, Buffer Size 235 +MAVL, Set/Request Volume Setting 161
+FBU, HDLC-Frame-Reporting Parameter 235 +MCRS, Change Ring Style 154156
+FCC, DCE-Capabilities Parameters 235 +MCST?, Request Call Processing Status 80
+FCLASS, Service-Class Selection Parameter 235 +MDBAD, Date Book Auto-Delete User Preference 112
+FCQ, Copy-Quality-Checking Parameter 234 +MDBL, Lock/Unlock Date Book 109

338 98-08901C39-C
 Index

+MDBR, Read Date Book Entry 110 X, Result Code Selection and Call Progress Monitoring
+MDBW, Write Date Book Entry 107 Control 176
+MDBWE, Write Date Book Event Exception 106 Z, Reset to Default Configuration 182
+MEGA, Email Gateway Address 121 AT Commands Summary 5
+MH Handset Status/Control 198217 Audio Control Commands 150157
+MHCS, Cradle State 198202203205 Audio Path
+MHMN, Home Network Name 217 Mute 160
+MIPERR, Mobile IP Error Report 294 Set Request 164
+MLCK, Phone Lock Status Change Event 167 Audio Processing 157
+MMAR, Motorola Mark As Read 133 Audio Tone Commands 150
+MMDL, Set Downlink Audio Path Mute 160 Auto-Redial
+MMGL, Motorola List Messages 125 Enable/Disable 54
+MMGR, Motorola Read Message 130
+MMTC, Hands-free Audio Processing 159
+MODE, Select Interface Mode 237 B
+MOON, Motorola ON Status 243
Base Station
+MPBF, Find Extended Phone Book Entries 104
IP Address 268
+MPBFN, Find Phone Book Entries by Number 93
Baud Rate
+MPBR, Read Extended Phone Book Entries 100
DM 246
+MPBSC, Scroll Phone Book Entries 90
Blind Dialing 179
+MPBSCS, Select Phone Book Scroll Sort Order 92
+MPBVR, Read Phone Book Voice Tag Data 94
+MPBVW, Write Phone Book Voice Tag Data 96
+MPBW, Write Extended Phone Book Entry 105
C
+MPDPM, Phone/Date Book (Used) Percentage in c18
Memory 49 AT Command Set Protocol 33
+MPIN, Unlock Phone 167 AT Commands Summary 5
+MS, Modulation Selection 274 Product Specifications 3
+MSSI?, Request Signal Strength Messages 52 Call Control
+MV18R, V.18 Reporting Control 273 Messages 50
+MVMN, Set Voice Mail Number 52 Call Forwarding
A, Answer Call 68 Conditions 7479
CLCK, Lock Unlock SU or Network Facility 59 Numbers 7479
D/DV, Dial Command 63 Calling Line
D>, Direct Dialing from Phone Books 65 Identification 72
DL, Dial Last Number 67 Identification Restriction 88
DS, Dial Number Stored in User Profile 64 Calls
E, Command Echo 174 Answering Call 68
FAP, Addressing and Polling Capabilities Parameter 235 Current List 85
H, Hang Up Call 67 Hanging up 67
Q, Result Code Suppression 173 Capabilities
S0, Automatic Answer 177 Request Overall 144
S11, DTMF Tone Duration and Spacing 182 Capability Reporting 47
S3, Command Line Termination Character 178 Carrier Detect
S4, Response Formatting/Line Feed Code Character 178 Threshold 181
S5, Command Line Backspace Character 179 Cellular
S6, Pause Before Blind Dialing 179 Extension 270
S7, Number of Seconds to Establish End-to-End Data Result Codes 69
Connection 180 Character Framing 240241
S8, Number of Seconds to Pause When “,” Is Command Formats 34
Encountered in a Dial String. 180 Compression 281
S9, Carrier Detect Threshold 181 Reporting 283
User Interface 217 Configuration
V, DCE Response Format 171 String 270
V18S, V.18 Selection 272 Cradle State 198202203205

98-08901C39-C 339
Index

Data Formats 35
D
Data
Handling 275
H
Date Book 90 Handset
Auto-Delete User Preference 112 Control 198217
Lock/Unlock Book 109 Status 198217
Read Entry 110 Hanging Up 50
Write Entry 107 Hardware Information Commands 144
Date Formats 35
Dates 37
DCE Response Format 171 I
Default Configuration
Identification Commands 241
Reset 182
Inactivity Timer
Definitions 38
State 267
Device Identification 247
Information Commands 241
Diagnostics Monitor Operation Transition 248
Interface Commands 237
Dial
IP
Command 63
Base Station Address 268
Last Number 67
Mobile 252
Number Stored 64
Mobile Station Address 268
Digital Service 262
Protocol Dump Statistics 288
Directory Access Commands 90
Protocol Reset Statistics 289
DTE-DCE
Flow Control 236
Serial Port Rate 236
Dump Statistics
L
IP Protocol 288 Line
PRL Protocol 285 Indetification 78
RLP 3 Protocol 292 List Messages
TCP Protocol 290 Motorola 125
UDP Protocol 289

M
E Manufacturer ID
Email Gateway Request 3940
Address 121 Medium Data Rate (MDR) 244
Error Codes 193195 Memory
Error Control 278 Phone/Date Book 49
Break Handling 194 Messages
Reporting 280 Delete 115
Error Handling Commands 193 List 123
Error Log Preferred Storage 118
Mobile 239 Read 127
Select Service 117
Write to Memory 133136
F MIP User Profile
Activate 252
Factory Defined Configuration 169
Mobile
Fax Compression 233
IP 252
Feedback
SCRM’ing Enable/Disable 244
From System 328
Mobile Equipment Report 197
Test Results 328
Mobile Station
Formatting Rules 34
IP Address 268
Command Formats 34

340 98-08901C39-C
 Index

Mode AT Command Set 33

Interface 237 PPP 287
Modem ID Revision 285
Subscriber Unit Identity 39
Modem Register Commands 169
Modulation Q
Automatic Control 275
Query Ananlog 262
Selection 274
Quick Net
MPBVR Commands 93
Connect 247
MPBVW Commands 93
Multiplex Option 269
Mute
Voice Calls 166
R
Ranges 36
Read-Only Parameter 235
N Reporting
Compression 283
Network 138
Error Control 280
Home Name 217
Reset
Registration Status 138
RLP 3 Statistics 292
Service Commands 138
Response Rules 35
Dates 37
Ranges 36
O Result Code
Operator Selection 140 Selection 176
Suppression 173
Unsolicited 122
P Revision 42
RFC2002bis
Packet Data
Authentication 251
Inactivity Time 261
Ring Style
Packet Detection
Change 154156
Automatic 258
Ring Type Selection 150
Phone
RLP 3 Protocol
Activity Status 83
Dump 292
Unlock 167
Reset Statistics 292
Phone Book 90
RLP Statistics
Direct Dialing 65
Reset 286
Directory Access Commands 90
Rm Interface Protocol 266
Find Entries 93
RPL Statistics
Find Extended Entries 104
Dump 285
Finding Entries 331
R-SCH
Function 332
Throttling 249
Read Entries 99
Rules
Read Extended Entries 100
Formatting 34
Reading Entries 332
Response 35
Scroll Entries 90
Scroll Sort Order 92
Select Memory 98103
Voice Tag Data 94
S
Write Entries 104 S11, DTMF Tone Duration and Spacing 182
Write Extended Entries 105 S4, Response Formatting/Line Feed Code Character 178
Writing Entries 331 Serial Number
PPP Protocol Request Identification 43
Reset Statistics 287 Service Option 250
Protocol Serving System 56

98-08901C39-C 341
Index

Session TCP/IP Commands 285

Terminate 233 TE2-MT2
Setting Character Framing 240241
Prearrangement 259 Local Rate Reporting 239
Signal Strength 52 Terminal Character Set 44
SMS Text Mode Parameters
Commands 114 Show 121
Sending 333
Specifications 3
SREJ U
Selective Repeat 277
UDP Protocol
Storage
Dump 289
Message 117
Reset Statistics 290
String
Um Interface
Configuration 270
Data Compression 263
SU
Lock 59
Unlock 59
Subscriber Number 46
V
Supplementary Services V.18 272
Call Related 75 Reporting Control 273
System Date and Time Access Command 113 Voice Calls
Answering 330
Dial Command 55
T Establishing 330
Hang-up 55
TCP Protocol
Incoming 54
Reset 291
Volume Setting 161
TCP Statistics
Dump 290

342 98-08901C39-C
MOTOROLA and the Stylized M Logo are registered in the US Patent & Trademark Office.
All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners.
©Copyright 2005 Motorola, Inc.
Java™ Technology and/or J2ME™ : Java and all other Java–based marks are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
UNIX® : UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries.

*98-08901C65-C*
98-08901C65-C